- No dual layer components
- No extra cushioning
Are you planning a big backpacking trip and need a new pack? Known for making high-quality hiking backpacks, Osprey offers a full line of backpacks for serious hikers. Because Osprey backpacks get incredibly technical, it can be challenging to know which pack to buy.
The packs are often designed for the types of hiking you plan to do, whether it’s a weekender or long mountaineering trek. That’s where we can help. We’ll compare Osprey Atmos vs. Aether to help you decide which Osprey backpack is right for you.
Osprey makes high-quality backpacks and luggage to outfit your next adventure. And all of Osprey’s products come with a lifetime guarantee. Two of their best technical hiking backpacks are the Osprey Atmos and Osprey Aether.
Comparing the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether is sort of like comparing oranges to bigger oranges. Both packs have similar functionality and features, but the Atmos is a better all-round pack vs. the Aether that’s more geared toward longer treks. The trip you are planning will heavily influence which pack is right for you.
The Osprey Atmos AG 65 hiking backpack is perfect for weekend or week-long hiking trips. The Osprey Atmos is a men’s hiking backpack that comes in a weight capacity of 65 L. The load range is about 30-50 lbs for the Atmos AG 65.
The Osprey Atmos AG 65 is a very technical hiking pack with loads of features to accommodate different backpacking needs. The Atmos has several specialized pockets and compartments to store water hydration, a sleeping bag, hiking poles, and other small hiking tools. The Atmos also boasts of Anti-Gravity suspension, which feels like you are carrying less weight.
For hikers looking for an efficient backpack for trips lasting under a week, then the Osprey Atmos is a solid choice.
The Osprey Aether AG 60 hiking backpack can accommodate heavier loads for backpacking, thru-hikes, and mountaineering expeditions for week-long or month-long trips. The Osprey Aether is a men’s hiking backpack that has a weight capacity of 60 L. The load range is around 35-60 lbs for a more massive load than the Osprey Atmos.
Like the Osprey Atmos, the Osprey Aether utilizes the Anti-Gravity suspension to relieve the weight load. The Aether also includes a water filtration compartment, a removable lid, and several technical pockets and compartments for poles, picks, tools, a sleeping bag, and pad.
Designed for heavy loads and long miles on the trail, the Osprey Aether is an ideal pack for extended backpacking trips and expeditions.
The Osprey Atmos and Aether have several similar standard features. We’ll examine each of these features and select a winner for which pack does it best in Osprey Atmos vs. Aether.
Load Capacity is the amount of gear each backpack can carry in terms of volume and weight. As a general rule, a loaded backpack should not weigh more than 20% of your body weight. For a person who weighs 150 lbs, your ideal pack weight is 30lbs. And Backpacker.com sites that every 1% of your body weight in your pack will slow you down six seconds per mile.
The Osprey Atmos AG 65 L has a maximum load of 50 lbs. In comparison, the Osprey Aether AG 60 L has a maximum load of 60 lbs. And the Aether pack weighs an additional half-pound more than the Atmos pack.
While the Aether product line offers more volume sizes and weight capacity, the Atmos AG 65 L still provides adequate space and maximum load weight for an adult man. So then it becomes a question of pack purpose.
The Anti-Gravity suspension is a proprietary Osprey technology that wraps seamlessly around the body for customizable comfort where you don’t feel like you’re carrying a full load. The Anti-Gravity suspension uses a lightweight 3-D suspended mesh back panel for maximum ventilation.
The Anti-Gravity suspension system consists of a frame, stays, load lifters, harness, hipbelts, and the back panels to transfer the gear's weight from the person to the structure. The suspension system gives the hiker a natural range of motion while balancing and dispersing the pack’s load.
Both the Osprey Atmos and Aether utilize the same Anti-Gravity suspension system. This system gives both packs a competitive edge over other technical packs brands even when the Osprey packs are a bit heavier than their competitors.
Feeling like you’re carrying a lighter load is always desirable, even when it’s a just a weekender trip. While both packs benefit from the system, this is a significant advantage for the Aether AG 60 L pack that’s made for really long expeditions and mountaineering.
Osprey backpacks are known for their many pockets and organizational compartments for various hiking tools and supplies. These compartments and pockets make for easy access to gear, water, and food while on the trail.
When comparing the compartments and pockets of the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether, both packs share a majority of the same organizational features:
The Aether also includes additional main compartment access. While these are very similar, the Osprey Aether backpack wins out because it gives hiker’s more capacity to store items in each of these pockets and compartments. The Aether’s zippers are also easier to manipulate on the trail vs. the Atmos.
Straps and padding are essential when assessing a technical hiking backpack. If straps and pads are uncomfortable, it can make for a miserable trip. And not all body shapes are alike. Having customizable and adjustable straps and padding allow the hiker to form-fit the pack for maximum comfort.
Compression straps are essential for hiking packs to keep everything in place and to allow you to fit more into your bag. The more straps you have, the more you’ll reduce the bulk of your pack and keep the contents balanced.
When it comes to straps and padding on the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether backpack, they share a similar design. Both backpacks have:
The Aether backpack also has dual front compression straps with straightjacket compression. This offers a little more compression than the Atmos backpack. If you’re planning to take longer hiking trips, then you’ll want the Aether backpack for more compression.
Removable floating top lids on a technical backpack allow hikers to lighten their pack if they don’t need all the storage space. This allows more versatility for backpack usage, making it easier to carry for a shorter hiking trip.
Both the Atmos AG 65 L and Aether AG 60 L have a removable floating top lid with a fixed flap jacket to protect your gear. How Osprey Atmos vs. Aether differ is in the design of the top lid.
The Atmos top lid has dual zipper compartments for easy access and storage. And the top lid has web attachment points for quickly removing and reattaching the top lid. This makes the Atmos very versatile for short weekend hikes or to accommodate a week-long trek.
The Aether top lid converts into a lightweight daypack. This allows a hiker to ditch the larger pack at camp and use the daypack to explore without the bulk of the full-size backpack. The daypack also has web attachment points for effortless removal and attachment.
While having a removable lid on both packs is very desirable, the Aether wins for the daypack design. Being able to leave your big pack and camp but still have storage for exploration is a superior feature. This also makes the Aether more versatile for shorter trips because you don’t need to take the bulk of the daypack.
While the Osprey Atmos 65 L and Aether 60 L are very similar, the Aether 60 L has a few more features to assist hikers on longer journeys:
While we’ve compared the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether backpacks, we need to acknowledge that both packs are durable, well-designed, technical packs. And you’ll probably gravitate more toward one of the packs based on the type of hiking you enjoy doing.
While the Osprey Atmos AG 65 L has a smaller load capacity and has fewer features than the Aether AG 60 L, you should buy the Atmos if:
The Atmos AG is actually a better all-around backpack for most backpacking adventures. And because the Atmos AG 65 L holds about the same as Aether AG 60 L and 70 L, there isn’t much difference.
Is the Osprey Atmos the right pack for you? Get a great deal on the Osprey Atmos.
The Aether won out in most categories because it’s intended for longer trips and requires more features to accommodate longer expeditions. You should definitely buy the Osprey Aether backpack if:
The Aether AG backpack is a fantastic pack for long expeditions, mountaineering, or adventures that require a heavier load. The Aether AG is similarly priced to the Atmos, so getting an Aether AG 60 L could be a solid choice that allows the versatility of shorter and longer trips.
Ready for a long adventure? Take an Aether AG to hike in well-ventilated comfort.
Whether it's a quick trek through the woods or an intensive camping trip that's going to last all weekend, you want to make sure you have everything you need—and that includes a backpack that's capable of storing those essential supplies.
Two of the top competitors currently on the market are the convenient Osprey Porter 46 and the award-winning Farpoint 40. While each pack has its pros and cons, our favorite has to be the Farpoint 40—and we'll explain why below. In this guide we’re comparing the Osprey Porter 46 vs. Farpoint 40.
Founded in 1974, Osprey has a long track record of supplying hikers with durable, custom-fitted packs. Besides their high-quality backpacks, Osprey is also known for their lifetime warranty. If any of their products has a defect or gets damaged, Osprey will repair it free of charge. If the damage is too extensive for repairs, Osprey is also willing to replace your pack too.
This guarantee extends to the Porter 46, which is a stand-out among Osprey's products. While it has plenty to offer, the biggest draw to the Porter 46 is usually the amount of space it offers. Its name, Porter 46, stands for the 46-liters of space you get with this pack.
With zippered pockets, a main compartment, and even a sleeve to stow your electronics, you're probably not going to run out of room anytime soon. The good news is that extra space doesn't come with a lot of weight, either. The pack is just slightly under 3 ½ pounds, and it's made with nylon.
Also from Osprey, the Farpoint 40 is another one of this brand's most popular products. In fact, it was named the Best Overall Travel Backpack for 2020 by US News & World Report, so it's got a great track record to back it up. And, like the Porter 46, this one's also got Osprey's All Mighty Guarantee, so you don't ever have to worry about damage or defects while you own the backpack.
Technically, the Farpoint 40 is part of the Osprey Farpoint series—which also includes the Farpoint 55, the Farpoint 70, and even the Farpoint 80. The numbers correlate to the size of the pack, and this one is the smallest in the series at only 40 liters. As far as weight goes, the backpack is just slightly over three pounds and uses a combination of ripstop nylon, atilon nylon, and packcloth.
While this might feel like a "light" pack to serious hikers, the Farpoint 40 is all about consolidating space and keeping things organized. Even when it's packed full, the bag still slips on comfortably, and shouldn't feel too bulky on your shoulders.
Although we've given you an overview of what makes each backpack stand out in its category, it's time to get into the nitty-gritty details of how these two compare.
One of the first things most hikers consider when they're searching for a backpack is the amount of storage space. Most hiking backpacks fit into one of three categories: weekend packs (30 to 50 liters), multi-day packs (50 to 80 liters), and extended trip packs (anything larger than 80 liters).
Both the Porter and Farpoint backpacks fit into that weekend category. While you'll be able to pack enough supplies to last you two or three days, you shouldn't expect either of these bags to last you a week in the woods.
However, as far as storage space goes, the Porter 46 does have the edge. You can fit up to six liters more worth of supplies in the pack. And, the Porter 46 uses that extra space pretty well. There are some external pockets where you can easily access toiletries, your phone, or even a map of your route. You may be surprised just how much these pockets expand, too—the zippered mesh pockets on the front of the bag are perfect for keeping your wallet or any other small items you might need in a pinch.
There's also a handy sleeve to keep your laptop that runs along the back of the pack. While you're unlikely to feel it against your back while you walk, you could if you've got the bag packed completely full.
In comparison, the Farpoint 40 isn't quite as big, but it may be more ideal if you don't need to use every inch of storage space at your disposal. Much like the Porter 46, the Farpoint bag has a couple of zippered mesh pockets on the outside of the bag that you can keep smaller items in.
But, if you're trying to store something a little bigger, like a water bottle, in one of those pockets, you're out of luck. If you fill up the main clamshell in the Farpoint, you may find it tricky to work with the front compartment too.
If you're worried about how bulky these packs are going to feel, both the Porter and the Farpoint do come with compression straps that allow you to consolidate the bag if you're traveling light. This is also convenient if you plan to take the bag on an airplane and need to stow it as a carry-on.
Accessibility is a major factor when you're picking out a hiking backpack. When you're on a trail, you don't necessarily want to take your entire backpack off just to grab your water bottle or check your phone.
Some backpacks have better accessibility than others. Both the Porter and Farpoint bags have plenty of outside pockets to store things, but reaching for the laptop compartment on the Farpoint bag can be tricky if it's the only thing you're taking out.
The Porter 46 is also just a little bit more organized in general, which makes it easy to sort your supplies based on how often you'll need them. Since the Farpoint 40 doesn't have quite as much space, some hikers may feel as if it's a little easier to sort through—but the Porter 46 does come out on top for this feature.
One thing we do like about the Farpoint 40 is that it has plenty of handles to grab onto it with. While you should still stick to putting it on your back, you can easily use one of the top or side handles if you need to grab it from your tent. Since they're padded, you also don't have to worry about them hurting your hands, especially if the pack is full.
Speaking of padding, the Farpoint bag also comes with shoulder straps and an additional sternum strap for extra security. For more intensive hikes, that sternum strap can feel essential to keeping everything in place.
One more interesting thing about the Farpoint 40 is that it does come with a single attachable shoulder strap too. If you need to temporarily convert the bag into a "briefcase," you can wear the single strap and let the bag rest on your side rather than your back.
This isn't necessarily a big selling point for hikers because you're going to want more security over less security—but it's nice to know you've got the option.
Like the Farpoint 40, the Porter has padded shoulder straps as well as a sternum strap if you're worried about the bag falling off your shoulders. All the straps are adjustable, so they should fit people of various frames. The Porter also uses "StraightJacket Compression," which helps the backpack shrink down when you're not using every inch of space.
Storage space and security are great, but you're not going to want to haul a heavy backpack around for miles if it's not comfortable. Fortunately, one thing both these packs excel at is being able to evenly distribute the weight. Most hikers are used to lugging around heavy packs for hours at a time, but that doesn't mean you need to end the day with sore shoulders if you don't have to.
If we had to name a more comfortable backpack out of the two, the Farpoint 40 has to win this category. Not only is it a little smaller (which may work to a lot of hikers' advantage), but it feels less bulky to carry around. If you tend to be on the smaller side, the Farpoint is probably going to feel like the more comfortable pack.
When it's packed to the brim, the Porter tends to sit higher on your back, and also be more difficult to navigate through crowded areas or tight spaces.
The Farpoint is specifically an outdoorsy pack, so the design is a little sleeker and more suited to spending a lot of time in the woods.
A travel backpack may have everything you think you want out of it, but if it's going to fall apart after a couple of months, you're probably wasting your money. Durability is also important because hikers, and the great outdoors, can be tough on a travel backpack.
While some hikers might feel as if the Porter's bulkiness or stiffness makes it uncomfortable, the upside is that it provides better protection for your valuables. Of course, the Porter isn't waterproof, so that extra protection isn't going to do much if you get stuck in a downpour.
As far as lifespan goes, the Farpoint 40 has a pretty great track record of lasting years, even with frequent use. Although the Farpoint isn't technically waterproof, you'll probably find that it is fairly water-resistant.
Even if you get caught in a little bit of rain and can't immediately find cover, there's no reason to immediately panic about your phone or laptop getting soaked. Still, you can't expect the Farpoint 40 to survive if it spends a lot of time out in a downpour or if it gets dropped in a river.
If we had to pick between the two, the Farpoint's water-resistant material and durable zippers and pockets give this pack the edge.
When it comes down to a comparison, there's a lot of similarity between the Farpoint and the Porter. Both are made by Osprey and are travel backpacks. However, there are a couple of stand-out features between them:
There's a lot to love about both the Farpoint 40 and the Porter 46, and there's no "perfect" solution between them.
If you're in need of a heavy-duty travel backpack, then the Porter 46 is definitely the right choice for you.
For something a little lighter on your back, the Farpoint 40 is the better choice—keep in mind that this comes as a "Men's" or "Women's" travel backpack, so you can pick whatever's right for you.
Are you preparing for an upcoming group camping trip, but know your old backpacking tent just isn’t going to do the trick? Are you tired of feeling cramped on the road, and need to find a tent with plenty of space and headroom?
I know the feeling, which is why I scoured the internet to find the best backpacking tents on the market to see how they compare and what they really do for users.
After hearing all the hype about the Marmot’s freestanding tent, the Marmot Limelight 3p, I decided to dig deeper and find out whether it really hits the mark for outdoor enthusiasts.
For our detailed review and comparison guide, keep reading!
The Marmot Limelight 3p review and 3 alternative backpacking tents we recommend for 2021:
The Marmot Limelight 3p is a freestanding tent, perfect for groups of travelers, with excellent headspace and a substantial living area due to its pre-bent pole configurations.
Two people can fit into the Limelight 3p with plenty of room to spare, and 3 can rest comfortably (albeit a little cozier). However, if you’re traveling in a group larger than 3, you’ll want to consider some alternative options.
Let’s delve into the key points you need to consider before purchasing a backpacking tent.
Backpacking tents fall into different categories based on the capacity of persons they hold. For example, the Marmot Limelight 3p indicates that the tent holds up to 3 people. A model with “4p” included in the name would indicate that the tent held up to 4 people, and so on.
Not all tent models are created equal, and there isn’t a set standard for size per person, which means that one 3p tent might offer more space than another.
In general, lightweight models are going to be more compact. If you want extra space, another option is to select a tent that is designed for one more person beyond the size of your travel group. You can also examine the dimensions of the model to see if it provides the floor space you’re looking for.
The next thing you want to consider before purchasing a backpacking tent like the Marmot Limelight 3p is the seasonality of the product. Most tents are either designed for 3 or 4 seasons, but most backpackers will do just fine with a 3-season model.
If you want to keep your gear light, then logically, you’ll need to select a lightweight tent design. However, a lighter tent often means a more compact space and not as many features. Pay close attention to the minimum trail weight, packaged weight, and packed size of a tent.
The minimum trail weight is the weight of just the poles, rainfly, and tent body. The packaged weight includes all the additional components you’ll bring with your tent, like the poles and stakes.
The packed size is the space the tent comprises in your pack and how easy it is to transport. If you’re traveling in a group, having each person transport some of the tent components in their pack will help distribute the load evenly.
If you’re going to be spending a lot of time inside your tent, you need to make sure the design is compact enough to transport without being so tight that you don’t feel comfortable inside. Pay close attention to the dimensions of the floor space and peak height, to make sure you have sufficient space to move around and sit up as needed.
The shape of the tent matters too. If the walls are more vertically shaped, the inside of the tent has a more open concept feel. Angled designs will be lighter to carry but also make the interior a bit more compact. It’s a tradeoff between easy carrying vs. ease of movement.
The Marmot Limelight 3p is a lightweight, freestanding backpacking tent designed to hold 2 or 3 people with ease. The tent is an ideal option for a variety of backpacking trips and weekend excursions, with a sturdy pre-bent pole that gives you the lightness of an angled design without reducing your living space inside. Truly the best of both worlds!
The tent sports vestibules and doors on both sides so multiple people can enter and exit with ease, with a 3-season design that means you can rely on it for all your spring, summer, and fall treks. The Marmot Limelight 3p is reasonably priced and takes up just 6 pounds and 11 ounces of packed weight in your gear.
The 48 x 68 x 90 floor dimensions are more than spacious, and the tent itself comes with all the components you need for a setup such as guy lines, a footprint, mesh gear loft, and stakes. The tent is simple to set up, and sports taped seams and a ventilated rain fly to keep everyone inside warm and dry if showers hit. The lightweight, weather resistant, and durable design of the Marmot Limelight 3p are fantastic for year-round backpacking for newbies and experts alike.
The simple, functional configurations of the Marmot Limelight 3p are sure to suit a range of user needs, but some might find the floor space a tight fit for 3 people. If you’re traveling in a group of 3, you’ll want to consider opening up space by storing your gear in the vestibule rather than inside the tent. If you want to keep all your gear inside as a group of 3, you might need to look for other alternatives.
Also, the tent doesn’t feature sufficient pegs to do a full setup, while the pegs that are included may not be sturdy enough for tough terrain. Depending on where you’re going to be camping, you might need to purchase additional pegs.
Check Current Price
Check out the key features and benefits of the Marmot Limelight 3p here.
The 68 x 90 floor space of the Marmot Limelight 3p is one of the reasons backpackers everywhere turn to this product as a go-to choice for group camping. The nice thing about these spacious dimensions is that everyone inside the tent will have enough space to sleep in any direction they choose without feeling cramped or uncomfortable.
The pre-bent pole is also great because you’ll have more headspace with a 48-inch peak height, which comes in really handy if you’re packing or just need to sit up.
The packaged weight of the Marmot Limelight 3p is just 7 pounds and 3.4 ounces (not counting the stakes). With all the components such as the footprint, stakes, rain fly, etc., included, it comes in at a packaged weight of 7 pounds and 9.2 ounces.
Not bad for a 3-person tent!
Ventilation and breathability are significant components to consider when reviewing any backpacking tent, and the Marmot Limelight 3p certainly delivers on that score. With mesh ventilation on the ceiling and upper walls, you won’t have to worry about feeling stuffy or clammy in warmer weather.
I also noted the nice gap between the outside cover and tent walls, which greatly enhances overall breathability too. The vents are situated on either side of the fly, which is fantastic because this prevents condensation from gathering inside the tent. You can also reach the vent from outside or inside the tent as you need to.
The material of the tent is solid to about halfway up the tent wall, which means plenty of privacy for your group and good wind blockage too. The inside doors have dual, jingle-free zips, but you can also take the fly off to look at the night sky through the mesh canopy if you desire.
Another key element I look for in a backpacking tent is outside coverage that is durable and waterproof, and I were pleased to see that the Marmot Limelight 3p satisfies on both accounts.
The fly is designed from polyester taffeta sporting durable 68 denier specifications, with a fully waterproof exterior so you won’t get wet and chilled if it starts to rain.
Easy setup and breakdown is also a key feature I look for in the best backpacking tents, and yet again, the Marmot Limelight 3p comes through. The tent is super easy to set up and breakdown and 1 person can do this without any issues.
The corners of the tent are color-coded, which makes setup even easier, especially for novice backpackers. All you have to do is align the dual orange tabs at the feet with the fly’s dual orange tabs, clip, and cinch.
Another feature I really liked was the freestanding element, which means you can pick the tent up and move it to a different spot if you need to. The tent comes with a footprint that you can also use if you require.
To breakdown, you just remove the corner and vestibule stakes, take out the pulls, unclip, and you’re done! It’s easy to fold the tent and roll it up with the fly and pole bag, which means you'll have no issue fitting the entire thing into your gear.
You want to hear what users actually have to say about the product. To save you time and trouble, I scoured the internet to discover what real users really have to say about the Marmot Limelight 3p.
Spoiler alert—they love it! Overall, users were more than pleased with the lightweight, durable, and spacious design of the tent, that makes for easy gear transport and user-friendly setup and breakdown.
If you’re not quite sold on the Marmot Limelight 3p or think space might be a tad too tight for what you’re looking for, check out the 3 alternative options below.
The Big Agnes Copper Tent is definitely a pricier option than the Marmot Limelight 3p, but it also comes in 1, 2, 3, and 4-person designs so you can choose what you need based on the size of the group you generally travel with. The tent is super lightweight like the Marmot 3p, with a high-volume pole that opens up the interior and multiple zippers.
The Big Agnes definitely offers more storage capacity though, with a huge ceiling pocket, dual inside mesh pockets, dual vestibules, a single oversized mesh pocket, and even dual cord routing panels. Check it out for yourself!
Check Current Price
The MSR Hubba is a 2-person tent rather than the 3p capacity of the Marmot. It features 20 denier ripstop nylon and 15 denier nylon mesh, unlike the 68-denier polyester taffeta of the Limelight model.
The MSR Hubba is even more lightweight than the Marmot 3p at just 3.8 pounds set up, but not quite as durable. If lightweight is your goal though and you don’t camp all the time, this shouldn’t be an issue. It’s a 3-season tent like the Marmot 3p, with mesh panels for ventilation.
The inside isn’t quite as open as the 3p but offers quality space for 2 people for shorter backpacking trips. Click the link to learn more!
Check Current Price
The Nemo Dagger runs a close second to the Marmot Limelight 3p, at a slightly steeper price. The 3-season tent offers plenty of space for campers to stretch out, with dual doors and vestibules for gear storage like the Limelight 3p. It is lightweight and easy to set up, with spacious 87 x 67 dimensions, which are great for 2 people, but probably a bit tight for 3.
The Nemo Dagger also comes with all the necessary components like the Marmot 3p, such as the fly, poles, stakes, and guy-out cord. So, the only major disparity here between the two is the price. Take a look!
Check Current Price
If you’re looking for a backpacking tent that holds up well in moderate winds and downpours, is easy to set up and breakdown, gives you plenty of floor space, and feels pretty light in your pack, the Marmot Limelight 3 surpasses the mark on all counts.
It is cost-effective and made to last and will see you through all your outdoor excursions for 3 seasons of the year. Considering how large the tent is, the packed and packaged weight is impressive. Ready to take the plunge? Check out the Marmot Limelight 3p for your next backpacking adventure!
You know that feeling when you’re preparing for an upcoming trek, and your trusty backpack goes on the fritz? Maybe a strap fell apart, the material’s started to fray, or it’s seen one backpacking trip too many.
I found myself in a similar predicament recently, in dire need of a trusty backpack for a fast approaching wilderness adventure.
Enter the Osprey Farpoint 40.
Reported to be a veritable powerhouse of a backpack for travelers, I set out to find out if Osprey’s travel backpack really lived up to all the hype.
Here’s what I discovered.
The Osprey Farpoint 40 review and 3 alternative backpack we recommend for 2021:
A travel backpack like the Osprey 40 is optimal for everything from lengthy camping treks to weekend hikes or even for daily use.
However, before I delve into the ins and outs of the Osprey Farpoint 40, here are some key points you need to consider when purchasing a travel backpack.
First, you need to consider the weight of the travel backpack. Besides your backpack, you’ll also likely be carrying gear such as your sleeping pad or bag, and shelters such as a tarp or tent.
As such, your backpack needs to be light enough that you won’t feel weighed down when carrying it with the rest of your gear during a long day on the trail.
You’ll also want to consider the frame of the travel backpack you’re considering. The best backpack frames are light and can support weights up to 35 pounds.
If you need to transport heavier gear, you need a backpack with a strong frame, sporting features like additional padding for optimal comfort.
Cuben fiber and ripstop nylon are common backpack materials. The former is more lightweight but also costs more. Ripstop nylon weighs more but is more cost-effective. Both offer great longevity of use.
Comfort is key when it comes to choosing a backpack for all your outdoor and travel needs. Different packs sport varying load capacities and back lengths, with many products allowing you to adjust the back length as needed.
The pack’s hip belt should be situated comfortably since your hip area will bear the bulk of any weight you’re carrying.
The Osprey Farpoint 40 is a multipurpose travel backpack, ideal for backpackers who prefer to trek light on the road instead of lugging excess weight. Osprey offers a lifetime warranty, which means that if you don’t like your purchase all you have to do is mail it back and they’ll resolve the issue at no cost to you (other than shipping).
Because the Osprey Farpoint is so versatile, it’s a great option to meet a wide range of backpacker needs, from lengthier treks to shorter weekend getaways in the great outdoors.
With a huge panel zip that makes for easy access to the primary compartment, a back panel, hipbelt with a rear flap, and handy harness, plus a tablet and laptop sleeve so you can stay plugged in on the go, the Osprey Farpoint is definitely a strong contender for the seasoned traveler.
I like the sturdy 210 denier material made from packcloth, ripstop nylon, and atilon foam for comfort and durability. The Osprey Farpoint 40 is a close relative of the Farpoint 55, the latter of which is a 41-liter pack with a 14-liter daypack you can detach. By contrast, the Farpoint 40 is a 40-liter backpack and doesn’t sport a daypack.
The sizing between the two is pretty similar, but the 40 is approximately 4 inches shorter. Because the Farpoint 40’s size is more compact, this makes it both a great carry-on and hiking pack. It is also 1 inch wider than the 55 which helps make up for the space disparity.
That said, if you don’t like to travel light and tend to bring a lot of gear with you on the road, you might be better off looking into other alternatives that offer more packing space.
Check Current Price
With so many backpacks to choose from, how do you know if the Osprey 40 really is the one for you? Here’s what you need to know about the key features and benefits of the Osprey Farpoint 40.
One thing I really like about the Osprey Farpoint 40 is its size options. You actually have the option to purchase it in 2 different sizes: S/M at 38 liters or M/L at the standard 40 liters. No matter which size you pick, the backpack still only weighs around 3 pounds, which is incredibly lightweight when compared to other products on the market.
The 40L version can hold between 20 and 40 pounds with ease, although you’ll probably be more comfortable if you keep your gear weight a little closer to 20 pounds total. If you tend to bring a lot of gear with you on the road and abhor packing light, this bag is probably not for you.
However, if you like to keep things compact and bring only your essentials on the road, the Osprey Farpoint 40 is one of the best available.
Its size is compact enough that you can even use it as a carry-on, and it is in full compliance with current airline carry-on regulations. That can mean big savings in checked bag fees if you’re flying from one location to the next!
The first element of the Osprey Farpoint 40’s suspension system is it’s comfortable and quality shoulder straps. They are designed to contour to the shape of your shoulders, which is great news for long treks on the rail.
The straps also sport load lifter straps, so you can adjust the backpack nearer to your back and reduce the strain of any gear you’re carrying.
I was satisfied with the padding on the shoulder straps, as it suffices to keep your shoulders comfortable without being so thick that it provides unnecessary bulk. The straps are also nice and wide, to help ensure the weight of your pack isn’t too focused on any one region.
I like the meshed web design in the straps too, for extra ventilation on long, sweaty treks.
The shoulder straps also sport a chest strap that you can adjust as needed. I really like this feature, because if your shoulders get tired or start to ache, you can distribute the weight more evenly throughout your upper body.
I would have to say that the hip belt leaves a few points to be desired in that it isn’t quite as sturdy as some other products. That said, it partially comes down to user preference.
If you find that larger hip belts add too much bulk on your backpacking adventures, you’ll probably have no issue with the less substantial hip belt the Osprey Farpoint 40 sports.
The Osprey Farpoint 40 is super lightweight, which does wonders to even out the load between your shoulder and hip areas. The frame is designed to secure the pack to your back, so it doesn’t bunch and pull away. That feature is a huge plus in our book since no one wants their backpack to start sagging and straining their neck halfway through a hike.
I definitely liked the Farpoint 40’s meshed padding throughout that helps ensure wearer comfort while offering additional ventilation. If you’re going to be on the trail for hours, you’ll probably still feel some sweat gathering, but the extra ventilation will certainly keep you a little bit cooler.
Remember how I mentioned that the Osprey 40 is carry-on compliant? If you’re going to be heading to your backpacking destination by flying the friendly skies, the straps feature a stowaway functionality so you can store the hip belt and shoulder strap in the zipped panel.
I like this feature because it makes things way easier if you need to check your bag for any reason. Even walking down the aircraft’s aisles and storing your bag in the overhead bin will be vastly simplified if you can stow away the straps temporarily.
One thing you need to know about the Osprey Farpoint 40 is that it primarily consists of a single, large compartment with several other smaller ones. It’s very similar to a carry-on suitcase in that the shape makes it easy to fold and stash your belongings with ease. There is also a mesh pocket on the front compartment with a zipper to keep smaller, flat items.
Because the frame of the Osprey Farpoint 40 isn’t as strong as some other options and because of the way the straps are designed, there’s no way to store your laptop near your back. So, the 40 offers a special compartment for your laptop or tablet at the front.
If your laptop or tablet is light enough, this won’t really be an issue and makes for easy access. On the other hand, if you have a bulkier device, you’ll probably notice the weight more than you would if it was stored closer to your back.
The tech compartment also features a mesh pocket with a zip and a second compartment with enough space to hold a thin jacket, which is great if you need an extra layer on the road.
Besides these primary compartments, the 40 also features an upper pocket designed from anti-scratch material to store small items like your sunglasses or mobile device.
The only downside here is that the water bottle pockets are situated at the back of the Farpoint 40, so you can’t access them when wearing the pack. One of the compression straps also runs across the water bottle pockets, which makes accessing them a little more difficult.
User reviews are a key component to consider when picking out a travel backpack.
I did the research and scoured the web to find out what consumers really think about the Osprey Farpoint 40. Overall, buyers seem very satisfied with the lightweight design and storage options the Farpoint 40 offers.
Still not sure whether the Osprey Farpoint 40 is right for you? Check out these 3 alternative products instead!
Another travel pack by Osprey, the 46 model features dual straitjacket compression straps with a lower compartment to store your gear and apparel. The feature that jumped out at us right away that sets the 46 apart from the 40 is the fact that the dual compression straps aren’t placed awkwardly over water bottle pockets. Instead, the straps sit taut in place over a thin zip compartment for ease of use.
Another point that sets the Osprey Porter 46 apart from the Osprey Farpoint 40 is its laptop sleeve—situated in a rear compartment close to rather than away from your back. While this won’t afford you the easy access to your devices like the 40’s tech pocket, it will distribute the weight better in your pack and be less bulky. As far as price goes, the Osprey 46 and Osprey Farpoint 40 are just about the same.
Take a look for yourself!
Check Current Price
When it comes to price, the Nomatic Water Resistant 40L Travel Bag is significantly higher than the Osprey Farpoint 40. They are similar in the sense that they both have 40-liter capacities, are TSA compliant, and sport a tablet/laptop sleeve. However, the Nomatic 40L differs in a few key ways. For one, the material is designed from water repellant tarpaulin, making it a great choice to protect your belongings in variable weather conditions.
It also comes with designated compartments for your shoes, a cord organizer, a valuables pocket, RFID shielded pocket, laundry compartment, and an individual water bottle pocket. I like the way these compartments are designed for efficiency and easy organization on the road.
The Nomatic 40L even sports detachable waist straps, so you can take those off if you don’t need them or if they start to cause irritation. Check it out!
Check Current Price
The Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpack actually comes in two different sizes, regular and long, so the price will vary to be less or more expensive than the Farpoint 40 depending on the one you choose. Compared to the Osprey Farpoint 40, the Granite Gear Backpack holds significantly more gear, with a 60-liter design and impressive load capacity up to 35 pounds.
That said, the Granite Gear Backpack is going to be a lot bulkier on the road than the Osprey Farpoint 40, and is definitely not an ideal choice if you prefer lightweight backpacking. There’s a nice amount of padding on the Granite Gear Pack, including interchangeable belts, hydration ports, and stretch pockets.
So, if you like to bring a lot of gear along and have plenty of adjustment options, this could be a good pick. Click on the link to learn more!
Check Current Price
If you’re searching for a lightweight, minimalist, durable travel backpack to store your essentials without overbulking on the trail, the Osprey Farpoint 40 is for you. With its light, mesh padded frame, secure hip belt, carry-on compliant features, and suitcase-like design, the Farpoint 40 is an exceptional choice for short weekend excursions or several months of adventures on the road.
The webbed design also makes for excellent ventilation, so you’ll stay nice, cool, and comfortable in any season you might be trekking in. Don’t just take our word for it. Click here to check the Osprey Farpoint 40 out for yourself!
Whether you’re a seasoned backpacker or are preparing to venture out on your first outdoor trek, it’s essential to find the best backpacking tent for your camping needs to keep you comfortable and dry out on the road. The problem is, there are so many tent products available, many of which aren’t too kind on the wallet.
The good news is, finding a backpacking tent that meets your camping needs doesn’t have to break the bank. Keep reading to discover our top 5 picks for the best backpacking tent under $200, plus the ultimate guide to selecting a backpacking tent.
The top 5 backpacking tent under $200 we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking tent under 200.
There are several different types of tents available, so it’s important to know what your options are in order to select the right one for you. The first type of tent is a summer/screen tent. These tents are designed for summer activities to give the camper plenty of ventilation and protection from insects in balmy weather.
The best summer/screen tents sport sturdy frames and rain flies to offer complete coverage in the event you run into summer showers. Summer/screen tents also sport large mesh areas, allowing you to pull back the fly and let fresh air flow inside the interior.
The second type of tent is a three-season tent, which is the variety that many backpackers who camp year-round rely on. Three-season tents are designed to keep you comfortable on spring, summer, and fall camping trips, with frames made to hold up against blustery gales and ventilated walls. If you go camping frequently and want to find the best backpacking tent under $200 that will serve you well for most of the year, a three-season tent is a solid pick.
Convertible tents are designed for a wide variety of weather conditions, with a frame sporting a rainfly, vestibule, and a pole. You can bulk up a convertible tent for rough weather conditions or lighten the frame for summer camping adventures.
The walls of convertible tents frequently include mesh windows with nylon paneling for a bonus view that you can zip if need be for protection from weather elements. The only real downside with convertible tents is that they are much heavier and will bulk down your pack significantly more.
For tough winter adventures, a mountaineering/winter tent is the ideal pick. Mountaineering tents are designed with very durable materials, poles, and guy out loops to hold up against harsh weather elements. Most mountaineering/winter tents have low ceilings with boulder-like designs and massive vestibules to store your gear and other belongings.
For ultra-lightweight backpackers, tarps are a simple sheet of polyester or nylon that you can secure to a boulder, tree, roots, trekking poles, etc. Tarps can definitely protect you against some harsh weather elements, but it’s essential to tie them right or you could find yourself without sufficient shelter.
Different tents sport different shapes, and each has its own advantages and disadvantages. A-frame tents are very lightweight, basic options with sloping walls. The sloping walls make the tent light to carry but also mean that you’ll have less head and elbow space. A-frames are also not sturdy enough for very high winds and rough weather, so you’ll need to use them in calmer weather conditions.
Modified A-frame tents are a step up from the basic A-frame, featuring a ridgeline pole, curved walls, and a center hoop pole that offers more interior space and sturdiness all around. Dome tents come in a wide range of specs, but usually sport arched ceilings, quality inside space, and hold up well against high winds.
Hoop/tunnel tents are not freestanding, so you will need plenty of stakes to keep them in place and attain the right shape. However, they are very weather resistant and aren’t too heavy, making them a good choice for lighter backpacking.
Pyramid/teepee tents are a rainfly with a vertical center pole. The lack of a floor makes them a better choice for benign weather rather than damp, blustery conditions. Finally, a wedge tent features a shape that is higher at the end of the head and lower at the foot, with a lightweight design and aerodynamic configurations. You just won't have as much headspace or elbow room with wedge tents.
You always want to look for sufficient head space when choosing the best backpacking tent under 200. The dimensions need to be sufficient to give you room to stretch out and move around, particularly in the case of a multi-person tent where you’re going to have several individuals moving about.
Headroom is another key feature to be aware of. Headroom is defined by the slope of the tent wall. Consider the number of people you’ll be backpacking with and any weather conditions you anticipate running into. Very lightweight tent options will feel better in your pack, but will usually have lower ceilings or slopes that make them a better pick for sleeping rather than sitting up.
You’ll also want to consider the shape of the best tents under 200. You’ll want a vestibule that offers plenty of space for all your gear, but tents with high roofs also have better storage options and give you room to cook in harsh weather conditions.
Decide whether you want a freestanding tent that you can set up without stakes, or a non-freestanding tent. Non-freestanding tents are definitely lighter than freestanding ones, but their use of stakes make them a bit more difficult to use in conditions like snow or sand.
Also, consider whether you want a one or two-door tent. One door tents are more lightweight, but the two-door design makes for increased functionality and livability.
Do you want a single-wall tent or a double-wall tent? Double-walls sport an inside canopy for sleeping and a rainfly to keep you dry. They are also more cost effective and have ample ventilation. Single-wall tents offer a single layer of waterproof material, which means they are really simple to set up and very lightweight. However, they tend to gather condensation quickly, so ventilation is a key feature to look for with single-wall tents.
Browse our top 5 choices for the best backpacking tent under 200, then keep reading to discover our top pick from the group. Let’s go!
Our first pick for the best backpacking tent under $200 is a 2-person tent that is ideal for 3-season use, making it a fantastic choice for all your spring, summer, and fall camping trips. We like how compact the design of this tent is, with a hard liner that you can remove if need be. The inside is pretty roomy, offering 35 square feet of space that is more than enough for 2 adults and all their gear.
We were happy to see that the tent sports dual vestibules to secure your belongings, equipped with 17 feet of space and integrated mesh pockets to organize all your essentials. We were also very pleased with the ventilation of the Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season tent, as it sports a tent fly for enhanced airflow. The tent features a two-door design to make it easy for both campers to enter and exit as they desire.
Check Current Price
The Kelty Salida tent made it to our best backpacking tent under $200 list for its impressive storage space and lightweight configurations. We love that the frame is light and easy to carry, so you won’t have any issue storing it in your gear for either lengthy or short backpacking and camping trips. We really liked the ventilation features this tent has to offer, with mesh fabric that increases airflow while keeping pesky bugs out of your way.
The 2-person tent is surprisingly compact for the amount of storage space it has to offer, with a 10 square foot vestibule to secure your equipment, gear, and other possessions while on the road. One feature that really drew us to this tent was its easy setup.
The tent features 2 folding poles for a simple, freestanding design that you can set up or breakdown with total ease. You’ll have 30.5 square feet of floor space with this tent, not counting the vestibule area. The tent itself is designed from durable nylon that is light and cozy, while still being sturdy enough to hold up against harsh winds.
Check Current Price
The next best backpacking tent under $200 on our list is the Chillbo Cabbins 2 Person Camping Tent, featuring a lightweight design that is highly portable and durable for 3-season camping. We liked the 2-door configurations this tent has to offer, so both campers can get in and out of the tent without issue. We also liked the complete fly sheet the tent sports, which offers additional insulation from damaging weather elements like wind and rain.
One thing we really liked is that the Chillbo Cabbins 2 Person Camping Tent comes with a carrying bag, making it really easy to breakdown and pack up the tent for easy transport. The entry to the tent is covered, which will serve to keep you nice and dry if stormy weather hits. The tent also sports a mesh design for enhanced ventilation without any need to worry about insects getting through.
Check Current Price
The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent is the best backpacking tent under $200 for its incredibly affordable price tag that offers fantastic protection from harsh weather conditions and bugs. The tent comes with a footprint and rainfly and sports a screen for enhanced ventilation. The screen is a great feature to have for warm weather camping, as you can look outside and enjoy the view without having to worry about bugs flying in.
We were definitely pleased with the roomy interior this tent has to offer, featuring a pitched size of 90 x 78 x 49, while providing quality sleeping space that leaves you enough room to store all your gear and belongings. The tent is really fast and easy to set up and features vents built into the rainfly for excellent air circulation. You can purchase the model in 1 to 4 person capacities, making it an exceptional pick for an array of backpacking needs.
Check Current Price
Our final selection for the best backpacking tent under $200 is the ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent, with a waterproof design and spacious interior. It takes no time at all to set up and sports a freestanding design so all you need are dual poles to pitch it. We really liked the quality storage space this tent has to offer, with dual vestibules and mesh storage pockets integrated into the design.
We were also more than satisfied with the water-resistant tent fly that will keep you warm and dry even if rain or wind hits. The dual-door tent sports an enhanced ventilation system, designed from polyester fabric for breathability. The tent also vents really well due to its mesh doors that keep condensation out and promote proper air flow.
The packed weight of this tent is just 5 pounds and 5 ounces, so you won’t have any issue transporting it along with the rest of your gear.
Check Current Price
Without a doubt, each of our choices for the best backpacking tent under $200 offer something for everyone, whether you are a frequent backpacker or only like to take occasional camping trips. That said, the choice that we feel offers the most usage, durability, and versatility to backpackers is the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking tent.
We love its lightweight frame that is easy to transport, with exceptional ventilation and handy mesh for increased airflow. The 2-person tent is really compact but doesn’t skimp on storage space, with a 10 square foot vestibule and 30.5 square feet of floor space. The freestanding design with 3 folding poles was also fantastic, and we were happy to see the durable nylon material that holds up well against harsh weather elements.
For versatility, durability, space, weight, and compactness, the Kelty Salida Camping Tent reigns supreme as the best backpacking tent under $200.
Whether you like to go backpacking a few times a year or are frequently setting out on lengthy trail excursions, having a quality backpacking tent in your gear arsenal is a must. The trouble is, with so many tent options to pick from (and some at very steep costs), how do you know which will serve you best out on the trail?
We’re so glad you asked.
Finding a backpacking tent that serves your needs and lasts you for many miles ahead doesn’t need to burst your wallet. Keep reading for the top 5 options for the best backpacking tents under $100, including our detailed guide to choosing the right tent for you.
The top 5 backpacking tents under $100 we recommend for 2021:
Not all tent designs are created equal. Check out the different types of backpacking tent designs you can pick from when selecting the best backpacking tent under 100.
Freestanding backpacking tents function exactly how their name indicates—they stand up completely on their own without requiring extra bells and whistles to achieve the right volume. Freestanding tents are typically used for regular backpacking and camping and will serve you well whether you are backpacking solo or with a couple of friends.
If you select a more durable, weatherproof option, a freestanding tent is also a good choice for cold weather camping in rough conditions.
Semi-freestanding tents come with poles for setup, but you also have to use guy points or stakes to pitch them to optimal volume. If you want to pick the best backpacking tent under 100 in a semi-freestanding style, this variety is a quality choice for extra stability and comfort.
Semi-freestanding tents are also pretty lightweight to carry in your gear because they don’t have as many poles as other styles.
Double-wall tents have three components, namely, an inside tent featuring a waterproof floor space and a non-waterproof roof, a rain fly (or outer tent with waterproof features), and poles for setup. Double-wall tents are designed to be very user-friendly and easy to set up while safeguarding you from harsh weather conditions and keeping you comfortable at the same time.
That said, for all their impressive features, double-wall tents have the heaviest design. Freestanding tents, semi-freestanding tents, and tunnel tents are all variations of the double-wall design.
Finally, tunnel tents feature a semi-freestanding design with a distinctive pole setup. Tunnel tents sport one or more poles in a hoop shape and depend completely on guylines to remain upright.
Tunnel tents offer a quality ratio of space to weight, providing backpackers strength and fantastic comfort while still being pretty light.
Here’s how to pick the best backpacking tents under $100.
There are three primary types of tent doors: double side doors, singe side doors, and front-end doors. Double side doors offer a tent entrance on each side, giving campers easy access and flexible usage options. If you are camping with a group or even one other person, the double-sided door design could come in really handy.
The best backpacking tent under 100 with a front-end door design gives multi-person access as well, but space is tighter, and it will be a little more awkward for multiple people to enter at once. If you are backpacking solo or don’t mind the tighter spice, tents with single side doors could suffice.
You’ll need to consider the person capacity of the tent you want when hunting for the best backpacking tent under $100. The best backpacking tent under $100 comes in varying occupant capacities, ranging from one to four-person tents. Two-person tents are the most popular choice for most backpackers, while three-person tents typically add another 20 inches more to allow for the extra camper.
Your ideal tent person capacity is obviously going to depend on how many people you typically backpack with, but it also partly involves your personal preference. For instance, if you typically camp with just one other person, but would like some additional floor space and headroom, you might opt for a three-person model instead of a two-person. If you have lots of gear or bring your pet along on the trail, having that extra space could be a lifesaver too.
Consider the material of the product when hunting for the best backpacking tent under $100. Backpacking tents are designed from either coated polyester, Cuben fiber, or coated nylon. Nylon is the strongest material available and is much more resistant to wear and tear than a choice like polyester. However, both materials require an additional coat in order to become fully waterproof.
Cuben fiber is the gold standard in terms of backpacking tent materials, but it does come with a steeper price. With that said, Cuben fiber is absolutely the most lightweight, durable, and waterproof option available. It is very easy to fix Cuben fiber fabric if it starts to show signs of wear, while the material is light enough that it won’t weigh down your gear.
Pay close attention to the fabric denier of the best backpacking tent under 100. A fabric’s denier tells you the ratio of its weight to square area. For instance, very lightweight tent fabrics feature 10-denier specifications with 40 to 70-denier tent floors.
The most cost-effective best backpacking tent under $100 is going to be designed with Polyurethane coating. The PU coating offers waterproofing while still being durable enough to hold up in damp and cold environments. However, PU coating is vulnerable to chemical deterioration, which removes the waterproofing components and wears out the tent.
The best backpacking tent under $100 sports silicone elastomer, which not only repels water like a dream but is flexible and resistant to harmful UV rays and harsh temperatures. It is lighter than PU coating, but also highly durable and sturdier.
Ultimately, consider your usage needs, camper capacity, and backpacking frequency. If you only go on short camping trips every so often, you probably won’t need as durable a choice as you would if you frequently camp in all kinds of weather conditions.
Check out the best backpacking tent under $100 choices for your next outdoor adventure.
Our first pick for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tent. We like that the tent is designed for 3-season camping while being lightweight and portable at just 3 pounds and 3 ounces when packed. The tent is definitely one of the most cost-effective options on our list and is a great choice for solo backpackers who like to trek year round.
The tent features a double-wall design, so you will have plenty of insulation and coverage from weather elements like wind and rain. We were very impressed by how simple it is to set up this backpacking tent, as it sports a two-hoop design with bivvies for user-friendly ease.
The roof sports ventilated mesh while the body of the tent features a zippered door to make getting in and out of the tent a breeze. The tent comes with 3 rope bundles and 14 stakes to secure it in place in your chosen camping location.
Check Current Price
If you’re going to be backpacking in warm weather or beach conditions, the Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tent might be just what you’ve been looking for. The backpacking tent under $100 sports a very portable, lightweight design to shield you from the elements like rain and wind, while providing UPF 50+ protection from the sun.
We were glad to see that the tent features a breathable polyester design that repels water and folds down to a compact size of just 40 x 5 x 5 inches. When set up, this best backpacking tent under $100 features 87 x 47 x 49 dimensions, offering plenty of floor space, head space, and inner volume.
The frame sports integrated fiberglass components and a PE floor with water-resistant properties to keep you comfortable and dry. We also liked the featured carrying case, stakes, and inside pockets to secure your smaller personal belongings.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent for Camping, featuring a waterproof design that holds a 2 to 3 person capacity. For multi-person camping in a range of camping conditions, it’s definitely hard to outdo the Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent.
The first thing we noticed was the instant tent design, which means that you can pop the poles in and out of place for super easy setup. The tent poles are manufactured from durable 8.55mm fiberglass that is elastic and corrosion resistant. We also liked the tent’s taped seams and 210-denier floor fabric.
The tent’s exterior is breathable with dual layers, waterproofing, and UV400 protection. When set up, the tent is a roomy 90.5 x 78.7 x 59 inches, making it an ideal contender for trekking with family or friends.
Check Current Price
We picked the Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent as the best backpacking tent under 100 for its four-person capacity and excellent interior space. The tent holds up well in a range of weather conditions, including wind and rain. The dome design offers campers way more inside volume when in use while setting up the tent takes just 10 minutes in total.
The tent features integrated WeatherTec, with inverted seams and welded floors to keep you warm, dry, and comfortable if unexpected showers or blustery weather hit. We were also pleased to see that the Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent sports waterproofed seams and comes with a bottle of seam sealer to reapply to the tent as needed.
The tent has quality ventilation, so you won’t feel all hot and stuffy if you are camping in warmer weather conditions. The 9 x 7 floor of the tent features polyethylene fabric with 1000-denier specifications and welding. The tent includes an electrical access port, which is a great bonus feature for anyone looking to stay connected on the go.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent, holding up to 3 people and sporting a 3-pole design with a user-friendly, removable fly for easy access. One feature we really liked was the fiberglass frame with shock cording that not only makes setup a breeze but ensures durability and longevity of use for campers.
We liked that the tent features 2 mesh windows so you can gaze outside as you fall asleep, with a D-shaped front door for breathability and ventilation if you’re camping in summer weather. The tent sports 8.5 x 4 x 8-foot measurements and weighs in at a moderate 8 pounds. We loved the hanging gear pocket and gear loft so you can store your gear with ease, along with a vestibule that offers extra storage space and protection from weather conditions.
Check Current Price
While we liked each of the best backpacking tents under $100 options on our list for a variety of campers, the pick we felt offered the most versatility which remains our top selection is the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent. We really liked the 3-pole design and the removable tent fly so people can easily go in and out of the tent without issue.
The excellent fiberglass frame with shock cording was a really key feature for us, as it ensures quality and durability for a range of backpacker needs. We also loved the 2 mesh windows for ventilation and views, plus the D-shaped front door for easy entry and exit.
With tons of storage space and pockets, fantastic breathability, and quality weather protection from elements including wind and rain, the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent is our top pick for the best backpacking tent under $100.
Are you gearing up for your next big trek, but aren’t sure your trusty sleeping bag is up to the challenge? Perhaps you’ve just started backpacking in the great outdoors, but aren’t quite sure what to look for to pick the right sleeping bag for all your grand adventures?
Today, we will walk you through exactly what you need to look for to pick the best sleeping bag for all your backpacking adventures. Next, we’ll offer our thorough review of the top 5 best backpacking sleeping bags and announce the final winner for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.
Sounds like something you need to know, right?
Let’s dive right in!
The top 5 backpacking sleeping bag under $100 we recommend for 2021:
Getting all the right gear for your outdoor treks shouldn’t break the bank. Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 for many trails ahead.
The first aspect you’ll need to consider when picking out the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is its temperature rating. A sleeping bag’s temperature rating is the lowest temperature at which it can keep you nice and warm. For summer backpacking adventures, you’ll want a temperature rating of +30 degrees Fahrenheit and up.
If you like to backpack year round, you’ll probably want to pick a 3-season sleeping bag designed to withstand temperatures between +15 and +30 degrees Fahrenheit. For very cold weather backpacking, sleeping bags with a temperature rating of +15 degrees Fahrenheit or lower are a must.
As a rule of thumb, you should pick a sleeping bag with a temperature rating below the absolute lowest temperature you anticipate dealing with while on your outdoor adventures. You can easily unzip your sleeping bag if you find you are too warm, but you don’t want to find yourself in a position where your sleeping bag isn’t warm enough and you don’t have sufficient insulation.
Nowadays, sleeping bags are assigned ISO or EN temperature ratings. EN is an older system of measurement, with ISO being the more modern one, but there is very little difference between the two. ISO and EN temperature ratings make it easy to do brand comparisons of the best sleeping bag under $100.
In the case of ISO and EN temperature ratings, bags are typically categorized by limit ratings and comfort ratings. A sleeping bag’s limit rating is the minimum temperature that will ensure a “warm sleeper’s” comfort, while comfort rating is the lowest temperature where the sleeping bag will ensure the typical “cold sleeper’s” comfort.
Bear in mind, everyone has a different comfort level and temperature rating is just one of several factors you should consider when selecting the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.
The insulation of the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is another key point to consider before making your final purchase. Your two options for sleeping bag insulation are going to be either down or synthetic fibers. The primary benefits of down sleeping bags are that they are super lightweight, highly durable, hold up well against colder weather, and are easy to fold up into your gear.
On the other hand, synthetic sleeping bags dry a lot faster when they get wet, keep you insulated even in damp conditions, and are a great choice if you are allergic to down feathers. Down insulation is typically more expensive than the synthetic variety, but many seasoned backpackers prefer down for its very lightweight design that is easy to fit into your pack while remaining light to carry.
If you do decide that a down sleeping bag is the best one for you, it’s critical to understand fill power. Fill power tells you the quality (and ultimately warmth) of the down. Higher fill power numbers mean down with higher lofts that offer more warmth. Sleeping bags with fill powers around 800 are designed for very cold weather, lightweight backpacking adventures. Naturally, bags with higher fill power are often more expensive.
The main disadvantage with down is that it loses its insulating power when it becomes wet. The good news is, many manufacturers have figured out how to resolve this issue by incorporating a water repellent design into down sleeping bag products. If you do select a down sleeping bag as the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100, water resistance is key.
If you’re not sold on down, synthetic fibers will still give you great longevity of use at a far more cost-effective price. Synthetic materials don’t lose their insulating power when they become wet either, making them a great pick for wet weather conditions. Some sleeping bags come in synthetic and down blends, designed to be compact with a better loft while still offering quality insulation.
Along the same lines, you should pay close attention to the material of the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 before making your final choice. Most sleeping bags are designed from polyester or ripstop nylon. The best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 sports a durable water repellent finish to keep you warm and dry.
Here are a few key features you ought to look for when selecting the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100. First, look out for a sleeping bag hood that you can secure around your head in the event it gets cold or starts to rain. Draft yokes or collars are also quality features to look for, as they help keep warm air inside the bag and offer nice insulation.
In addition, keep an eye out for features like anti-snag zippers so you can open and close your sleeping bag with ease. No one wants to grapple with their sleeping bag after a tough day on the trail! Other handy features that the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 might sport include a stash pocket for small objects and a pillow pocket to store clothes in and use as a pillow.
Here are the top 5 best backpacking sleeping bags under 100 that all outdoor enthusiasts need to know about.
Our first pick for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is the Teton Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag. We love this 100% polyester sleeping bag because of its 3-season design, which means you can go camping with it almost year round. The sleeping bag sports a hood in a mummy shape to keep you insulated and warm, with zips to allow airflow and adjustment if need be.
The sleeping bag is a great choice if you’re going to be hiking in colder climates, as it sports a double layer design with a taffeta shell, poly-flannel liner, draft tubes and fiber filling for added warmth. The sleeping bag is also highly portable, as it comes with a compression sack to store the bag in and secure to your gear. The sleeping bag is durable enough for survival backpacking adventures, with a comfort rating between 20 to 30 degrees.
Check Current Price
The Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping bag rates as one of the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 picks for its insulating 100% polyester design and integrated synthetic filling. The bag is durable and insulated enough to hold up against very cold weather climates, with a temperature rating down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit and an optimal temperature rating between 20 and 40 degrees.
We were happy to see the dual layer quilt insulation of this best backpacking sleeping bag under $100, with a drawstring hood to keep your head nice and toasty in chilly temperatures. The polyester lining of this sleeping bag is nice and soft, so it won’t irritate or itch your skin. We like the fact that this sleeping bag is very lightweight, weighing only 5 pounds for easy portability. The bag comes with a compression sack for storage as well.
Check Current Price
The Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag is the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 for its 30 degrees Fahrenheit temperature rating, designed for tough survival backpacking and camping. The sleeping bag features a comfort limit rating of 40 degrees Fahrenheit, making it a good choice for a variety of weather conditions.
We were happy to see that the Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag has a dual-layer design, with synthetic filling that offers a high loft volume for ultimate comfort and insulation. We were also impressed with the sleeping bag’s full length, two-way zipper, allowing easy access to get in and out of your sleeping bag without any fuss.
The sleeping bag is manufactured from rip-stop poly shell fabric with an inner layer zipper draft tube. The bag also features a hood that you can adjust as needed and a chest baffle with a handy drawstring.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is by Kaufland, manufactured from 100% polyester with a mummy style design. The sleeping bag is incredibly affordable and durable, making it a great choice for newbie backpackers and seasoned pros alike. The sleeping bag comes equipped with a compression bag, so you can easily roll the bag up, store it in the sack, and secure it with the rest of your gear.
The sleeping bag’s shell is designed from 170T polyester with a quality lining. The bag weighs just 1.75 pounds, so it won’t weigh down or overbulk your pack. We like how soft the shell and lining of this best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is, with a zipper design and Velcro tab to keep the bag closed as you prefer.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is the Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag, with a dual-layer construction and draft collar to keep you insulated in the shoulder and neck regions. We liked the off-set design which helps prevent cold air from penetrating the sleeping bag in cooler climates.
The sleeping bag has a temperature rating of +0 and is designed with synthetic fibers for optimal moisture wicking and warmth. The sleeping bag sports branded G3 Fiber insulation that folds compactly for easy transport while offering sufficient loft to keep you nice and warm in freezing temperatures. The mummy design gives you freedom of movement without being so bulky that it weighs you down when you sleep.
We also noticed that the Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag features a draft tube that runs along the zipper to prevent cold from escaping through, with an anti-snag zipper that you won’t have to grapple with after a long day on the trail.
Check Current Price
While each of the top 5 options for the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 serves a wide range of camping needs, our favorite was the Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag. We love that it is designed from super durable, 100% polyester to wick moisture and keep you nice and dry if damp conditions hit. We were also pleased with its temperature rating that goes all the way down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit, ensuring you’ll stay warm even in very cool temperatures.
The optimal 20 to 40-degree temperature rating still makes the Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag a fantastic choice for different types of backpacking treks, which dual construction quilt insulation and a handy drawstring hood.
The finishing touches for us were the lightweight, 5-pound design and compression sack to make transporting the sleeping bag a piece of cake. For warmth, insulation, water resistance, user-friendly ease, and portability, Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag is the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.
Whether you’re a camping expert or a total beginner, no outdoor adventure is complete without a long-lasting, quality tent you can depend on to see you through all your treks. When you get to the campsite at night, and your muscles are aching from a long day on the trail, you need to make sure you have a tent that will protect you in all kinds of weather while being comfortable and breathable.
Canvas tents are an exceptional choice for campers because you can use them year round as they are designed for strength and durability. If you’re curious about what to look for when hunting for the best canvas tent, you’ve come to the right place.
For our canvas tent buying guide and the top 5 best canvas tent options all campers need to know about, keep scrolling.
Let’s delve right in!
The top 5 canvas tents we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to ensure you pick the best canvas tents for your outdoor needs.
The initial element you need to consider when selecting the best canvas tent is the size of the model. Consider how many people you typically camp with and the person capacity you want the tent to house. You can purchase tents holding capacities all the way down to 1 person up to 5 or 6 people.
Take a look at the tent’s dimensions as specified by the manufacturer. How much gear are you bringing along? Will the tent provide enough room for each person and all their gear?
Some canvas tent models are very compact, offering just enough space to sleep on. Other products give campers lots of room, with quality headspace and nice interior height. You’ll also want to consider your usage needs when examining the tent’s size. If you are going to be traveling to your campsite by car and storing your tent in the bag, you can easily get away with a much larger tent that weighs more.
On the other hand, if you plan on backpacking to your campsite and need to fit the best canvas tent inside your gear, you’re going to require a much more lightweight, portable choice.
The material of the best canvas tent is a crucial point to consider before making your final selection. Not all canvas fabrics are created equal, so it’s key to know the differences between each to ensure you make the right choice. Most canvas tents are designed from cotton duck fabric (also called duck canvas). Duck canvas weighs significantly more than simple cotton canvas material but is often the premium fabric of choice for its tight weave and durability.
The cotton canvas material has good waterproofing capabilities, but you have to break it in first before it becomes totally waterproof. When you purchase a brand new cotton canvas tent, it will often allow moisture to seep through when it rains, which is completely normal. Once the cotton canvas tent is completely soaked with water, the fabric expands. As it dries and shrinks back to its regular size, the weave becomes watertight, making it completely waterproof for future use.
If you decide that a cotton canvas tent is the right choice for you, it is advisable to waterproof it before you ever go camping so you don’t risk getting your gear (and yourself!) soaked to the bone. All you have to do is spread out the tent and douse it with a hose until it is totally soaked. Let it dry completely before you stow it in the carry bag for later. If the tent doesn’t dry completely, the fabric could be vulnerable to rot and mold.
If you ever run into rain while camping and are forced to pack up the best canvas tent before it has dried completely, you will need to unpack it right away when you get back home and spread it out, so it dries in full.
Another factor you’ll need to consider before purchasing the best canvas tent is the product’s packed weight and packed size. Again, if you’re going to be car camping, the weight and size aren’t going to be as significant a consideration. However, if you plan on backpacking from one destination to the next, the best canvas tent’s packed weight and size is paramount.
A tent’s packed weight is the weight of the tent along with all its accessories in the carry bag. Tent accessories include components such as the tent floor, poles, stakes, and guylines. Canvas itself is fairly bulky and heavy, sometimes even more so once folded up. Canvas tents can weigh anywhere from 50 pounds and beyond.
As for packed size, this equals the size of the tent once it’s stored inside the carry bag. Carefully consider how you plan to travel to your campsite and the amount of space you can realistically allot for the best canvas tent.
You need to make sure that the best canvas tent you pick is designed to hold up against the weather elements to protect you from things like wind, rain, snow, etc. The vast majority of tents are going to be very sturdy with properly installed poles and guylines. Most models can handle winds all the way up to 30 mph, but weather conditions like snow can be a different matter.
Snow is very heavy, and many tent structures can collapse under the weight of it. The good news is, many of the best canvas tent models are designed for 4 season use, so they can handle moderate quantities of snow. Pay attention to the brand’s guidelines when picking the best canvas tent for your hiking needs to ensure the model you choose will hold up against the conditions you plan on camping in.
The best canvas tents are also waterproof, with sealed seams and protected zippers, so moisture doesn’t seep through. You should be able to use the best canvas tent in almost any weather condition imaginable, whether it’s hot and sunny or cold and snowy.
Check out our picks for the top 5 best canvas tents!
Our first choice for the best canvas tent is this exceptional flex-bow tent by Kodiac, featuring a cotton duck canvas with Hydra-Shield exterior. We love how watertight the material is, while still offering quality ventilation to ensure the inside of your tent doesn’t get too stuffy. The tent has a fantastic interior height, with a volume extending up to 6 feet, 1 inch. So, most campers shouldn’t have any issue standing up inside and moving around with ease.
The Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow Tent sports dual doors with zippers, dual air vents, and 4 spacious windows sporting mesh to promote airflow and keep pesky insects out. We were more than pleased with the durability this best canvas tent has to offer, featuring sturdy steel poles and a floor with welded seams that are highly resistant to wear and tear. The tent comes with a carry bag and all the stakes you’ll require for setup.
Check Current Price
We chose this best canvas tent as a durable alternative option for campers who want to install their tent in the bed of their truck rather than out on the ground. The Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent secures with ease to the bed of a truck, plus you can expand the tent for extra space if you put down your tailgate. The tent is compatible with a wide range of truck beds including the Dodge Ram, Toyota Tundra, Chevy Silverado, Ford F Series, and Nissan Titan.
We were pleased with the quality of cotton duck canvas material with Hydra-Shield components. The weave is super watertight but also offers good ventilation. Despite the compact size of the tent, it still offers an interior height of 5 feet so you’ll have plenty of space to move around. We liked the tent’s D-shaped door and sturdy zippers, along with 2 handy gear pockets to store your belongings.
The feature that really stood out to us was the fact that the Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent features 5 windows, one of which you can use to reach into the cab area of your truck. While this tent is not ideal for very cold or harsh weather conditions, for warmer, more benign weather, this could be a fantastic choice for your truck camping adventures.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best canvas tent is this Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent by Dream House, which includes a durable groundsheet, door pole, and center pole. You can select this best canvas tent in varying dimensions based on the size of the party you’ll be traveling with, including 3, 4, 5, and 6 meters. We were really impressed by the quality of the cotton canvas material, featuring waterproof polyurethane coating with a 3,000 mm hydrostatic rating.
For this type of tent, you may want to break it in before using by soaking it with water and allowing the material to dry completely. Otherwise, you may experience a little leakage if you take it out for the first time and encounter some unexpected showers.
We love the Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent because you can use it year round. The tent even comes with a stove hole that you can use in chillier weather. The windows and doors are covered with mosquito screens to prevent insects from getting in. We also liked the double stitched seams and covered zippers the tent sports. The tent is sturdy enough to hold up against 30 mph winds as well.
Check Current Price
The Danchel Cotton Bell Tent is one of the best canvas tents available, designed to help you stay very cool in the heat and nice and warm in the chillier months. The tent sports a teepee design manufactured with cotton canvas material. The material itself is completely waterproof. We love that you can purchase this tent in a range of diameters depending on your camping needs, including 3, 4, and 5 meters.
You’ll also enjoy double stitched seams that are waterproof and dependable with the Danchel Cotton Bell Tent. We love the integrated stove jacks with flaps to secure the area when you’re not using them. The tent features doors that you can zip with ease along with windows that are easily secured from the inside of the structure. The door and windows also sport mesh screens to keep insects at bay.
The really cool feature we noticed about the Danchel Cotton Bell Tent is that it is designed with heat retardant and fireproof material. The stove jackets have integrated fiberglass material as well, so you can operate your stove without worries.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best canvas tent is another model by Kodiak, great for solo campers who want a durable, comfortable product they can rely on in a range of weather conditions. The tent features a quality 100% cotton duck canvas with Hydra-Shield technology. The inside of the tent is 6 feet and 8 inches long by 3 feet wide, which is nice and spacious for a single traveler.
The tent sports big windows with zips to promote proper air circulation along with mesh screening to keep the bugs out. A feature we really liked about the Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Tent is that it comes with a 2-inch mattress and flannel cover for campers.
The tent is perfect for regular set up in the ground, but it is also compatible with a truck bed. It’s very easy to take this tent on the go, as you can roll your sleeping gear up with the tent and head to your next destination.
Check Current Price
Undoubtedly, each of the best canvas tent selections we chose are strong contenders for any camper’s shortlist. However, one tent made it to the top of our list, and that was the Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent by Dream House. We loved the durable design that comes with the poles and groundsheet needed for setup. We liked the fact that you can select the dimensions you want based on the size of your camping group, with 3, 4, 5, and 6-meter options.
While you might need to break the tent in before you go camping to ensure the weave is fully watertight, the quality of the material is excellent, with a waterproof PU coating at a 3,000 mm hydrostatic rating. The multiple windows and doors, stove hole, double stitched seams, and covered zippers checked off all the key items on our wishlist for the best canvas tent.
If you want an exceptional canvas tent that you can use in every season, the Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent stands in a class of its own as the best canvas tent.
If you’re planning to go kayak camping, your ordinary camping tent simply won’t do. Kayak camping differs considerably from traditional backpacking and hiking, so you need to make sure you have the right gear with you so that your trip is nothing short of a grand success.
Today, we will walk you through exactly what you need to look for when selecting from the best kayaking tents, plus the top 5 best kayaking tents campers everywhere will love.
Are you ready? Let’s get started!
The top 5 kayaking tents we recommend for 2021:
If the concept of kayak camping is new to you, here’s what you need to know. Kayak camping is exactly what its name indicates—camping in the great outdoors, using a kayak or canoe to get from one camp location to the next. Rather than using a car or backpacking from campsite to campsite, you use your trusty kayak to transport you wherever you need to go.
The majority of kayaks offer quality storage space, so you’ll definitely be able to fit more in your kayak than you would if you were backpacking. That said, you might not have as much storage space for your tent and gear as you would if you were car camping.
So, it’s essential to understand the key features to keep an eye out for when perusing the best kayaking tents to ensure you make the best choice for your grand adventure.
When picking from the best kayaking tents, you’re going to be looking for different features than you would if you were purchasing a tent for traditional camping. When kayaking, you will always be facing damp weather conditions on the water, so the best kayaking tents need to be sturdy and waterproof enough to withstand these elements.
Also, the majority of kayak camping trips require 2 campers, so you’ll typically need to search for tents that hold at least a 2 person capacity.
Here’s what you need to know to make your selection from the best kayaking tents.
The first thing you need to consider when hunting for the best kayaking tents is the camper capacity you’ll require. If you’re going to be traveling on your own or traveling with a group where everyone will be handling their own tent and gear, tent capacity might not be as significant a factor on your wishlist. However, even if you’re traveling on your own, you might decide you’d like to have a 2 person tent to give yourself a little extra wiggle room and additional storage area for your gear.
Otherwise, if you tend to camp out with one or more other kayak adventurers, consider the size of the group you typically camp travel with. Then, select a tent that will provide enough space for everyone and their belongings while still leaving enough room to sit up and move around.
Since you’re going to be traveling from one campsite to the next via a kayak, it follows that the best kayaking tents are sufficiently waterproof to ward off moisture and dampness. Tents made of materials like canvas are not the best kayaking tents, because canvas soaks up the water quite easily, thereby becoming heavier and weighing the entire vessel down.
When looking for the best kayaking tents with waterproof designs, keep an eye out for sealed floors designed to deflect moisture and prevent it from seeping in through vulnerable areas. You’ll also want to look for a tent that comes with a rainfly as a secondary barrier against rainy conditions if you hit showers at the campsite.
The good news is, most of the top kayaking tent products include a rainfly with your purchase, so you won’t have to waste time searching for that component separately.
One of the most important components you’ll need to take into account when perusing the best kayaking tents is the weight of the product. While your kayak will probably have enough space to bring more gear than you would if you were backpacking from campsite to campsite, you want to make sure the tent you select doesn’t weigh it down so much that the kayak becomes unstable.
The best kayaking tents are fairly lightweight, without sacrificing the key features and functionality that you’re going to need for this type of camping. Now, if you intend to camp with a group of people, you can easily distribute the tent’s components between your travel mates, so no single vessel carries too much of the load.
With that said, if you’re going on a solo kayaking adventure or with a very small group, finding a very lightweight model is going to be imperative. Consider the weight of the other gear you’ll be bringing besides your tent, such as your sleeping bag, camping cookware, and so forth. The best kayaking tents are sturdy enough to keep you secure on the road in tougher conditions while still being light enough that they could double as a backpacking tent if need be.
Look for a kayaking tent that comes in at a moderate weight range, somewhere between a heavy duty tent and a lightweight shelter.
No one wants to get to the campsite after a long day of kayaking only to grapple with their tent just so they can get a peaceful night’s rest. You never know what type of weather conditions you might encounter either that will make easy access to a secure shelter all the more imperative.
It’s non-negotiable that your pick from the best kayaking tents is easy to set up and break down, to save you time, trouble, and needless stress when you’re weary from the day’s adventures.
Take a look at the top 5 best kayaking tents you’ll want to consider before you embark on your grand kayaking adventure.
Our first choice from the best kayaking tents is the Alps Mountaineering Taurus Tent, featuring a dome shape designed to hold 2 campers. We like the spacious dimension of this tent, coming in at 46 x 60 x 90 inches. We were very pleased by the durable fiberglass poles, that ensure the tent will stay strong and sturdy if rougher weather conditions hit without being so heavy that they overbulk your vessel.
Even more importantly, the tent is designed with wear-resistant polyester and taffeta sporting UV coating. The tent is ideal for 3 season use, so you can get plenty of camping trips from this single product. The Alps Mountaineering Tent doesn’t disappoint with its waterproof elements, sporting a rainfly that offers complete coverage for the entire tent structure. The floors feature waterproof seals as well to prevent any moisture leaking through.
The tent is super easy to set up, using an integrated clip system that secures the tent material to the poles. You can set up the tent in mere minutes and breakdown is just as easy.
Check Current Price
We chose the Mountainsmith Morrison for our review of the best kayaking tents due to its huge interior space yet compact design. The tent features 56 x 43 x 92-inch dimensions, providing a total of 35 square feet of interior floor space. The first feature we noticed about the Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent is that it sports a durable rainfly with roof vents for enhanced air circulation.
We also liked the fact that while this 3 season tent offers amazing interior space, it packs down to a really manageable size that won’t be any trouble to transport in your kayak along with the remainder of your gear. The tent sports a packed weight of 4 pounds and 11 ounces. We also favor this choice from the best kayaking tents for its incredibly easy setup, sporting color-coding so you can assemble the structure with ease.
Check Current Price
Our next selection from the best kayaking tents is the classic Slumberjack Trail tent, designed for 2 campers with a user-friendly, freestanding design. We were pleased with the full coverage rain fly included with the tent, which keeps moisture out and ensures you’ll stay nice and dry when you turn in for the night. We also liked the handy storage space this tent has to offer, with a vestibule to stow your belongings in.
The tent material is designed from 75-denier polyester with a hydrostatic waterproof rating of 1,200 millimeters. We were very impressed with the taped seams and mesh panels for superior cross ventilation. The structure even sports noiseless zipper pulls, so if you need to step out of the tent for any reason during the night you won’t need to worry about waking your companions.
The pole structure of the Slumberjack Trail Tent is also on point, with fiberglass poles designed to hold up against a range of weather conditions. The tent weighs a mere 6 pounds and 5 ounces when packed, offering a total floor space of 33.3 square feet when set up.
Check Current Price
The Coleman Dome Tent for Camping is one of the best kayaking tents on the market for its impressive 7-foot x 5-foot x 48-inch dimensions when fully set up. We liked the fact that the tent has a spacious door so campers can enter and exit with total ease. Plus, the structure also sports a very large window in the back which greatly increases proper airflow.
The floor of the Coleman Dome Tent for Camping is configured to a tub-like style, designed from 1000-denier polythene and integrated welded seams to ensure no dampness gets through. We were glad to see that the tent also comes with guy points so you can increase the stability of the structure if a blustery gale or rough storm hits.
For additional waterproofing qualities, the tent also comes with a flysheet manufactured from 75-denier polyester taffeta that repels water like a dream. The tent takes just 10 minutes total to set up. It also includes a rainfly awning to enjoy the shade from the sun or use as an additional barrier from moisture.
Check Current Price
Our final choice from the top 5 best kayaking tents is the Kelty Salida Tent, featuring a very compact design with durable aluminum poles that fold with ease. The tent even comes with a roll top cube bag for transport that you can store in your kayak without fuss. One element that drew us to the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent was its quality floor space of 30.5 square feet.
We also liked how much storage space this tent has to offer, with a 10 square foot vestibule that you can secure your belongings in overnight. The tent is very sturdy and waterproof, with taped seams that make the product an ideal fit for 3 season camping use. We like the dependability of the mesh/fabric material the tent is manufactured from, that offers long-lasting use while still providing fantastic cross ventilation.
Set up is a total breeze with this tent, as the structure includes large clips that secure the body of the tent to the pole frame and dual poles. You’ll also receive a UV resistant rain fly attachment with the Kelty Salida tent, that you can use to cover the structure and safeguard all campers inside if inclement weather hits.
Check Current Price
We were more than pleased with each of the top 5 best kayaking tents, as they fulfill a range of varying campers needs. However, our top choice from the group is undoubtedly the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent. We loved everything about this tent, from its durable, foldable aluminum poles to its easy set up to the user-friendly carry bag it comes with that you can easily secure in your kayak.
The 30.5 square foot floor space is nice and spacious for 2 campers, plus the 10 square foot vestibule helps ensure you won’t be overcrowded by your gear when trying to sleep. The UV resistant rain fly attachment and taped seams offer just the waterproof qualities we look for in the best kayaking tents as well.
For a lightweight, portable, durable, and waterproof design that you can depend on for 3 season use, the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent is our reigning champion of the best kayaking tents.
If you love occasional weekend camping and spur of the moment getaways in the great outdoors, a pop up tent might be the choice for you. Pop up tents are favored by campers everywhere for easy setup, versatility, and an affordable price.
Whether you’re brand new to camping or simply want a quality backup option for your more durable 3-season tent, it’s key to find the best pop up tent to keep you comfortable and adequately covered from outdoor elements during your on and off the grid adventures.
For a detailed guide to selecting the best pop up tent plus our review of the top 5 products on the market, keep reading.
The top 5 pop up tents we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what all campers need to know to pick out the best pop up tent to last for many camping adventures to come.
The very first thing you need to consider if you are in the market for the best pop up tent for camping is the size of the product. The majority of pop up tents are designed with a dome or rounded effect, which makes set up very quick and easy without comprising essential sturdiness and durability. Pop up tents feature an umbrella or coiled frame, so you can easily “pop up” the structure into its full size with minimal effort once you reach camp.
The size of the best pop up tent is going to depend on the brand you select and the price you’re willing to pay. Pop up tents come in a range of person capacities, including everything from single person structures to family tents that can hold as many as 6 people at once. You can also purchase the best pop up tent in 3 or 4 person varieties as you require, depending on the size of the group you typically travel with.
You’ll also want to consider that the size of the best pop up tent will need to hold not just the campers, but all their gear as well. For example, you might typically travel with 1 other person, but when you factor all your gear into the mix, a 2 person tent might be a bit tight. You can always purchase a tent that supports a camper capacity beyond the size of your usual group for additional storage space and leg room.
Most pop up tents don’t stand above 5 feet in height, but the rest of the dimensions vary widely.
Durability is key when it comes to choosing the best pop up tent to meet your camping needs. While pop up tents sport a light frame and are very easy to set up, they are also very durable. That said, it is important to consider any weather conditions you might encounter before making your final choice.
For instance, if you’re simply looking for a pop up tent to use for your occasional camping excursions in benign weather, then just about any of the best pop up tents will suffice. However, if you’re going to be camping more often and in a wide range of weather elements, you’ll want to look for a pop up tent with additional features like double walls.
You should also pay attention to how weather resistant the material is, as the best pop up tent is going to feature waterproof and UV protectant fabric, that is resistant to wear, tear, and dust. The best pop up tents also sports flysheets that you can install over the body of the tent to repel water if you run into an unexpected storm along the way.
Another element to bear in mind when searching for the best pop up tent is any safety features it includes. Pop up tents are built for user safety and stability. The integrated dome design and sloped walls hold up well against elements like rain and wind.
Many of the best pop up tents are designed with fire-resistant fabrics as well. Other safety elements to look for are steel poles to secure the frame and cords for stability.
Because of the small, compact design that the best pop up tents provides, it is critical to ensure the product you pick offers quality breathability. The smaller interiors of pop up tents are prone to insufficient ventilation, so keep an eye out for larger windows and mesh components that help combat these inefficiencies and promote proper air flow.
The best pop up tent provides a quick, efficient setup time for campers. Pay close attention to the manufacturer specifications when selecting the best pop up tent, as you should be able to open up most products in mere seconds. Full set up should take just around 5 minutes max.
Whether or not you prefer a pop up tent that comes with additional accessories is truly a matter of preference. Remember, pop up tents are designed to be a basic, dependable option that you can use in a variety of settings, so they don’t always have as many bells and whistles attached like some of the more advanced models do.
With that said, keep an eye out for any cool extras that might be included with the product. For instance, some pop up tents come with accessories like porch canopies or welcome mats.
Check out our honest review of the top 5 best pop up tents, then keep reading to find out which one made it to first place on our list!
Our first selection for the best pop up tent is the Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent, which is super easy to set up and breakdown due to its fold directions integrated right into the design of the tent. If you’re new to using tents and are worried you’ll leave the directions behind, the sewn in directions are an easy win all around. The tent itself is designed from quality waterproof material that holds up well against high winds and inclement weather elements.
We really liked the tent’s blackout coating on the interior of the structure, helping ensure that campers stay cool and properly rested. The only real downside with this best pop up tent is that it is somewhat lacking in the ventilation department. The essential rainfly that comes with the tent to protect campers from moisture outside partially covers the windows. That said, you can adjust the rainfly with side guy ropes to promote better air circulation.
We love this tent because it is highly portable, weigh in at just 7.30 pounds total. That, coupled with the product’s fantastic 2-second setup are just a few of the reasons why this model is one of the best pop up tents for campers.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best pop up tent is the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent, that holds up to 4 campers at once but weighs a mere 7 pounds. We were really pleased to see the tent’s waterproof bottom that prevents moisture from seeping through if you hit damp weather conditions. The tent also comes with a handy rainfly, which you can pull over the exterior for enhanced waterproof capabilities or adjust back to increase air circulation.
The tent includes pre-assembled poles so you can set up the model in about 10 seconds flat. We also noticed that the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent comes with taped floor seams, which is a huge plus to keep rain and dampness out. We really liked the fact that this pop up tent offers quality storage space, with dual pockets to secure your gear.
The affordable tent measures 9 feet and 2 inches by 6 feet and 6 inches, providing spacious dimensions for group camping trips. The interior height is a little bit low at 3 feet and 4 inches, so you’ll probably be able to sit up but not much else.
Check Current Price
The Oztent Malamoo Mega Tent made it to our review of the best pop up tent for its 100% waterproof design and spacious vestibule for securing all your gear. We love the enhanced ventilation this best pop up tent has to offer, with 3 windows to ensure proper airflow throughout. The large windows also come with roll-up flaps that you can adjust as needed.
While this tent is one of the more costly selections on our list, its size and user-friendly features might be well worth the investment. We like the fact that you can set up this tent in a mere 3 seconds flat with no other assembly needed. The tent includes an integrated rainfly to keep rain and other damp weather elements out.
If you’re looking for a spacious tent to fit a group of 4 without making everyone feel squeezed in like sardines, this model might be for you. The tent measures 12 feet in length and 8 feet in width, with a 2-foot vestibule.
Check Current Price
The G4Free Pop Up Tent is one of the best pop up tents on the market for its cost-effective price tag that doesn’t sacrifice durability or functionality. We were more than pleased with this model’s taped seams and waterproof material that help keep any hint of dampness out. You’ll also enjoy quality air circulation with the G4Free Pop Up Tent, as it sports 2 spacious windows and dual doors on each side of the tent.
The windows feature mesh, which allows the right amount of air to flow through while preventing insects and other pesky creatures from getting into the inside. The G4Free Pop Up Tent might take a little practice for beginners to set up, but once you get the hang of it, expanding it and breaking it down should be a breeze.
The tent measures 95 x 71 x 39 inches and folds down to 31 x 2.7 inches. We were very pleased with the Oxford material with water resistant capabilities, plus the floor’s water resistant PE fabric. The tent also sports anti-UV coating to protect campers from harmful rays. We love how lightweight this tent is at just 4.4 pounds, with a durable fiberglass frame.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best pop up tent is the FiveJoy Instant Camping Tent, one of the most spacious options in our review that holds up to 4 adult campers. The tent sports a handy hanging loop accessory that you can use to suspend a fan or lantern if you so desire. We really liked the handy storage pockets on the inside of the tent that make it easy to store all your gear inside.
The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent’s material is waterproof, but if you’re going to be camping in the rain, you’ll probably want to bring along a rainfly and ground tarp too. With regards to ventilation, this tent certainly doesn’t disappoint, featuring dual windows and double doors for excellent air circulation. The tent pops up automatically with zero assembly required, so you can remove it from your gear and expand it in mere seconds.
Check Current Price
Each of the best pop up tent selections on our list cater to a wide range of camper needs, but for us, one definitely stood out above the rest—the G4Free Pop Up Tent. We loved how cost-effective it is while still being very versatile and durable. The taped seams and waterproof design is incomparable, without sacrificing much-needed ventilation.
We were duly impressed by the multiple windows and doors integrated into the tent’s design, with mesh to promote airflow and keep bugs out. The inside of the tent is huge, plus the anti-UV coating and lightweight yet durable fiberglass frame sealed the deal. For durability, weather resistance, ventilation, comfort, and quality space, you can’t beat the G4Free Pop Up Tent.
If you’re new to camping in general, one of the first purchases you’ll make for your outdoor adventures is a quality, durable tent to serve you in the season or seasons you intend to camp in, offer the space you require, and shelter you from a range of weather elements. The best instant tent is a great choice for newbie and expert campers alike because it features the quick and user-friendly setup time you’ll want after a long day on the trail.
The trouble is, with an endless array of tent options available from a plethora of manufacturers, how do you know which ones really exceed expectations for durability and longevity of use?
We’re so glad you asked.
Today, we will walk you through the key elements every camper needs to consider when picking out the best instant tent. Next, we’ll offer our honest review of the top 5 best instant tents on the market. Finally, we’ll issue our verdict revealing our number one pick from the list.
Sounds like something you need to know, right? Let’s get started!
The top 5 instant tents we recommend for 2021:
If you’re stressed out trying to find the best instant tent for your next camping trip, your search just became a whole lot easier. Check out the key components to look for to ensure you pick the best instant tent to meet your camping needs.
As with any other investment in your camping gear, one of the foremost components you’ll consider when hunting for the best instant tent is the price of the product. You’ll also want to factor in the additional costs you might incur by owning the tent, such as any accessories or special gear you’ll use inside the structure.
Instant tents have a lighter, somewhat flimsier design than heavy-duty tents. The best instant tent is affordable and easy on the wallet, while still offering the key durability features we look for in premium structures.
The next thing you’ll want to consider before purchasing the best instant tent is the capacity or space you’ll require to accommodate the group you’re traveling with. Consider how many campers you usually travel with and the space you’ll require to fit not only them but all their gear as well.
The tent needs to be comfortable and spacious to account for your needs as well as the needs of the other individuals in your group. If you like minimalist camping and only bring the bare bones essentials with you on the trail, you might be able to get away with a smaller structure than if you bring tons of gear with you.
Tents range in person capacity from a single individual to large, family-size structures, so assess your usual camping habits and plan accordingly.
The best instant tent needs to be highly portable and easy to transport. The portability of the structure is a critical element to consider if you are in the market for the best instant tent. Most instant tents are pretty lightweight and easy to carry. They are also typically easy to set up, much more so than the regular tent varieties.
If you like to go car camping and will simply be storing your packed tent in your vehicle, portability might not be so great a concern. If you’re going to be backpacking from one destination to the next though, you’ll want a tent that is very light and very portable to fit in easily with the rest of your gear.
Set up ease is a critical component to take into account when choosing any type of tent, especially instant tents. The best instant tents are known for their quick and user-friendly setup time, making them a favorite of adventurers with little to moderate experience camping.
As a rule of thumb, the best instant tent shouldn’t take any more than 20 minutes or so to set up in total. Larger tents will always take longer to set up than smaller tents. Most instant tents will take just about 10 minutes or less to put up.
You have plenty of options to pick from when hunting for the best instant tent, so it’s key to understand the different types available so you can pick the one that is best for your needs. Summer instant tents are designed primarily for warm weather use, featuring much thinner fabrics and lots of mesh to promote proper air circulation. Most summer tents sport a rainfly secured some inches off the ground so that air flow remains constant throughout the structure.
Three season tents are some of the most multipurpose options available because you can use them during spring, summer, and fall as you desire. Tents designed for 3 season use are typically very sturdy and durable, designed with materials like mesh and nylon.
These tents also feature a rainfly that provides full coverage to the tent body to shield campers from damp weather elements. If you like to go camping year round, a 3 season tent might be the best instant tent for you.
Convertible or all-season tents are made for year-round use. You’ll enjoy many of the same features you would with summer or 3 season models, such as ventilation openings and a rainfly. However, with a convertible tent, you can simply adjust and move around the tent components as needed to be compatible with the season you’re camping in.
Finally, if challenging winter weather is your ideal camper playground, you’re going to need the best instant tent designed for winter use. Winter instant tents sport durable designs with dependable fabrics and frames made to hold up against downpours and heavy winds. Winter tents are definitely the most sturdy instant tent option which is why they are also one of the more expensive choices.
Here’s our review of the top 5 best instant tent products.
Our first choice for the best instant tent holds a 2 to 3 person capacity with its very portable design that takes a mere 60 seconds or so to set up or breakdown. We love how lightweight the Toogh Camping Tent is, which features a carry bag so you can transport the structure with the rest of your gear without any fuss.
The tent has dual doors integrated into the design, which is fantastic when multiple campers are going to be entering and exiting the structure. We were also happy to see that the tent comes with a rainfly to prevent water or dampness from seeping into the interior.
The 210-denier Oxford fabric of the tent is extremely water resistant, sporting a hydrostatic waterproof rating of 3,000 millimeters. The tent’s floor is also impressively waterproof, with a 5,000-millimeter hydrostatic rating. The tent features spacious dimensions of 80 x 70 inches with a 45-inch interior height. While you won’t really be able to stand up inside the tent, you and your fellow campers shouldn’t any issues sitting up and moving around as needed.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best instant tent is the Core 4 Person Instant Dome Tent, sporting an incredible 30-second setup time. We love how easy this tent is to use and put up, making it an excellent choice for beginner campers. The tent material is designed from highly durable 100% polyester, featuring integrated H20 Block technology with a ground vent that you can adjust for proper airflow as needed.
Not all 4 person tents are created equal, but the Core 4 Person Instant Dome Tent really does offer sufficient space for several campers without making anyone feel too cooped up with a center height of 54 inches. If you’re worried about finding space to store your gear, this best instant tent features a loft with a lantern hook and pockets so you can secure and organize your belongings.
The tent also comes with the tent stakes, a rain fly for additional coverage in the event of a storm, and a carry bag for easy portability.
Check Current Price
The Instant Dome Tent by ECOdept is one of the best instant tents around for its design that offers protection from moisture and harmful UV rays. You can easily fit 3 people into this structure, and set up time is mere seconds. The tent features 4 supports to pop into place and 4 ropes for a few simple ties. After that, the tent is set up and ready for sleep!
We love that this tent is large enough to house a full-sized air mattress, with 91 x 83 x 51 dimensions. The tent comes with a carry bag so you can easily transport it from one place to the next. The feature that really stood out to us with the ECOdept Instant Dome Tent was its two-layer waterproof design, that helps ensure you will stay protected from any inclement weather elements outside your tent.
Check Current Price
The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent is an excellent best instant tent choice if you want a really simple but dependable option you can rely on for your outdoor adventures. The tent holds up to 2 people and is a fantastic choice for camping in moderate, more benign weather conditions and outdoor environments. The tent sports pre-assembled poles, so you can literally put up the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent in 10 seconds flat.
We were impressed by the taped floor seams this tent features, along with a rainfly that you can adjust to multiple positions. If a storm starts to pick up, you can pull the rainfly down, but you can also alter it to increase the proper airflow during the warmer months. The tent packs down to a compact flat size, making it another highly portable option.
The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up tent sports dual storage pockets to secure your belongings. The size of this tent is not as large as some, with 9-foot and 2-inch by 6-foot and 6-inch dimensions. The interior height extends to just 3 feet and 4 inches total, so you’ll be able to sit up inside the tent, but that’s about it.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best instant tent is the premium FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent, designed from sturdy 150-denier polyester that offers excellent water-resistant capabilities. Setup time takes just under a minute, while the product comes with pre-attached support mechanisms to make expanding the tent a total breeze.
We love the integrated WeatherTec technology the FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent has to offer, that will keep you protected in the event of unexpected bad weather while keeping any hints of moisture out. The tent sports openings on both the right and left sides of the structure, secured by a nylon flap to ensure circulation and privacy. The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent also comes with stakes and guylines for bonus sturdiness.
The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent’s polyester design features PU coating for exceptional water resistance, along with sturdy seams and zippers. With that said, this tent is not designed for rough weather backpacking or to be used during a heavy downpour outside.
Check Current Price
It wasn’t easy, but we narrowed the list down and chose our top pick from the best instant tent products—the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent. We loved the simple yet durable design of this tent, with pre-assembled poles and a setup time of just 10 seconds.
The taped floor seams were a huge factor for us in the decision-making process, as these further ensure that dampness won’t seep through the bottom of the tent and spoil your camping experience. The rainfly is of excellent quality and adjustable so you can use it as needed depending on the time of year you’re camping.
We also liked that the tent packs down to a flat, compact size, so it’s easy to carry from place to place whether you’re car camping or backpacking. The dual storage pockets are excellent as well. If you want the best instant tent that is waterproof, functional, and durable, with fantastic storage space, efficient setup, and easy portability, you can’t go wrong with the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent.
For premium power on the go, solar chargers have emerged as a fantastic option to keep your essential devices charged whether you are camping on or off the grid. Even if you like to stay totally unplugged when out on the trail, it’s always wise to have a backup energy source to keep your devices powered up in the event of an unexpected emergency.
Keep reading for a detailed guide to selecting the best solar charger for camping, plus the top 5 solar chargers for any outdoor enthusiast.
Are you ready? Let’s go!
The top 5 solar charger for camping we recommend for 2021:
You’ll have several types of products to pick from when looking at the best solar charger for camping, so it’s important to know the differences between each, so you pick the right one for you.
The first type of solar charger is a portable solar panel without an integrated battery. To use a solar panel, you just connect your mobile device to it, place it out in the sun, and leave your device to charge up.
The primary downside with solar panels is that you won’t be able to conserve power for later use. If you’re traveling in cloudy weather and pull out your panel to charge your device, it will be essentially worthless to you because the charger won’t have the available sunlight it requires to run properly.
You can opt to bring a separate power bank and use the solar panels to charge that, then connect your devices to the bank. Just bear in mind that this will add extra weight to your gear.
Your second option when hunting for the best solar charger for camping is going to be a solar panel with a battery pack. These types of solar chargers feature an integrated battery. You simply charge the battery then connect it to power up your device. A solar panel with a battery pack is a fantastic option to bring lots of power with you on the go and store it for later use.
The only real problem with solar panels featuring a battery pack is that they are slow to charge. It takes a while to charge the battery, and the battery can time some time to power up your device too. When picking this type of best solar charger for camping, you have to make sure that the battery size and specs are compatible with your device as well.
The third type of best solar charger for camping is a solar power bank. If you’re taking a shorter camping trip, a power bank that serves as reserve power to rev up your devices could suffice. For instance, if you are taking a weekend backpacking trip and just using your device for activities like taking pictures, a power bank with 7,000mAh specifications could charge your phone 2 or 3 times.
For a point of reference, a power source’s battery capacity is measured in mAh (or milli-Ampere-hours).
Solar power banks feature an integrated solar panel that you can charge with a regular wall outlet or with solar energy. The panels on power banks are very small, so they do take a while to charge, which is why they are a better choice for shorter trips where you require an emergency backup source of energy.
If you’re only interested in finding a solar charger to keep your phone powered up, there are also solar cell phone cases that you can put over your device. You just place the solar panel portion of the case in the sun to charge. Of course, the main downside here is that you can only use this kind of solar charger to keep your mobile devices going.
Here’s exactly what you need to know to ensure you pick the best solar charger for camping for your outdoor adventures.
The first features you need to consider when hunting for the best solar charger for camping are the watts and amperage the device has to offer. If you simply want to charge your mobile device on the go, you’re still going to need a solar charger with at least 10 watts or more.
The best solar charger for camping sports at least 2 amps (a measurement of the solar current), so you can charge everything from your phone to larger devices like tablets and laptops. If you really are only concerned with charging your phone, a 1-amp unit could work for an older device.
Consider the weight of the unit when picking out the best solar charger for camping to meet your needs. Some chargers are more portable than others, but if you’re going to be on the road for longer periods, lightweight is key. On the flipside, the more lightweight your solar charger is, the slower it will charge your devices.
You’ll need to account for at least 12 to 20 additional ounces of weight in your gear at minimum when transporting a solar charger, and probably more if you pick a heavier unit that charges faster.
The best solar charger for camping needs to sport user-friendly components, such as a design that you can secure to your backpack to keep it charging as you go. You should also look for solar chargers with panels that you can prop up to get the most out of each hour of sunlight.
Keep an eye out for flexible solar charger panels that are easy to fold up and use. If you select rigid panels, you should still be able to fold them to secure in your gear.
The best solar charger for camping has an efficiency rating of 22% and above. Pay close attention to the manufacturer’s rating specifications when picking out your camping solar charger. Monocrystalline solar panels have the best efficiency ratings with polycrystalline and CIGS panels coming in at second and third place for efficiency.
Another solar charger component that indicates the unit’s efficiency is the surface area of the solar panel. The bigger the solar panel is, the more extensive its surface area will be, providing far greater efficiency to capture solar energy.
Check out the top 5 best solar chargers for camping!
Our first choice for the best solar charger for camping is the Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger, a virtual powerhouse of solar energy for any outdoor enthusiast. It is a fantastic choice for both on and off the grid camping adventures, featuring a quality design that will restore the charge if shadows pass by and block sunlight for a few moments. You can also purchase this model with 21-watt specifications if you find a need additional power.
The solar charger comes with elastic loops, so you can secure it to your pocket or to the rest of your gear with total ease. The solar charger features a 1-amp design and weighs in at just 12.5 ounces, so it is incredibly lightweight. It doesn’t come with an integrated battery, but you can use it alongside a power bank for an extra boost of energy if needed.
The Anker 15W Dual USB Solar charger sports a maximum 2.1-amp charging speed, with industrial grade PET plastic solar panels incorporated into the canvas design. We liked the safety features this solar charger provides too, with surge protection and short circuit technology.
Check Current Price
The Yolk Station Portable Solar Charger is one of the best solar chargers for camping products for its super thin design that features just 0.4 inches of thickness. The solar charger is very compact but powerful, with a 23.7% efficiency rating and auto reset technology if shadows pass overhead and reduce the charging speed of the unit. We really liked the LCD amp display that shows you the charging speed in real time.
We were also really impressed by the waterproof design of this ultra-thin solar charger, that sports an IP64 rating. The panel features a 5-watt power capacity, but you can add other panels into the design for extra power if you so desire. The only real issue with the Yolk Station Portable Solar Charger is that it is more expensive than some of the other choices on our list.
The panel will suffice to charge your mobile device, but you’ll definitely need another panel or two to power up a larger device like a tablet.
Check Current Price
The Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger made it to our list of the best solar charger camping products for its very lightweight design that comes in at just 7 ounces. The solar charger features a 1,200 mAh battery capacity with a 5-volt USB port. We like this charger so much because it is compatible with a wide range of devices, including iPhones and Samsung Galaxy models.
We were also happy to see that the Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger sports a water-resistant exterior and auto reset technology to reboot the unit if sunlight is temporarily blocked. The 5-watt power this solar charger has to offer is pretty impressive when you consider how light and compact the unit is. If you use it with a battery bank, you’ll still probably stay well under 12 ounces in total weight.
The Suntactics S5 Ultralight charger is a little on the pricey side, but if you tend towards minimalist camping and backpacking, the cost might be well worth it.
Check Current Price
The ECEEN Universal Foldable Solar Charger is the best solar charger for camping for its durable design made specifically for outdoor adventures. We love that this solar charger comes with an integrated stand so the panels will absorb the maximum amount of sunlight, along with straps for easy portability. The design is completely waterproof as well.
We love how lightweight this best solar charger for camping is, weighing in at a negligible 9.3 ounces total. The only real disadvantage with this 13-watt solar charger is that it has a slower charge period. If you want to charge more than one device at the same time it’s going to take longer. However, the 2-amp capacity will keep your devices going for long periods and likely allow for multiple recharges if you power up one device at a time.
The solar charger doesn’t sport an integrated battery, but it offers auto reset technology to reboot the unit if a shadow passes by. The panels are surrounded by high-quality polyester that is weather resistant and features hooks so you can secure the unit to your gear.
Check Current Price
Our final selection for the best solar charger for camping is the comprehensive Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit, which is one of the most popular, dependable options on the market. It features an integrated 7,800 mAh battery pack plus foldable solar panels, so you can transport the unit with ease and stay powered up for many hours on the go. We love the design of the kit that allows you to charge your devices straight from the panels.
You can also charge the power bank during the day and connect it to your mobile devices when you reach the campsite. The 7-watt solar charger is powerful enough that you can use it to charge 2 devices at the same time without negating efficiency. We liked the auto-reset feature that will hold a continuous charge even if clouds pass by overhead.
Another huge plus for us was the Goal Zero Venture 30’s weather resistant design, with an IPX6 waterproof rating. The Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit is a little heavier and more expensive than some of our other picks at 21.8 ounces, but its powerful, reliable energy will serve you well for lengthier camping excursions.
Check Current Price
While it might be more of an investment than some of the other chargers we mentioned, the Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit made it to the number one spot on our list. We loved the 7,800 mAh integrated battery with foldable solar panels, making this solar charger option portable while offering maximum power.
We were also pleased with the flexibility of this best solar charger for camping, as you can charge your devices straight from the panels or with the battery pack as you prefer. The solar charger lets you power up 2 devices at the same time, which is critical if you’re going on group camping excursions.
Plus, the auto-reset feature is really reliable and ensures the unit holds a continuous charge. The water-resistant and weatherproof design is exceptional. You just can’t beat the Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit for superior charging capacity, functionality, durability, and user-friendly ease.
When summer rolls around, and warm weather hits, you might find yourself planning a camping trip to the beach. There’s nothing quite so relaxing and refreshing as the sun, sand, and waves after a long day of trekking. If you are thinking of an upcoming backpacking or camping excursion to the beach though, you need to make sure you have the right gear for sandy terrain.
Finding the best backpacking beach chair to keep you supported and comfortable once you reach your camping destination is a must, but with so many options available it’s sometimes difficult to know what to look for.
For a complete buying guide to picking the best backpack beach chair, including the top 5 best backpack beach chairs you need to know about—you’ve come to the right place.
Let’s take a closer look!
The top 5 backpacking beach chairs we recommend for 2021:
Whether you’re unsure what to look for when choosing the best backpack beach chair, or your old chair just died, and you want to replace it with a really dependable product, here’s what you need to look for before making your final purchase.
It might seem like a somewhat obvious point, but the very first feature you need to look for when hunting for the best backpack beach chair is the portability of the product. Depending on how long you’re planning on camping and the distance between each camping location, you could be lugging your beach chair around with the rest of your gear for hours before you reach your final destination.
The first component that determines portability is the weight of the best backpack beach chair. You need to look for a design manufactured from very light yet durable materials that will offer you the support, comfort, and long-lasting use you require without overly weighing you down.
The second element to take into account with regards to portability is the way you can carry the product. Many beach chairs are bulky and difficult to maneuver, easily taking up one or both hands. If you’re going to be trekking for more than a few miles, you’ll probably get tired of carrying your beach chair around.
The best way to resolve this issue is to look for the best backpack beach chair featuring straps or hooks. That way, you can secure the chair to your gear and leave your hands free or use them to carry other accessories. Some backpacking beach chairs also come with a carry bag for easy transportation, but this will add more weight to your overall load.
The next significant feature you’ll want to consider when looking for the best backpack beach chair is the weight capacity is can reasonably support. Different beach chairs can support varying maximum weights, and the weight capacity really comes down to the materials incorporated into the product’s design.
Most of the best backpack beach chair products can support weights ranging from 250 up to 350 pounds. Along with weight capacity, you’ll want to consider whether you’ll need any special chair specifications, such as a higher chair back if you are taller than average.
The weight capacity you pick comes down to a matter of your personal comfort. Also, consider whether there will be anyone else using the chair on your trip. If you’re camping with your kids and sitting with one of your children on your lap, you’ll need to make sure the chair’s weight capacity can support both of you.
No backpack beach chair is going to be of much use to you if it doesn’t provide the quality support you’re looking for. Back support is a critical feature to pay attention to before making your final purchase of the best backpack beach chair.
Particularly, if you have preexisting back issues, the support and ergonomics of the chair will be a major determinant of the product you ultimately select. Standard beach chairs usually feature a design that slumps low near the ground and offers very little by way of quality support.
The best backpack beach chairs improve the traditional design, with bonus features like extra cushioning that amp up the back support. One thing to bear in mind is that chairs with additional back support are typically on the pricier side. However, the investment for your health and comfort is well worth it.
A headrest might not be so much of a make or break feature for you, but it is a nice one to look for if you have a sensitive back and/or neck or simply want to increase your comfort level at the campsite. Some of the best backpack beach chairs sport quality headrests that reduce the pressure on your neck often associated with the standard low back beach chair.
A headrest is perfect to help you prevent straining your neck if you’re sitting for hours at the beach, plus it makes for comfortable support if you decide to take a nap in the sun.
You’ll have several types of chair frame material options to pick from when looking for the best backpack beach chair to meet your camping needs—steel, wood, aluminum, and recycled plastic.
Steel backpack beach chairs are by far the most sturdy and durable option around. Some of the best backpack beach chairs even feature a zero-gravity steel frame. The main thing you need to be careful of if you select a chair with a steel frame is the rust factor. While most of the best backpack beach chairs use a powder coating to ward off rust, if you tend to leave your chair outside or stored in your car trunk, the material could corrode much faster.
Wood frames are another option for the best backpack beach chair, with their main advantage being that wood doesn’t transmit heat as well, so you won’t get burned when you sit down. If you do select a chair with a wood frame, look for a product that features a varnish or protective oil coating. With the right stain, these wood beach chairs are very resistant to outdoor weather elements and could last you for years.
Most of the best backpack beach chairs are manufactured with an aluminum frame. Aluminum is fantastic because it is very light and easy to carry, which is a huge bonus if you’re going to be trekking for miles to get from one destination to the next. The only real downside with aluminum is that it tends to gather scratches and nicks more quickly than other types of materials.
You won’t find as many beach chairs designed from this material, but recycled plastic has recently emerged on the scene as another durable frame option that offers quality support to users. While it might seem like this kind of material would be a bit flimsy, recycled plastic beach chairs are actually among the most durable there are while being very friendly to the environment as well.
Check out our review of the top 5 best backpack beach chairs you’ll want to consider before you set off for the sand and sea.
Our first choice for the best backpack beach chair is the Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair. We love that the chair comes in a 2 pack, so it’s perfect for you and one other backpacking companion. These chairs feature straps, that you can use to transition the chairs into backpacks for easy portability. We love that the straps are padded, so you can carry them on your back with the rest of your gear without becoming uncomfortable.
The frame is designed from durable, lightweight aluminum that wards off wear, tear, and rust really well. Each chair weighs just around 7 pounds, so you and your travel buddy can each carry one without feeling too much of a weight difference alongside your gear pack.
The feature that really caught our eye with the Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair is that you can adjust it to 5, unique reclining positions! Plus, the chair comes with an insulated drink pouch, cell phone/cup holder, and a bar to fold your towel on.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best backpack beach chair is the super lightweight WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair, weighing in at just 2 pounds! The chair is manufactured from aircraft grade 7075 aluminum, which explains its very lightweight specifications. In addition, this best backpack beach chair can support weights up to 350 pounds.
While the WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair does not include backpack straps, it features integrated Velcro straps so you can secure the product to the pack of your choice. We were also drawn to the mesh fabric material this chair sports, which is not only insanely breathable but machine washable so you can keep it smelling nice and clean.
The chair comes equipped with a carry bag for easy transport too if you’d rather not attach it to your gear. Another feature that really caught our eye was the propriety Terragrip chair feet which prevent the chair from sinking in the sand once you sit down.
Check Current Price
The Moon Lence Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair made it to our review of the best backpack beach chairs for its incredibly durable materials and very lightweight frame. We loved the 1000-denier Oxford chair fabric that is super resistant to tears, while the aluminum frame is dependable and sturdy. The chair weighs a mere 2 pounds, so carrying it from one camping location to the next won’t be a burden.
The chair seat fabric is designed from a very light and breathable mesh, offering superior ventilation and ensuring you won’t get all gross and clammy when sitting out under the sun for long periods. The Moon Lence Portable Folding Chair sports some fun accessories including foldable cup holders integrated into the product’s design and a carry bag designed from nylon with webbed straps.
The chair’s metal poles are easily foldable, so you can set up and breakdown the chair in seconds. The chair does not offer any reclining positions, but it does provide ergonomic support so you can lean back and relax. You can also machine wash and dry the seat cover if you need to, which is great after a few days out on the road.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best backpack beach chair really lives up to its name, with highly durable fabric designed from Oxford polyester material and a really spacious seat, so you have plenty of room to move around. The steel-framed chair is reinforced with sturdy steel tubes and supports weight capacity up to 350 pounds.
We really loved the fact that the KingCamp Camping Chair sports integrated lumbar support, so if you have any preexisting back issues, this chair could be your new best friend. The chair’s armrest is ergonomically designed to provide maximum comfort and support while preventing strain. We also liked the handy mesh cup holder to secure your beverage or mobile device as needed.
The chair is a bit heavier than some of our other picks, weight in at 11.3 pounds total. The good news is, you can fold up the chair with ease for compact transport.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best backpack beach chair is the ultra-comfortable KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair. The chair sports an oversized design, with dimensions of 33 x 30 x 35 inches. We loved the durable chair fabric, designed from clip cotton Oxford cloth fabric with a padded seat and back area for premium comfort and long-lasting use. We liked how breathable the fabric is, so you can rest without getting gross and clammy.
One feature we really loved about this best backpack beach chair was its reclining design, so you can move it back into a restful position as you need to. The chair is incredibly sturdy, with integrated steel tubes and brackets for optimal support. The KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair is a bit heavier at just under 14 pounds, but the extra padding and steel design is part of the reason for this.
The chair supports weight capacity up to 300 pounds and comes with a carry bag and strap so you can easily transport the product from one camping site to the next.
Check Current Price
If we had to choose one as our top pick out of this review, it would have to be the WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair. We loved the chair’s super lightweight 2-pound design, with a sturdy aircraft grade 7075 aluminum frame that supports up to 350 pounds in weight capacity.
The integrated Velcro straps make it easy to secure the chair to your gear. The breathable mesh fabric offers superior ventilation and is machine washable so you can keep it smelling fresh. The proprietary Terragrip chair feet keep the chair positioned firmly in the sand so you won’t sink down when you sit back and relax. For comfort, premium support, and durability, we love the WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair as the best backpack beach chair.
When you’re out on the trail, soaking in the wonders of nature, it’s natural to want to stop and capture the beauty surrounding you. Whether you enjoy taking photos as a fun pastime or are an aspiring photographer, finding the best camera for backpacking is a must if you’re going to be taking lots of snaps while out on the trail.
If you’ve just started hunting for the best backpacking camera and aren’t sure what to look for, or your old camera just died, and you want a quality replacement to serve you for many trails ahead—you’ve come to the right place.
Keep reading to discover what you need to look for when picking out the best camera for backpacking, plus the top 5 selections that newbie and expert photographers alike will love.
Let’s get down to business!
The top 5 camera for backpacking we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to select the best camera for backpacking for your on and off the grid photography needs.
Before diving into elements like the key features you should look for when hunting for the best camera for backpacking, there are some initial considerations you’ll need to take into account. Consider, what is your experience with cameras and outdoor photography? Do you simply like to point and shoot or do you really want to spend quality time learning how to use and take professional outdoor photos?
You should also consider your usage needs when selecting the best camera for backpacking. Are you just going to be taking photos for recreational use only or do you need them for work (a blog, for example)?
You also want to take into account the amount of gear you’re willing to bring on the road with you in addition to things like your tarp or tent, sleeping bag, and so forth. You need to consider the cost and extra weight of securing and insuring camera gear besides the actual camera itself, such as lenses, a tripod, a drone, or any other equipment you might require.
By considering your experience, usage needs, and gear requirements, you’ll have a much easier time picking out the best camera for backpacking that is right for you.
The first feature you need to think about when hunting for the best camera for backpacking is the size of the device. You’ll most likely be carrying a moderately sized backpack regardless of the length of your trip, and you won’t just be transporting your camera and its associated gear either. So, you need to take into account the other gear you’ll be packing and consider how much space will be left.
Smaller cameras are easy to transport and could potentially fit in your pocket, making them an excellent choice for recreational photography. Larger cameras that necessitate a carrying case and extra equipment might be ideal for more professional usage, but they will increase the overall weight of your gear.
Likewise, you’ll also want to consider the weight of the best camera for backpacking. Smaller devices are typically lighter while cameras with more bells and whistles like DSLRs will naturally be heavier.
Another key feature to keep in mind is the battery life of the best camera for backpacking. A camera’s battery life is defined by the number of snaps you can get from a single battery charge. Professional travel photographers typically bring more than one battery on the road with them, as taking tons of snaps can wear the battery out fast.
Most camera batteries will serve you for about 200 to 300 photos, but you’ll also want to contemplate bringing a spare battery if you’re going to be taking frequent snaps. Of course, the additional battery will add extra weight to your gear.
The two main types of cameras you’re going to see when hunting for the best camera for backpacking are DSLRs and point and shoots. DSLR cameras are definitely more expensive than the point and shoot variety. They are pretty bulky to boot and will most certainly weigh down your gear. That said, DSLRs are the best camera for backpacking in terms of the quality of the photo snaps. If you intend to take professional shots, you’ll probably want a DSLR.
DSLRs are also designed to give the photographer plenty of options for zooming close on the photo subject. What’s more, DSLRs take incredible videos that are HD quality, with some even sporting a microphone jack for enhanced sound.
On the other hand, if you’re not too concerned with taking super professional snaps while out on the trail and really just want a camera that will take some nice photos for your personal collection, a point and shoot camera might be just what you’re looking for. Point and shoot cameras are far more cost-effective than DSLRs while being much smaller and easily portable.
You can carry a point and shoot camera with ease in your pack without feeling overbulked or weighed down. The quality of point and shoot cameras certainly isn’t bad, and you’ll still get some nice snaps for your personal photo collection. Just know that point and shoot cameras don’t have the same color range, focus options, and depth as DSLRs. Again, if you’re more interested in trail photography for recreational use, this shouldn’t be a problem.
Check out the top 5 best cameras for backpacking, and keep reading to discover our top pick from the list!
Our first pick for the best backpacking camera is the classic Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera. We love this model because it is just as lightweight as the best point and shoot cameras, but features high-quality capabilities like the best DSLRs, making this choice a hard one to beat. We love the compact size of the Sony Alpha a6300 too, along with its durable design that will last you for many backpacking trips to come.
The camera features an exceptional image sensor with super speedy autofocus that allows you to snap 11fps at 425 phase detection autofocus points. The camera sports a 24.2-megapixel capacity and weighs just 14.8 ounces, so you won’t notice much of a difference if you end up carrying it in your gear. The exterior is weather-resistant to boot, which is great if you run into any inclement weather.
We were really impressed by this camera’s magnesium design with a durable hand grip so the device won’t slip out of your hand. You won’t have any issues tracking your subjects, as the camera’s 2.4 million-dot Tru Finder mechanism offers the accuracy and speed of an optical viewfinder.
Check Current Price
If you liked our previous best camera for backpacking option but are a little unsure of the design and/or price, the Nikon D7200 might be just what you’re looking for. The camera is a quality choice for both newbie and seasoned photographers, with a DSLR design that really stands the test of time. We like the quality of the camera’s autofocus mechanism, which produces quality images while still being intuitive and easy to use.
The camera is one of the heavier options on our list, weighing in at 1.49 pounds, but its exceptional battery life, durability, and 2.8 x 2.5 x 2.5-inch megapixels help make up for this fault. The CMOS sensor offers 24 megapixels, allowing you to take beautiful snaps just about anywhere with minimal noise or distraction.
We were also impressed by the ISO settings and low-noise functionality that make this camera an excellent pick for nighttime photography. The camera sports integrated Wi-Fi sharing capabilities, so you can upload your photos right away.
Check Current Price
The Ricoh GR II Digital Camera made it to our list of the best cameras for backpacking for its incredibly lightweight 9.6-ounce design that performs like a dream and has fantastic, speedy focus. We like how portable this camera is while being really cost-effective too. If you’re looking for a quality option that will take some nice photos without breaking the bank, you may have found your match.
The camera sports 16 megapixels, which is definitely lower than some of our previous picks. That said, the camera still takes photos of exceptional quality and sports a huge image sensor with a 28-35mm lens. The image sensor is DSLR quality, with swift focus and anti-aliasing functionality. We really like that you can shoot 1080p HD quality videos with this camera, giving you plenty of flexible usage options while out on the trail.
Check Current Price
The Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II is the best camera for backpacking for its super lightweight 5-ounce design and great photo performance. We were definitely impressed by the build and autofocus capabilities of this camera, with its quality image stabilizer and 3.3 x 1.7 x 4.8-inch design.
The primary downside with this best backpacking camera is that is one of the pricier options on our list, but its live MOS sensor and 40-megapixel resolution is something to consider. We just love its 5-axis photo stabilization which means you won’t have to worry about blurry photos, with a sharp autofocus capability that rivals some of the best on the market.
We were happy to see that this camera has a weather resistant exterior that wards off damage from dust, water, and cool temperatures, making this camera a highly durable choice as well. The camera is also very aesthetically pleasing, with silver elements and a quality LCD screen.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best camera for backpacking is another product by Sony, the RX100 IV. We picked this one for its speedy autofocus, compact design, and ease of portability. Weighing in at just 10.3 ounces, the Sony RX100 IV is a smaller model with 20-megapixel resolution and a quality lens. We liked the viewfinder with its pop-up design, making this camera an ideal pick for nighttime shooting.
The lens of the camera is a force to be reckoned with, with 24-70mm elements that give you high-resolution images full of vibrant color. We also liked the CMOS sensor that is steady and takes great videos. The camera is fast and low-noise too, so you won’t have to worry about being distracted when trying to catch the perfect snap.
Check Current Price
So, who made it to the top of the list? It was a close call, but in the end, our favorite was, without a doubt, the Nikon D7200. We loved the affordable price and user-friendly design that makes this the best camera for backpacking for seasoned and novice photographers alike. We were duly impressed by the Nikon D7200’s autofocus quality, with extended battery life and high level of durability.
The 24-megapixel resolution and low-noise levels when the camera is in use were both huge bonuses for us. With exceptional ISO settings and integrated Wi-Fi sharing, great longevity of use, and really intuitive design, the Nikon D7200 takes first place as the best camera for backpacking.
When you reach the campsite after a long day on the trail, there’s nothing quite so comforting for your weary, aching muscles as sinking happily into your backpacking chair for some rest and relaxation time. Whether you’re planning a 3-day camping trip or a lengthy outdoor adventure, your gear won’t be complete without the best backpacking chair to keep you comfortable and supported on the road.
If you’re not sure exactly what features you need to look for, or what your options are when selecting the best backpacking chair, you’ve come to the right place.
Keep reading for the complete guide to choosing the best backpacking chair, including the top 5 chair options for any campsite.
Let’s get down to business!
The top 5 backpacking chair we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to pick out the best backpacking chair for your next trip.
The very first thing you need to consider when selecting the best backpacking chair is the comfort factor. It may seem like an obvious point, but if the chair isn’t comfortable for you, it’ll be pretty useless and probably remain untouched in your gear. Ultimately, the comfort of the best backpacking chair comes down to its height, width, and weight capacity.
First, consider the height of the chair’s back. If you are taller than average or have a longer torso, you’ll probably want a taller back that offers comprehensive support. You’ll also want to take the height of the seat into account, or how elevated the seat is above the ground. If you have longer legs, you’ll want a seat that is higher up to give your legs plenty of room to extend and stretch. If you have shorter legs, a shorter seat height will work just fine.
Don’t forget to consider the width of the chair’s seat when picking the best backpacking chair. Choose a width that is comfortable for you to sit in, gives your waist plenty of room, and allows you space to move around. Additionally, the weight capacity of your chair is essential. Most of the best backpacking chairs range in weight capacity from 250 up to 320 pounds.
Naturally, the best backpacking chair needs to be highly portable and easy to take on the road along with your other gear. Portability is a matter of the weight and the packed size of the backpacking chair. The best backpacking chairs generally shouldn’t weigh over 2 pounds. Considering that you will also be carrying gear like a tent or tarp, sleeping bag, or a change of clothes, your chair shouldn’t take up so much room that you feel like you overpacked. To be safe, stick around the 2-pound point in terms of chair weight, and you’ll be set.
The other portability aspect you need to take into account is the backpacking chair’s packed size. The vast majority of backpacking chairs break down into small packing sizes.
You can affix some models to the outside of your gear too, but outside hanging gear can be a real pain after several hours on a tough trail. It ultimately comes down to a matter of preference, but when picking a backpacking chair, you need to ensure you can either fit it into your gear or secure it on the outside with relative ease.
No one likes to get to the campsite after a long, sweaty day on the trail and find themselves grappling with their backpacking chair. Likewise, another point to bear in mind when picking out the best backpacking chair for your outdoor needs is ease of setup.
The best backpacking chairs either require no setup at all or feature an integrated collapsible pole system.
Durability is an important factor to consider when hunting for the best backpacking chair. The durability of your chair really comes down to the chair fabric’s material and the material the frame is designed from. The chair fabric needs to be very sturdy and able to hold up well against an array of terrain conditions to ensure it lasts you for many backpacking trips to come.
You should look for chair fabric with properties like a waterproof and washable design, as well as flame-retardant components. Many of the best backpacking chairs are designed from variations on polyester. Tear resistant polyester is among the most durable chair materials available.
Next, you need to consider the material of the actual frame of the backpacking chair. Most chairs are manufactured with aluminum frames, which are not only very light to carry, but highly durable. Aluminum is a quality chair frame material to look for because it is rust resistant, strong enough to hold up well in rough terrain, and wards off chips and nicks well.
Stability is one of the most critical elements to consider when picking the best backpacking chair for your next trek. If you’re going to be backpacking in rough, wilderness settings, you need to ensure that your chair is stable enough to stay in place without tipping over.
Will you be backpacking in the mountains? Will you be camping on the beach or on level terrain?
Consider the terrain of the regions you typically backpack and camp in to ensure the chair you pick is durable enough to hold up in these conditions.
Check out the top 5 best backpacking chairs every outdoor enthusiast needs to know about.
The first best backpacking chair on our list is the incomparable Helinox Chair One, ideal for everything for backpacking to camping to fishing adventures. We love that that the frame features durable DAC aluminum with 600-denier polyester chair fabric that will last you for many treks ahead. The chair holds a high weight capacity, up to 320 pounds, but weighs a mere 1.9 pounds so it won’t weigh down your pack.
We also like that this chair packs to compact dimensions at 14 x 4 x 5 inches, so you won’t have to leave too much extra space in your gear to bring it on the road with you. It’s pretty tough to beat the Helinox Chair One, with its compact, lightweight design that is capable of handling easy and rough terrain. Setup is super quick and uncomplicated, for both novices and experts alike.
The only real downside here is that the Helinox Chair One is a bit pricey when compared to some of the other selections on our list. The high quality of the chair is definitely worth the investment though, as is the fact that you won’t have to expend extra costs replacing it anytime soon.
Check Current Price
The next best backpacking chair on our list is the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair, that weighs a moderate 3 pounds and has a compact packed size of 14 inches. We were really impressed by the 1000-denier fabric and chair frame designed from aerospace quality aluminum for stability and durability. The chair holds weights up to 300 pounds.
The backpacking chair is an ideal choice for tall campers because the chair back is pretty high and long. We were happy to see the integrated headrest to provide extra head and neck support after a long day out on the trail. In terms of comfort, the Trekology YIZI is definitely one of the best options out there. Besides this, it's a very lightweight backpacking chair and easy to carry for either short or long treks.
Check Current Price
The Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chair made it to our best backpacking chair review for its quality price and lightweight configurations. It weighs just 2 pounds and sports a packed size of 14.25 x 5.25 inches, which is great if you are a minimalist backpacker who likes to take as little as possible out on the trail.
We liked the four-legged frame design of this best backpacking chair, which offers additional stability to the user. We would note, that while the chair can technically hold up to 330 pounds in weight, the recommended weight capacity is actually 250 pounds. So, if you would prefer a chair with a higher weight capacity this is something to bear in mind.
The main element this backpacking chair has going for it is its lightweight design and very small packed dimensions. It comes at an affordable price so you can enjoy stability and comfort on the road without breaking the bank. The fabric designed from ripstop nylon is not as durable as we would like, but the aerospace-grade aluminum frame is dependable.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best backpacking chair weighs just 2 pounds and can support weights up to 240 pounds. We picked this best backpacking chair for its super light, foldable design that is easy to carry on the road and very simple to set up at the campsite. The chair’s fabric is manufactured from 600-denier Oxford cloth and a frame from highly sturdy aluminum.
One aspect we really loved about the Moone Lence Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair was its ergonomic seat, to offer you premium comfort without compromising the stability and support you require.
The seat fabric is highly breathable and soft to the touch, so your legs won’t get sweaty when you’re sitting at the campsite on a balmy day. The chair is also highly portable and really easy to break down, with mesh and holder components that can be folded to fit with ease in your pack.
Check Current Price
Our final selection for the best backpacking chair is the Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chair, with a sturdy seat that doesn’t sag when you sit on it. The fabric is manufactured from diamond ripstop polyester, with a quality mesh component for lightweight breathability. The chair can support a weight capacity of up to 300 pounds. When folded, the chair comes to a compact packed size of 6.9 x 4.7 x 45.7 inches.
One of the key features we really liked about this product by Kijaro was its Dual Lock design, which means you can lock it open for sturdy support and lock it shut to fit into your pack with total ease. We also liked the extra accessories included in this best backpacking chair’s design, such as a carry strap and bag for easy transport, an extra organizer featuring zipped pockets, and 2 cup holders so you can stay hydrated when relaxing at the campsite.
Check Current Price
While each of the best backpacking chairs in this review offer components to meet a wide range of backpacker needs, the one we feel offers the most versatility, durability, and longevity of use is the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair. We love how lightweight it is at just 13 pounds, with an incredibly compact 14-inch packed size.
What sold us was the durable 1000-denier fabric and aerospace grade aluminum frame, which is sturdy enough to serve you well in just about any terrain you’ll be adventuring in. The extra high back and supportive headrest were additional finishing touches that we really liked as well. For a lightweight, comfortable, and durable option that offers you quality support at an affordable price, it's tough to outdo the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair.
Whether you will be encountering summer rains or fall showers, for frequent backpackers, finding the best waterproof tent to keep you nice and dry in damp conditions is a must. Whether your trusty waterproof tent has seen its glory days or you’ve just recently gotten into camping and aren’t sure what to look for, you’ve come to the right place.
First, we’ll take a closer look at the top things you need to look for when hunting for the best waterproof tent. Next, we’ll walk you through our thorough review of the top 5 best waterproof tents before revealing our chosen winner from the group.
Without further ado, let’s get down to business.
The top 5 waterproof tents we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to consider before choosing the best waterproof tent for your camping adventures.
The first element you need to take into account when selecting the best tent for rain is the shape of the structure. The shape of the tent can actually impact whether any moisture seeps through in the event of damp or rainy conditions. The typical choices you’ll usually have to pick from are dome tents and A-frame tents.
Dome tents are sturdier and hold up against harsh elements like wind much better than A-frames do. However, the inside of a dome tent is usually more compact so you definitely won’t have as much head space to move around.
A-frames, on the other hand, sport vertical walls that offer a ton of headroom and space to move around. A-frame roofs are flatter than domes though, which means water can have a tendency to gather at the top of the structure. If you like the additional space an A-frame can afford you, just look for one with a sloped roof that will prevent water from pooling.
There are some key design elements you’ll want to look for when hunting for the best waterproof tent. Different tent manufacturers incorporate their own branded features into the structure, with some featuring a tub-like floor that helps prevent water from leaking into the tent. If you choose a tent with tub-shaped floor space, make sure there aren’t any gaps between the floor and the rainfly.
The best waterproof tents also sport seamless floor designs to prevent leakage. The higher the seamless design goes up the tent body, the better the structure's waterproofing capabilities are. Zippers are another feature to pay close attention to when selecting the best waterproof tent. Inverted zippers will hold up well against damp conditions and prevent moisture from seeping through.
You should be able to shut the windows and doors of the best waterproof tent completely, so if showers do hit, you won’t get wet.
The best tents for rain come in either single or double wall specifications. Single wall tents are exactly what their name indicates—tents with a single layer of waterproof, ventilated material. If you choose a single wall tent, you must make sure that the fabric is both breathable and waterproof to ensure you stay comfortable and dry inside.
Double wall tents are the other popular option when it comes to finding the best waterproof tent. Double wall structures usually have screen panels to ensure proper circulation, which is key with the extra layer of material in the dual wall design. A double wall tent is typically comprised of a single tent wall with a rainfly on top.
A rainfly is an essential feature to look for when searching for the best tent for rain because you can remove it in clear weather to enjoy the view outside your tent or cool down, but you can also leave it on for additional waterproofing during rainy seasons. The best waterproof tents sport a space between the roof of the structure and the rainfly to ensure optimal breathability.
Some rainfly products feature clip-on attachments, which makes for really easy setup and breakdown if need be. Some rain-flies only go halfway down the tent while others cover the entire tent body. At the very least, the best waterproof tent will sport a rainfly that covers the door and window areas, so no moisture gets through.
You need to make sure that the best waterproof tent you select offers sufficient storage space to secure your gear and any other belongings you bring on the road with you. Look for tents with vestibules so you can store wet clothes, muddy shoes, etc. The vestibule should be covered like the tent is by the rainfly.
The best waterproof tents sport sealed seams to keep out rain and other damp weather elements. Even the strongest tent structures have vulnerable areas where water can seep through. Sealed seams help to guard against these vulnerabilities. You might even want to consider bringing an additional sealer and repair kit with you if you’re going to be on the road for long periods so you can keep those seams in tip-top shape.
Tents are categorized by season, and you can use many tents for more than one season. The 2-season tent varieties are ideal for warm weather camping, sporting lots of mesh for breathability. If you’re looking for the best waterproof tent for summer camping, make sure the rainfly is included to keep you dry if it starts to rain.
The 3-season tents are more durable than the 2-season kind and are a great selection for spring, summer, and fall camping excursions. The 4-season models are designed specifically for cold, wintery weather.
Check out the top 5 best waterproof tents!
Our first pick for the best waterproof tent is a compact and lightweight option that fits up to 3 campers. Despite its compact design, it is surprisingly spacious on the inside, with plenty of headroom. We were really impressed by the easy setup and breakdown of the MSR Mutha Hubba tent. In fact, you can set up the tent in 2 different ways depending on your preference, making this tent a highly versatile choice.
The tent sports doors with integrated rain gutters and the all-important rainfly for an extra barrier of waterproof protection. The MSR Mutha Hubba Backpacking tent includes a user-friendly pole system and hub with color-coded clips, so you can align and set up with total ease. The tent weighs just 4 pounds, making it a great option for lightweight backpackers who want a durable, waterproof tent they can depend on.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best waterproof tent is in a class of its own, with a camper capacity of up to 6 people! The durable polyester design helps deflect water well, with integrated CORE H20 Block Technology and a ground vent that you can adjust as needed. We liked the handy gear loft with pockets and a lantern hook that you can use to store your gear and valuables. The tent also comes equipped with stakes, a rainfly, and carry bag for easy transportation.
The tent is so spacious inside that you can secure 2 queen air mattresses in it. The tent’s center height is an astounding 72 inches. The feature that really impressed us with the CORE 6 Person Dome Tent was the tough water repellent fabric sporting active beads to repel water along with its durable sealed seams. The tent comes with an adjustable air intake vent that moves cool air upward and helps warm air escape, all while ensuring proper circulation and camper comfort.
Check Current Price
The Eureka Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent is one of the best waterproof tents on the market for its spacious vertical structure, sporting an impressive 7 feet of standing space. If you’re tired of tents that restrict you to sitting up only and impede you from moving around, this massive structure could be for you.
It offers exceptional waterproofing capabilities with a 3-season design manufactured with steel, fiberglass, and pole sleeves to serve you well for most of your year-round camping adventures.
The only major downside with this tent is it weighs a staggering 23 pounds, so it’s going to be a good selection for car camping rather than backpacking. The tent sports a Stormshield polyester rainfly that secures the entire roof.
We also like that this tent comes with a zippered power port where you can secure your devices, cables, and more. The tent offers fantastic storage space, with large overhead mesh pockets for your gear. Set up and breakdown is very easy, with a ring and pin design that takes no time to set up. We also like that the tent sports multiple doors and windows for good cross-ventilation.
Check Current Price
Our next selection for the best waterproof tent is the Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room, with a spacious 6-person design that is affordable and comfortable. You can easily fit 2 queen-sized air mattresses inside this tent in addition to all your belongings. We really loved the separate screened in compartment with 10 x 5-foot dimensions that offer campers an extra space to relax in.
The tent features an inner volume of 5 feet, so it’s not quite high enough for most campers to stand up comfortably, but you should still have plenty of space to move around. The Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room comes with quality storage pockets too. We loved this tent’s proprietary Weather Tec components with welded floors and sealed seams to protect you from rain and other damp weather conditions.
The rainfly takes just 15 minutes to set up and comes with a handy bag for transportation. The body of the tent is designed from 75-denier taffeta polyester while the zippers sport weatherproof cuffs to prevent dampness from seeping through. We liked the mesh area on the roof for cross ventilation and the sturdy aluminum alloy poles that help to stabilize the structure.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best waterproof tent is the incomparable TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent, with a compact, lightweight design that is easy to set up and breakdown. If you’re a minimalist backpacker that wants to stay protected from wet weather conditions without weighing down your gear, this choice could be the one for you. You can buy the tent in 4 sizes based on the person capacity you require.
The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent does an exceptional job of keeping rain and damp elements out, with a completely seamless design for the ultimate waterproof structure. The rainfly is made from 66-denier ripstop nylon with a polyurethane coating, featuring a 3,000-millimeter rating.
The tent floor features a tub-like design with a 150-denier footprint manufactured from Oxford polyester. The inside of the tent sports mesh components that you can open up through the rainfly’s cutouts. The aluminum frame has fast release buckles, so you can set up the tent in about 15 minutes and tear it down in 5.
Check Current Price
One of the best waterproof tents stood out to us above the rest—the TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent. While each of the selections on our list would make a valuable addition to any camper’s gear, the TETON Ultra Tent stands supreme in several key areas. We love its lightweight, compact design that you can purchase in 1, 2, 3, or 4 person capacities as you require.
The 100% seamless design is impressive, with a durable 66-denier ripstop nylon rainfly and 3,000-millimeter hydrostatic rating that stands in a class of its own. The tub-like design with 150-denier footprint even further ensures that dampness will stay out, while the mesh components give that quality ventilation we always look for in the best waterproof tent.
For a lightweight, versatile structure that is easy to set up and dependable in a wide range of damp weather conditions, you can’t go wrong with the TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent.
If you’re going to be camping in frigid temperatures, it’s essential to ensure you have the best cold weather tent in your camping arsenal to stay warm, dry, and comfortable on the road. Picking the best cold weather tent with the right fabric and features to hold up against inclement weather elements is key, but with so many tent options available, it can be challenging to know which one to choose.
That’s why we put together this comprehensive guide, detailing exactly what you need to look for when picking the best cold weather tent, the top 5 options on the market, and more.
Let’s take a closer look!
The top 5 cold weather tent we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what all campers need to know to pick out the best cold weather tent.
There are plenty of 3-season tents available that work just fine for cooler temperatures. However, if you’re going to be encountering frigid temperatures, many of the best cold weather tents are of the 4-season variety. Tents designed for 4-seasons are made specifically to deflect snow, so it doesn’t gather on the exterior and cause the structure to collapse.
Another great thing about 4-season tents is that the walls are significantly thicker than your traditional tent varieties, offering heightened durability and increased protection from the outdoor elements. Thicker tent fabric also means you’ll stay warm and dry if high winds or snow hit. If you do opt for a 3-season tent, it needs to be waterproof and coated, with a high hydrostatic rating.
The best cold weather tent clearly needs to offer you protection from the cold, but it’s critical to know what to look for to ensure the tent you pick is sturdy enough to hold up against tough winter weather conditions. The best cold weather tent is going to sport extra thick and heavy fabric that wards off elements like wind and snow.
Besides the walls of the best cold weather tent, you’ll also need to take the floor of the structure into account. The floor needs to offer you insulation, but it should also be waterproof and durable enough to withstand wear and tear from things like heavy winter gear and snow boots.
Depending on how many people you’re going to be traveling with, you might want a 1, 2, 3 or 4 person tent. When it comes to winter and cold weather camping, traveling with a group is often advisable to avoid unnecessary hazards when on the road that could arise in subzero, snow-filled locations. Plus, the extra body heat in the tent can lend some additional warmth.
Whatever the size of your group might be, you’ll want to select a tent that can accommodate not just the people you’re traveling with, but their gear as well. For example, you might be traveling in a group of 2, but find that with all your protective gear and belongings, a 3 person tent will provide you the right space you’re looking for.
Consider the specs, floor space, and interior dimensions of the best cold weather tent when determining which person capacity it needs to house to meet your camping needs.
It might seem like an obvious point, but the best cold weather tent needs to be highly durable and of exceptional quality to ensure it serves you well in winter temperatures. You definitely shouldn’t be out camping in blizzard-like conditions, but you still need to make sure the tent you pick will stand firm against high winds and other winter weather elements.
The best cold weather tents sport reinforced aluminum poles for enhanced durability, along with reinforced doors. You also need to look for a 4-season, cold weather tent that comes with stakes to keep your tent sturdy and secure if the weather outside starts to get blustery.
While the material of the best cold weather tent needs to be thick and sturdy, it also ought to be highly breathable. Without proper ventilation, the interior of the tent could gather condensation and make the whole inside damp. Look for the best cold weather tents with breathability features like adjustable venting mechanisms.
Adjustable venting mechanisms enable you to wield control over the inside temperature of a tent, similar to how you would open and shut a window in your home.
The ease of accessibility to the structure is another feature you’ll definitely want to consider when selecting the best cold weather tent for your winter camping trip. If you’re going to be camping with 2 or 3 other individuals, the size of the group (plus all the extra layers you’ll be wearing), could make getting in and out of a single door a bit inconvenient.
So, if you’re going to be traveling with a few other campers and sharing your cold weather tent, look for structures with dual doors to make entry and exit just that much easier. Also, dual doors will ensure one door doesn’t stay open too long with everyone trying to get out of the tent, thereby letting freezing air seep through.
The best cold weather tent needs to be highly portable. You don’t want to your gear to be overly weighed down or bulky, especially as you’re going to have heavy winter clothing to contend with.
When it comes to the best cold weather tent, you’ll have single and double wall structures to choose from. Single walls are very warm and are also typically more lightweight to transport. They can keep a smaller group of travelers or a single camper warm, but they might not be insulated enough for a larger group. If you do choose a tent with single walls, make sure you pack some extra layers to stay nice and warm.
Most 4-season tents feature double walls because while they are bulkier, they are also sturdier and more insulating. If you’re going to be winter camping for longer periods or with a larger group, a double wall structure is going to be your best bet.
Check out the top 5 best cold weather tents you’ll want to consider for all your winter camping adventures.
Our first pick for the best cold weather tent is this exceptional option by Geertop. It is made for versatility while being very lightweight and easy to transport from one camping location to the next. We liked the fact that the tent is designed to withstand 4 seasons, so it will offer you the protection you need against a wide range of weather conditions, including rain and snow.
The Geertop 2-Person 4-Season tent offers the quality ventilation we look for in the best cold weather tent, with a cover that you can completely zip or unzip as you need to. Because the tent vents so well, you can even use it in warm weather, making this option an ideal choice for year-round camping.
We were happy to see that the tent is rainproof, with double stitched seams and sturdy aluminum poles that can withstand gale force winds. The tent is designed to hold up to 2 campers, but it could be a bit tight for more than 1 person. That said, the tent comes at an affordable price, so if you don’t mind a tighter squeeze, it will do for 2 people just fine.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best cold weather tent is the Hillman 2-Person 4-Season Silicone Tent, which is a compact but very sturdy little tent. We love the fact that the high-density nylon material is resistant to tears while being waterproof and incredibly insulating. The tent features double walls for increased warmth, double stitching, and cross-aluminum poles to ensure the structure stays firmly in place even if blustery winds hit.
Despite the thick double walls and waterproof exterior, we were really pleased to see that the Hillman 2-Person 4-Season tent is highly breathable as well, promoting proper air circulation throughout the interior. The tent is pretty cost-effective too, without compromising any of the key features we look for in the best cold weather tent. Set up is very simple and quick, taking approximately 10 minutes in total.
Check Current Price
The Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent made it to our list of the best cold weather tents for its impressive waterproof design, sturdy aluminum poles, and UV protectant material. The tent is super compact, so if you plan on backpacking in winter weather conditions and want to add as little weight to your pack as possible, this could be the tent for you.
While the tent is designed for 3-season use, the double wall construction helps ensure you’ll stay warm on the trail. The tent weighs in at just 5 pounds and comes with the accessories you’ll require to set up and secure the structure. The polyester material is coated in SPF UV 40+, which helps ensure you’ll stay protected from the sun’s glare.
The tent also sports a polyester rainfly with a waterproof hydrostatic rating of 4,000 millimeters and a footprint with silicone coating rated at 4,000 millimeters. The inside is very spacious too, with 106.3 x 49.2 x 39.4 dimensions. You can purchase the tent for 1, 2, or 3 person capacities.
Check Current Price
The ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person Tent is one of the best cold weather tent options for its 4-season, durable design. The tent is made for two campers and is highly portable, making it a fantastic choice for backpacking enthusiasts. The design holds up really well against inclement weather elements, with PU coating and 7000 series aluminum poles for increased stability against gale force winds.
The tent has excellent storage space, with multiple pockets and rear vestibules. One feature that really caught our eye was the ALPS Mountaineering Tent’s quality ventilation system, with mesh windows that promote the right amount of airflow without undermining the insulation of the interior.
The tent comes with vent and window covers too, so you can seal up these areas for extra warmth if need be. The tent is also very quick and easy to set up, so you can secure it in place with just a few snaps in less than 10 minutes.
Check Current Price
Our final choice for the best cold weather tent is the Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent, designed for year-round use and just about any weather conditions you’ll encounter along the way. The tent is highly versatile, with a lightweight design that you can carry with ease in your gear if you’re planning any winter backpacking treks.
The tent sports UV resistant coating to shield you from damaging rays along with a waterproof exterior to ensure you stay dry if storms hit. We were really pleased with the sturdiness of the structure, featuring a premium strength aluminum pole system that is easy to set up and break down. The 20-denier silicon fabric offers great insulation, while the tent’s mesh roof and double-layered entry provide just the ventilation we look for in the best cold weather tent.
Check Current Price
While each of the best cold weather tent options in this review are quality, durable options to consider, the choice that made it to the top of our list was the Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent. We loved the lightweight, waterproof design, aluminum framework, and UV resistant material.
Even though the tent is a 3-season product, the double wall construction is perfect for cold weather camping. The waterproof polyester rainfly and silicone coated footprint with 4,000 mm hydrostatic ratings are exceptional, plus the spacious inside means you’ll have room for each camper and all your gear. We liked that you can purchase the tent for 1, 2, or 3 person capacities as needed.
For versatility, insulation, weather resistance, and sturdiness, the Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent remains our top pick for the best cold weather tent.
When you’re out on the trail for hours at a time, it’s imperative to stay hydrated to keep you energized and fueled on the go. If you find it difficult to drink enough water on your backpacking trips or want to get more out of each sip, the best water enhancers might be just what you’re looking for.
If you’re not sure what water enhancers are or have heard about them but would like to know more, keep reading.
We’re going to walk you through everything you need to know about water enhancers to decide if they’re right for you, plus the top 5 best water enhancers every backpacker needs to know about.
Let’s get started!
The top 5 water enhancers we recommend for 2021:
Here’s exactly what you need to know about the best water enhancers.
Water enhancers are flavoring agents, designed to help you stay hydrated and drink more water by spicing things up with your favorite flavor. All you have to do is incorporate a few drops of the best water enhancers into your bottle of water while out on the trail, and you’ll have a tasty drink to keep you fueled and energized. The best water enhancers come in a wide range of flavors, including everything from blueberry and raspberry to green tea and coconut.
Water enhancers contain minute amounts of sugar, so you won’t need to worry about filling up on empty calories that serve your body no purpose while out on the road. Depending on the water enhancer you choose, some brands incorporate nutritious components like vitamins and electrolytes into the product to give your water an additional boost.
Let’s take a closer look at the typical ingredients usually found in the best water enhancers.
The first typical ingredient you usually find in the best water enhancers is citric acid. Citric acid is a naturally occurring component found in citrus fruits like oranges and lemons. The presence of citric acid makes the water enhancer a bit tangy while offering additional antioxidant properties to boost your immune system and overall vitality.
Another common ingredient you usually see in the best water enhancers is propylene glycol. Propylene glycol is akin to an antifreeze agent, which means that it is a flavoring mechanism and aids in diffusing food coloring.
Since most water enhancers feature colored drops, the presence of propylene glycol boosts the flavor and helps distribute the coloring in your water. While it is not ideal to consume propylene glycol in consistently large quantities, the small amount in the best water enhancers isn’t usually an issue.
Stevia is a common sugar substitute you’ll often see in the best water enhancers, which offers 200 times more sweetness than traditional sugar but at a zero caloric intake. A less natural option that some water enhancers incorporate is sucralose, a common artificial sweetener.
Sucralose is actually 500 times sweeter than regular sugar and also sports zero calories like Stevia. Some individuals have reported issues with sucralose like intensified migraines, so bear this in mind when picking the best water enhancers that work for you.
While many water enhancers are simply there to make your water taste better, some of the best water enhancers feature electrolytes to help promote your body’s regular function. In fact, if you drink water on a very strenuous climb or hot hike without replacing some of the electrolytes you’re losing during the trek, you could experience severe health threats like hyponatremia.
So, incorporating extra electrolytes into your water habits is a must on tough treks.
The best water enhancers not only taste great but offer some bonus nutrition for your body on camping and backpacking excursions. That said, not all water enhancers are created equal, and some are not even remotely healthy.
Water enhancers have a lot going for them. They make it easier to boost your water intake with a nice taste while offering components like vitamins and minerals to keep you energized on the trail. The best water enhancers are also incredibly affordable, and work instantly, offering a hint of sweetness and the flavor of your choice to your water bottle.
Some water enhancers contain artificial flavoring which can prove both unhealthy and damaging to your body in the long run. If you have allergic sensitivities to artificial coloring, you will need to take care to purchase an all-natural water enhancer that leaves out these elements. Also, artificial sweeteners are known to elevate blood sugar levels, so this is key to consider if you are hypoglycemic or diabetic.
If you have an allergy to one of the ingredients sometimes found in water enhancers such as artificial coloring, your best bet is to pick a completely natural water enhancer with clean ingredients that won’t cause a reaction. You always want to pay close attention to the sugar and caloric content of the best water enhancers, to ensure they align with your health and fitness goals.
If you still have concerns, speak with your doctor to discuss the ingredients you’re looking at and determine if any of these will affect any current health conditions you might be dealing with.
The good news is, water enhancers are considered completely safe and fine to use when out on the trail. In most cases, if you make sure the artificial, sugar, and caloric content isn’t too high or simply opt for an all-natural option, you’ll be just fine.
Check out the top 5 best water enhancers to make a tasty drink concoction for your next backpacking adventure!
MIO water enhancers are definitely among the most popular options available, with a plethora of flavors available ranging from blueberry lemonade to strawberry watermelon to berry pomegranate. One of the most popular flavors of these best water enhancers is sweet tea. The thing we really love about MIO water enhancers is that they are free of damaging components like sugar or caffeine, making them a tasty, natural choice to boost your water intake.
If you have a health condition that prevents you from consuming too much sugar, or if you simply want to keep your intake of empty calories down, the MIO Water Enhancer could be just what you’re looking for. Each flavor comes in pretty small bottles, but the good news is you’ll only need a tiny amount for each serving.
You can expect to use each bottle for 20 servings or more before you need to run out and buy a new one. You can also purchase the MIO water enhancer flavors of your choice in a variety pack to last you for many trails ahead.
Check Current Price
Our next selection from the best water enhancers is the Stur Natural Water Enhancer. We like these because they are devoid of calories and sugar, posing a tasty, natural option free of artificial ingredients that could pose issues. We love that the Stur Natural Water Enhancers don’t contain any blue or yellow dyes, sucralose, etc., so even individuals with sensitivities could find this option to be an ideal choice.
The sweetness in this water enhancer is from Stevia, which won’t cause any unpleasant blood sugar spikes. We also like that each flavor of Stur’s Natural Water Enhancers includes Vitamin C for an extra immune-enhancing boost. You can purchase the Stur Natural Water Enhancer Variety Pack in a wide range of flavors too, including orange mango, pomegranate cranberry, and Blue and Blackberry.
Check Current Price
We picked the Pyure Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener as one of the best water enhancers available for its incredible, all-natural nutritional content and pleasing flavor. We love that these liquid drops are free of calories, sugar, and gluten, making them a great choice whether you’re trying to stay healthy on the road or have pre-existing allergic sensitivities.
The Pyure drops are naturally sweetened with Stevia, so you can satisfy that sweet tooth without sabotaging your health goals. These 1.8 fluid ounce bottles are highly portable and easy to throw into your pocket or your pack as you so desire. It is not only valuable as a water enhancer, but the Pyure Organic Liquids Stevia Sweetener is also perfect to sweeten any hot or cold drink of your choosing.
The Stevia sweetener has zero glycemic impact and is compatible with just about any dietary plan, including diabetic, keto, and paleo needs. The water enhancer is also non-GMO and USDA Certified Organic.
Check Current Price
Our next choice from the best water enhancers is the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops. While these water enhancer drops do contain a caloric profile, they only sport a negligible 3 calories per serving or so. The H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops use all-natural sweeteners rather than artificial ingredients, relying on Stevia and agave instead. We really like this variety pack because it comes in 4 different, refreshing flavors.
With choices like Watermelon Honeydew and Cucumber Lemongrass, the H2WOW Water Enhancers are a fantastic choice to help you stay hydrated, cooled, and refreshed on any short or lengthy backpacking trip. We were really impressed to note that the enhancer drops include components from botanical essential oils and actual fruit extracts, for an extra boost of nutrition and taste.
Check Current Price
Our final pick from the best water enhancers are the classic Dasani Drops. If you are looking for the best water flavoring with a stronger taste that really augments the overall flavor of your beverage, the Dasani Drops might be just what you’re looking for. The drops are concentrated, so a small serving will go a lot further than you might expect. The only real downside for us is that the Dasani Drops are not an all-natural option.
If all-natural isn’t a concern for you, then you should be just fine. The Dasani Drops contain sucralose rather than agave or Stevia, and the artificial dye Yellow 5. Neither of these artificial ingredients should be consumed in large quantities, but there is only about 2% of either component in the drops so you won’t be consuming much anyway.
If you following the serving sizes as directed in the bottle, you can expect 1 bottle to last you about a month and maybe longer with less frequent use. Besides the refreshing Strawberry Kiwi flavor, you can also purchase Dasani Drops in other tasty choices like pineapple coconut.
Check Current Price
Each of the best water enhancers on our list offers something to suit just about any backpacker’s taste buds. For us, nutritional components are key when it comes to the best water enhancers and one product clearly stood out to us on this point—the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops. We love that while these water enhancers are tasty and refreshing, with flavors like Cucumber Lemongrass and Watermelon Honeydew, you’ll still receive impressive nutritional benefits too.
The Stevia and agave sweetening components are an excellent alternative to artificial ones like sucralose, while each serving of H2WOW contains just 3 calories. We liked the variety pack with a quality selection of flavors, plus the presence of botanical essential oils and actual fruit extracts was a huge bonus for us too.
For a gentle, refreshing assortment of flavors, natural sweeteners that won’t spike your blood sugar, and an added nutritional boost from the essential oils and fruit extracts, it’s hard to outdo the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops.
Whether you like to take short weekend camping trips or long treks out in the wilderness, having the best backpacking knife in your gear is essential to ensure you’re prepared for any situation while out on the road. Whether you need to cut ropes, skin game, or cut down some brush that’s in your way, a durable, quality backpacking knife is an invaluable piece for any outdoor enthusiast’s tool kit.
For a comprehensive guide to choosing the best backpacking knife, plus the top 5 knives for any outdoor adventurer, keep scrolling.
Let’s get things underway!
The top 5 backpacking knife we recommend for 2021:
In order to pick the best backpacking knife for your outdoor needs, there are some key considerations to take into account. Let’s take a closer look.
The kind of terrain and weather conditions you will be hiking in should be a major determinant of the best backpacking knife you select for your journey. For example, if you’re going to be backpacking in warm conditions where you won’t need to light a fire at the campsite, you don’t need to worry about picking a knife tough enough to handle firewood.
Likewise, if you’re going to be backpacking and camping in damp or humid conditions, you will probably want to purchase the best knife for backpacking that features water-resistant properties, manufactured from durable material like stainless steel. In short, consider the types of terrain you usually backpack and hike in, and pick a knife that is suitable to withstand those kinds of conditions.
It’s also important to consider how long you want your knife to last when picking the best backpacking knife to meet your needs. Do you want to make an investment in a high-quality knife to last you for many treks, or would you prefer a more cost-effective option that you’ll need to replace more often? The choice is ultimately up to you.
Most knives are built to last more than other types of gear pieces, but those of a cheaper quality won’t last as long. If you have larger gaps between your outdoor treks and don’t mind the annoyance of replacing a cheaper option now and then, a less expensive option may be right for you.
On the other hand, if you are a frequent backpacker and need a sturdy option to serve you well on the road, it’s better to make a quality knife investment now that could last you for thousands of miles of trails ahead.
Of course, your usage needs are going to be a significant factor in the best backpacking knife you choose. Do you want a knife on hand for things like preparing food and cutting ropes? Or do you have other usage needs in mind like cutting through firewood or administering first aid in the event of an emergency?
Consider your usage needs and the frequency with which you intend to use your knife before making your final selection. That way, you will ensure you pick a knife with the features and level of durability that you require for your trips.
Weight is always a critical element to take into account when hunting for the best backpacking knife. You don’t want to pick a knife that takes up too much room in your gear or pocket, as this will prove an unnecessary distraction on the road and could simply be downright uncomfortable.
Some of the best knife for backpacking products weigh a mere 0.8 ounces, while others can go as high as 23 ounces or more.
If you need a knife for tougher work that can hold up well in rough conditions, you’re probably looking at a product that’s going to a weigh a bit more in your gear. Most of the time though, a knife that weighs around 2 ounces or a little bit less will serve your needs well.
Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking knife for your upcoming outdoor adventure.
The first thing you need to do to select the best backpacking knife for your needs is to decide whether you want a folding knife or a knife with a fixed blade. For basic backpacking and tasks at your campsite, a simple folding knife will do the trick. That said, a fixed blade is a safer and more durable option, making it a worthy consideration for novices and pros alike.
For instance, you won’t be in danger of snapping the knife shut on your fingers with a fixed blade. While some folding blades feature a lock mechanism, which is a must if you choose this variety, that feature is not always foolproof. If the lock fails, you could be severely cut.
Fixed blades are also the blade of choice if you need to do tougher work on the campsite, such as processing wood for your campfire or doing food preparation. Fixed blades are easier to clean than folding ones as well. Also, because fixed blades don’t contain any moving parts, they are more durable than folding knives.
The main benefit of a folding knife is that it doesn’t require a sheath, so it offers more compact storage options than the fixed variety. You can secure a folding knife just about anywhere, and it functions as a multitool so you’ll enjoy plenty of flexible usage options.
The material the best backpacking knife is manufactured from is another point you ought to consider when picking the right one for you. Most knives are manufactured from stainless steel, designed with varying degrees of carbon. The presence of more or less carbon will determine how well the blade wards off rust.
Titanium is another manufacturing material commonly found in backpacking knives because it is also corrosion resistant. Most blades aren’t made from titanium alone, but some use titanium alloys or carbide as a coating for the metal. The biggest pro that titanium has going for it is that it is way lighter than stainless steel.
Titanium is not as durable as stainless steel though, nor does it hold up well against tough tasks like processing wood. Activities, like slicing rope or preparing food, are the types of appropriate usage you can expect from a titanium knife.
Check out the top 5 best backpacking knives, including both the folded and fixed variety. Keep reading to the end to discover which one we picked as the winner out of the top 5!
Our first pick for the best backpacking knife is this folding blade ideal for a wide range of backpacking and camping activities. We like how compact it is while also being very light to carry, so you won’t notice much of a difference weight-wise whether you store it in your gear or your pocket. We noticed the pointed edge which is strong and sharp enough for tasks like cutting ropes and preparing food.
The blade is of a moderate length and extends just beyond 4 inches total when you fold it. We liked that the knife comes with a clip so you can affix it to your trousers on either the right or left side as you prefer. The blade itself is designed from quality grade stainless steel with durable edges, a black oxide coating, and rust-resistant properties. The handle also includes a liner lock for optimal user safety.
Check Current Price
If you liked our last selection for the best backpacking knife but would prefer an option with a slightly shorter folded length, then the Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife might be just what you’re looking for. Similarly to the Kershaw Brawler, the knife sports a user-friendly opening device that allows you to fold out the blade with one hand. The Cryo model is decidedly shorter than the Brawler, extending just 2.75 inches.
For basic backpacking and campsite needs while out on the trail, the Kershaw Cryo is a worthy contender for any outdoor enthusiast. One feature we really liked was the handle jumping, which offers excellent traction and quality grip if you are going to be doing more heavy cutting tasks. The stainless steel material isn’t the strongest we’ve found, but it gets the job done for all your basic trail needs.
Check Current Price
If you’re not sure if the folding knife style is for you, you might love the fixed design of our next best backpacking knife pick. The SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife is the ultimate survival and wilderness backpacking knife, with a durable 3-inch blade and a full length of 7 inches. The blade sports an extra sharp point that you can use for tougher tasks like cutting through brush and wood or preparing your food at the campsite.
We are impressed by the quality of the black stainless steel blade, plus the included magnesium alloy firestarter to help you get a cozy fire up and running at the campsite. The nylon sheath that safeguards the knife is not as strong as some, but the handle is designed with a cord wrap that offers an excellent grip.
One other cool feature we noticed about the SE KHK6320 is that the back portion of the knife functions as a saw, so you can slice through logs if you need to. We loved how affordable this knife was while still offering fantastic longevity of use, making it a quality investment piece for any backpacker.
Check Current Price
The Rogue River Tactical Survival Knife is a 6-in-1 multitool that makes a valuable addition to any wilderness backpacker’s kit. The knife features a single blade, with a combination edge that slices through logs in no time flat while still being steady enough to use for tasks like chopping up food for dinnertime.
We were impressed with its featured belt cutter for slicing through cords and an LED flashlight to illuminate your path when you’re still trekking after the sun goes down. Plus, the fire starter designed from magnesium will ensure you can stay nice and warm wherever you choose to set up camp.
Even if you haven’t tried your hand yet at survivalist backpacking, the multipurpose use of this tactical knife makes it a great choice for both heavy and light cutting tasks.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best backpacking knife is the classic Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife. It is durable enough to withstand rough trekking conditions but flexible enough to use for lighter tasks too. The blade extends to an impressive 4.8 inches with a very fine edge that will serve you well for just about any task that you need to get done while out on the trail.
The sheath durability is excellent, designed from military-grade nylon and sporting a blade sharpener to keep your knife in top condition at all times. We were really impressed by the fire starter with a waterproof casing, so you won’t have to worry about the knife letting you down if you encounter damp or humid conditions.
The knife also comes equipped with a lanyard and emergency whistle, so if you find yourself in an unexpected situation you can signal your trekking companions for assistance. The only real downside here is that the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife is on the pricier side. That said, the quality and durability of this knife could be well worth the investment if you want a knife to serve you well for many trails ahead.
Check Current Price
Whether you like the flexible design of a folding knife or prefer the durability of a fixed knife, there are options on our list to fit any backpacker’s preference. However, one stood out above the rest in terms of durability, flexible usage, and cutting options—the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife. We loved the 4.8-inch blade length with a lack of moving parts for user safety and easy cleaning.
We were also impressed by the blade’s fine edge and military-grade nylon sheath to protect you from the blade when you’re not using it. A waterproof fire starter is a valuable tool if you’re going to be running into damp weather conditions, plus the whistle is a great bonus touch if you encounter any unexpected emergencies while on the trail.
The quality and flexible usage of the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife make it an exceptional investment for aspiring and proficient backpackers alike.
To keep your essential devices fully charged while on the road, you need a strong, portable source of power that won’t let you down on your outdoor treks. While there are various options available to keep your devices charged out on the trail, solar chargers have become the selection of choice for many backpacking enthusiasts everywhere.
If you’re looking for a sustainable, reliable source of energy to keep your mobile devices at 100% on the trail, the best solar charger for backpacking might be for you.
Keep reading for a detailed guide to selecting the best backpacking solar charger, plus the top 5 options available that make a valuable addition to any backpacker’s gear.
The top 5 solar charger for backpacking we recommend for 2021:
The first element you need to take into account when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is the type of device or devices you plan on bringing on the road with you.
For instance, if you only travel with a small mobile device or a GPS navigator, a solar charger with fewer bells and whistles will serve your needs well. However, if you’re bringing several devices that drain power fast, you’re definitely going to require a solar charger with plenty of specs and a high level of efficiency.
One component you want to keep an eye out for when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is the connectors the product sports. Almost all solar chargers include a USB port, which is compatible with the vast majority of electronics out there. However, if for instance, you are bringing a device that requires an adaptor, you’ll need to make sure the solar charger you pick has one too.
You will also need to consider where you will charge the solar device and how you will go about doing it. You can secure your solar charger to your gear or a bicycle to absorb sunlight while you’re on the trail, but the charger itself shouldn’t be so heavy that the weight impedes your performance.
When selecting a solar charger, it’s important to think about the weight of the charger and compare it to the overall weight of your gear, to ensure you have enough surface space and capacity for charging.
If you’d rather rev your solar charger once you’re at the campsite, you’ll probably have more space to work with and don’t need to necessarily pick one of the most compact options. If you’re going to be charging on the trail though, a compact solar charger is your best bet.
You also need to consider whether or not you’d prefer an internal battery in the best backpacking solar charger. Some, but not all, solar chargers feature an internal battery that you can also use to charge your mobile device if you so prefer.
The integrated battery definitely makes it easier to keep your device powered up. All you do is charge the battery during the day with sunlight, then wait to charge your electronics once you reach the campsite in the evening.
Here are the primary features you need to look for to ensure you’re selecting the best solar charger for backpacking.
While we just touched on this briefly above, the first feature you need to look for when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is an integrated battery. If you want more options to charge your device on the go, a battery is going to be an important component. The great thing about a solar charger with a battery is that you can use it with an additional power bank for extra charging capabilities.
Of course, the downside is that a battery is going to add more weight and take up additional space in your gear. However, if you want to have total access to your device during the day and charge the battery during that time to be used later, the extra weight might be worth it to you.
There are 3 kinds of solar panels used in the best solar charger for backpacking: CIGS panels, Polycrystalline panels, and Monocrystalline panels. CIGS panels offer great flexibility to the user, but they are designed from thin materials that don’t last long. So, the best solar charger for backpacking for durability and efficiency uses either Polycrystalline panels or Monocrystalline panels.
Polycrystalline panels are manufactured from multiple crystal ingots, while Monocrystalline panels are made from 1 crystal ingot. The former is the more cost-effective option, while the latter is more energy efficient.
You can determine a solar panel’s efficiency by its percentage value, which indicates how it converts electricity from sunlight. The higher a device’s efficiency value is, the better that is for you. For example, Polycrystalline panels typically have an efficiency value between 18 and 20%, while Monocrystalline panels have values from just over 20% up to 25%.
There are some specification terms you need to know when picking out the best solar charger for backpacking. A panel’s electric current or flow rate is indicated by amperes, while electrical power is tracked in watts. If you bring small devices on the road with you, a solar panel between 3 and 5 watts will suffice.
Panels featuring 5 watts of power could offer a full charge within 3 to 6 hours. If you want to charge more than one mobile device at the same time, you’ll need a charger with panels of 10 watts or more. The highest ampere or flow rate most panels feature is between 2 and 2.5A.
USB ports are a standard feature of the best solar charger for backpacking, but also pay attention to any adapter ports if your device requires such. The use of adapters will drain your power faster, so you might want to consider using a device with integrated batteries to conserve your power longer.
Here are the top 5 best solar charger for backpacking products on the market currently. Keep scrolling for our honest review of each, plus our number one pick from the group.
Our first pick for the best solar charger for backpacking impresses on many levels, with an affordable price, fantastic portability, and a great charge speed to see you through many outdoor adventures. We love the Anker Solar Charger’s 21-watt power, which is sufficient to fully charge as many as 2 smartphones and a tablet on the go. We liked the handy pouch this solar charger features, which is a great way to store your mobile device while it’s charging.
The pouch definitely isn’t large enough to hold a larger device like a tablet though. When fully extended, the solar charger features 26.4 x 11.1 x 0.2-inch specs, and durable stainless steel eye holes that you can secure to your pack or other gear as you prefer. We just love how durable the Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Charger is, with solar panels designed from industrial quality PET plastic.
You’ll have no problem getting a speedy charge from Anker’s USB Solar Charger, as the device features integrated PowerIQ technology that automatically alters amperage based on the device you’re charging. The solar charger features 2.4 amperage capacity for each port and 3A total. The charger is super lightweight and compact, including a 3-foot USB cable with the device.
Check Current Price
The next best solar charger for backpacking on our list by Goal Zero sports 2 primary components; a Nomad 7 solar panel and Venture 30 batteries. The entire kit is a virtual powerhouse to keep your devices charged on the go, compatible with everything from tablets and cameras to your iPhone. We also like the fact that this best solar charger for backpacking is sturdy enough to hold up in tough outdoor conditions.
We love that this kit is waterproof and that it is so powerful you can charge as many as 2 to 3 mobile devices at once. The kit sports a zipped pocket with a 1A USB Port, 8mm outlet for 12V devices, and an integrated plug you can connect to additional solar panels. The Nomad 7 solar panel component includes magnets to secure them shut and dual carabiners.
The Venture 30 battery component includes LEDs to light your path on tough, dark trails and integrated rubber for easy gripping. The battery pack even includes a Smart Charge mode for a fast, efficient charge.
Check Current Price
The Nekteck 21W Solar Charger made it to our review of the best solar charger for backpacking products for its power efficiency and fantastic affordability. One downside of this charger is that it doesn’t come with a battery, so if you’re set on a charger with a battery you might need to consider other alternatives. That said, the lack of a battery means this charger weighs just 18 ounces, making it a great option for lightweight backpackers.
The solar charger includes 3 panels with a fold-out design and total power rating of 21 watts. The panels have the capacity to attain a power conversion between 21 and 24%, so you can charge more than one device at the same time. We love that the solar panels are encased in canvas for extra durability, while the canvas sports 5 steel holes so you can secure the device to whatever you choose.
The Nekteck 21W Solar Charger includes proprietary SmartIC technology, sporting a microchip that identifies when you plug a device into one of the USB ports for a fast and efficient charge. Each of the 3 solar panels has between 800 to 1,000A output.
Check Current Price
The next best solar charger for backpacking on our list is the WBPINE Solar Charger, with a 24,000mAh power capacity that you can charge via a wall outlet or with its included 3 solar panels. We love that this solar charger comes with an integrated emergency light and flashlight, with a durable leather casing that will protect the device from breaking if dropped.
We were also happy to see that this solar charger sports seals over each port with water-resistant elements to protect the unit in damp conditions. If you are a frequent backpacker and tend to hike in tough conditions, this pick might be what you’re looking for. We love how quickly it charges up devices, with a chip built into each USB port. If exposed to heavy sunlight, the solar charger can attain 30 percent battery in 7 hours.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best solar charger for backpacking is a very compact, highly portable option with an integrated battery and dependable case designed from clamshell neoprene. You can secure the solar charger to your bike or backpack as you need to without issue, and it is powerful enough to keep all your key devices charged on the go, including flashlights, a GPS, smartphones, and more.
The solar charger works best when you charge the battery by sunlight and link your device right to the battery. You won’t need to worry about a circuit overload, because the battery includes safety components to protect your devices even in very high or low outdoor temperatures. In fact, you rely on the charger in temperatures ranging from 14 up to 194 degrees Fahrenheit.
Check Current Price
It was a close call, but after carefully reviewing each of the above solar chargers for efficiency, easy usage, and portability, we selected the Anker Solar Charger as our top pick from the group. We love how affordable it is, while still being really easy to take on the go. It offers fantastic charge efficiency with 21-watt power that lets you charge multiple devices at the same time.
We liked the mobile device pouch, stainless steel eye holes, and industrial quality PET plastic panels that will serve you well for many trips to come. With a total 3A capacity and lightweight, compact design, the Anker Solar Charger is the best solar charger for backpacking for any outdoor trek.
A pocket knife is an essential tool to bring with you on the road, whether you need to use it to cut up food or set up camp. The best pocket knife sharpener will ensure your blade never runs dull or lets you down.
If you’re new to pocket knife sharpeners or aren’t quite sure what to look for when choosing the best model, you’ve come to the right place.
Keep reading for a detailed guide to choosing (and using!) the best pocket knife sharpener, plus our review of the top 5 products available currently that you might just consider adding to your gear.
The top 5 pocket knife sharpeners we recommend for 2021:
Not all pocket knife sharpeners are created equal, and there are quite a few options available to choose from.
The first kind of pocket knife sharpener is a whetstone. Whetstones are manufactured from quarried material and are often a combination of diamond dust, rock, and concrete. Curved whetstones are a good pick for sharpening complex blades, while flat whetstones are most compatible with flat blades.
Whetstone sharpeners are very sturdy and reliable, but these take a while to learn how to use properly. So, if you’re brand new to using the best pocket knife sharpeners, you might prefer a more straightforward choice.
Slot sharpeners are frequently used for pocket knives because they feature a very simple design sporting slots to draw and sharpen your blade with continuous strokes. Slot sharpeners also feature a variety of angles, so if you’re brand new to pocket knife sharpeners these are a great choice.
These types of sharpeners are also compatible with a range of blades, including serrated, curved, and straight.
Multifunctional sharpeners have some fun bells and whistles added on, so if you want a few additional features when picking out the best pocket knife sharpener you might prefer this variety.
Multifunctional sharpeners come with handy features like a compass, light, and so forth, so you can even use them as a backup survival kit besides the regular pocket knife sharpener functionality.
Here’s what you need to consider in order to pick the best pocket knife sharpener.
The first thing you’ll want to consider when picking out the best pocket knife sharpener for your outdoor needs is the activities you intend to use it for. Are you going to be skinning game or cutting ropes with your pocket knife? Or do you simply use your blade for things like cutting food or a backup tool when setting up camp?
Your knife will wear out way quicker if you use it for wilderness and survivalist adventures rather than if you use it for more everyday outdoor use. If you use different pocket knives for a variety of outdoor needs, you’re going to want the best pocket knife sharpener that is compatible with a wide range of blades.
If you just use a regular pocket knife out on the trail, you’ll need to pick a pocket knife sharpener that works for that particular type of blade.
Your comfort as the user is a key component to take into account when purchasing the best pocket knife sharpener. Your sharpener shouldn’t be overly bulky or take up too much space in your gear. In fact, you should be able to fit the best pocket knife sharpener in your pocket with total ease.
The best pocket knife sharpener is designed for comfort, so you don’t have to worry about it poking out and hurting your leg if you store it in your pocket. Another handy feature that ensures comfort for the user is a hook or lanyard secured to the pocket knife sharpener.
That way, you can simply affix the hook or lanyard to your belt when you’re out on the trail.
You need to be aware of the sharpening angle of the best pocket knife sharpener when hunting for the device that is ideal for your blade. The angle at which you sharpen your pocket knife translates to the fineness of the blade.
For example, if your sharpener is compatible with a 35-degree sharpening angle, you will have a fine edge, but not as durable an edge as a device with a 25-degree sharpening angle. If you are brand new to using the best pocket knife sharpener, just know that it may take a few tries before you get it right and feel comfortable using the device.
The best pocket knife sharpeners sport adjustable angles, which makes it much simpler for you to determine the angle that you're most comfortable with. Plus, if you’re new to pocket knife sharpeners, an adjustable angle will help ensure that you don’t harm the edge of your blade as you find your preferred angle.
The best pocket knife sharpener sports different sharpening stages or grits, which is really handy to sharpen blades with varying levels of dullness. For example, a coarse grit allows you to sharpen the edge of a blade that has become really dull, while a medium grit is great for just slightly dull blades.
A fine grit is what you use when your blade just needs a mild sharpening to smooth out the edges. You want to pick a knife sharpener with varying grits, so you don’t have to purchase different sharpeners for different blades.
Because you’re dealing with sharp blades, you need to make sure that the best pocket knife sharpener you select comes equipped with safety features to protect your fingers. The sharpener should include some type of protection to come between your ringers and the sharpener, so it doesn’t rub at or damage your skin when you’re sprucing up your blade.
Check out the top 5 best pocket sharpeners and keep scrolling to read which one we picked as the outstanding winner from the group!
Our first pick for the best pocket knife sharpener is Smith’s PP1 Pocket Pal, featuring a simple, lightweight, and durable design at a very affordable price point. The PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener sports a pull design, which means all you have to do to sharpen your blade is pull it through one of the slots.
The pocket knife sharpener features 3 sharpening implements, including ceramic, diamond, or carbide, making this choice compatible with a wide range of knife blades.
We liked the tapered rod with a diamond coating that is perfect for sharpening both serrated and regular blades. The carbide and ceramic slots are great if you want an extra sharp blade for outdoor use. The best part about the PP1 Pocket Pal is that you can reverse and replace the sharpening stones, so you can keep your sharpener for years and just replace the implements as needed.
Check Current Price
The AccuSharp 001 Knife made it to our review of the best pocket knife sharpeners for its simple, small design that works with all types of blades. We liked the tungsten carbide blades with diamond integrated components, which makes this best pocket knife sharpener a durable choice you can use for years to come.
We love the rust-resistant components and the fact that you can clean the sharpener just with soap and water.
The AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpener is very easy to use. All you have to do is run your knife through the blades to sharpen, so no complicated procedures to worry about. The blade sharpens like a dream within 10 seconds and is great for sharpening everything from pocket knives to hunting knives to kitchen knives.
You’ll definitely get a lot of use form this one sharpener. We were also happy to see the finger guard that protects your fingers from the blade. The pocket knife sharpener sports ergonomic components too, so you can use it in either hand as you need to.
Check Current Price
The next best pocket knife sharpener is the Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic, sporting a smooth and easy design that everyone from beginners to pros will love. If your pocket knife tends to dull quickly, this choice could be for you.
The Lansky PS-MED01 features tungsten carbide for gritting your knife and a ceramic blade for extra sharpening power.
We liked the rod with diamond tapering that helps you maintain the overall condition of your blade. The tool is versatile too, as the ceramic blade is compatible with any type of serrated blade you might have.
In just a few strokes, your pocket knife blade will be like brand new, which makes for easy sharpening on the go. The sharpener is small but mighty, and ideal for almost any type of blade you can imagine. It is super light and easy to transport both on and off the trail.
Check Current Price
The next best pocket knife sharpener by Spyderco is very affordable and no trouble to use, making it an excellent choice for beginners to knife sharpening. We like that this knife sharpener sports 6 different rods, including 2 brass guide ones and 4 ceramic. The 4 ceramic rods consist of 2 fine rods and 2 coarse rods, so whatever blade needs sharpening, you’re good to go.
We were impressed with the ceramic stones that sharpen everything from pocket knives to fish hooks, and the triangle design of the stones which means you can sharpen both serrated and straight blades with ease.
Sharpening your pocket knife with this tool is easy, as you just position the sharpener on a flat surface and insert 2 ceramic stones in the holes. Then, you install the brass rods to safeguard your fingers, position your blade perpendicular to the ground, and begin running the knife through.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best pocket knife sharpener is another product by Smith’s, an ideal choice if you use blades with straight or serrated edges. The knife sharpener comes equipped with fine and coarse diamond plates, dual ceramic hones, and a leather strop. One of the ceramic tools sharpens in coarse or fine grits, while the other is perfect for serrated blades.
Even if the Smith’s TRI-6 Arkansas Tri-Hone knife sharpener isn't the best portable knife sharpener, we like how user-friendly it is, as you all have to do is push the blade away from you along the sharpener with continuous strokes. If you have very dull blades, the coarse stone will make the edge like new again. You can trust this sharpener with any pocket knife blade, for multi-purpose use.
Check Current Price
While each of the best pocket knife sharpeners in this review are dependable, versatile options, one stood out above the rest—the AccuSharp 001 Knife. We just loved its small and simple design with a finger guard and components that work with any type of blade. The tungsten carbide and diamond integrated blades are exceptional, with rust-resistant elements to keep the tool running for years to come.
The tool is also very easy to clean both on and off the trail and works for everything from simple pocket knives to hunting blades and beyond. The tool sharpens any blade in just about 10 seconds and is ergonomically designed for user comfort. Really, what more could you ask for from the best pocket knife sharpener? In our humble opinion, this small but mighty tool remains the best portable knife sharpener in its class and a must-have for pocket knife users everywhere.
When you’re hot and tired after a long day’s hike out on the trail, you don’t feel like spending hours trying to set up camp for the night. If you bring a portable hammock in your gear to relax at your camp destination, having the best hammock straps on hand for easy setup and sturdy operation is a must.
If you’ve just purchased a portable hammock for backpacking and aren’t sure what comes next, or your current hammock tree straps have worn out and you want to find a more durable pair, you’ve come to the right place.
Keep reading for the ultimate hammock straps buying guide, plus the top 5 best hammock straps to serve you well for many relaxation sessions ahead.
The top 5 hammock straps we recommend for 2021:
In order to select the best hammock straps for your device’s needs, there are some key elements you’ll need to consider in order to ensure the strap you pick will really get the job done.
The first thing you need to consider when shopping for the best hammock tree straps is the length of the strap you’re going to require. Do you plan on setting up camp in a densely forested region or will your campsite contain just a handful of trees? If you’re going to be camping in a region with plenty of trees, a shorter strap will usually suffice.
Otherwise, if you’re dealing with way fewer trees, it’s best to select a longer strap that has an extended reach in case it’s not as easy to find a lower hanging branch. The key here is, if you pick a longer strap, you need to make sure it gives you the reach you’ll require without undercutting durability.
If you’re not quite sure what your campsite is going to look like or you don’t have your whole trip planned out, it’s best to be safe and stick with longer straps of at least 14 feet. That way, you’ll have enough room to work with and won’t need to worry about arriving at your campsite, only to find that your strap is too short, and your beloved hammock will need to stay unused in your gear.
Of course, the weight capacity of the best hammock straps is another important element you’ll need to take into account before making your final choice. Hammock straps all have maximum weight capacities, but you should pick your strap based on the recommended weight limit rather than the tested weight limit. While some hammock strap manufacturers indicate the tested weight limits of their product, the key word here is “tested”, not verified.
We think it’s better to be safe than sorry, so always go by the recommended weight as a rule of thumb. Different models feature differing weight capacities, and some are sold with thicker straps and higher weight limits than others.
Assess your camping needs to determine which weight capacity is right for you. For instance, if you’re bringing a double hammock along for your outdoor adventure, you’ll want thicker straps that support more weight than if you were to pack a single hammock.
You’ll definitely want to know how many adjustment straps a device has when choosing the best hammock straps to meet your hiking needs. Adjustable straps are a fantastic feature to look for because you’ll have more flexible options as the user.
Whether you want to hang up a mosquito net or need to affix the straps to a less than sturdy branch, having multiple adjustment points will ensure that the straps not only get the job done but keep you safe and supported too.
There are some important features you’ll want to look for when selecting the best hammock straps for your hammock. It may seem obvious, but the best hammock tree straps need to be simple to set up, secure, and store in your gear. You don’t want to spend hours trying to figure out how the straps work or struggle to fit them in your pack.
The material of the best hammock straps is highly durable, while still being light enough to secure in your gear without issue. The hammock straps should not have any stretch to them, as this could prove dangerous and also means the device will likely wear out much faster. Adjustable straps are fine, but not stretchy ones.
Also, look for hammock straps with plenty of stitches that come with metal rings or carabiners for easy hanging.
If you’re new to the concept of hammock straps, no need to fear! Installing and adjusting hammock straps for safety and comfort is not nearly as challenging as you might think.
The first thing you need to do to secure the best hammock straps is to find a sturdy tree. It doesn’t matter so much whether the tree is small or large, provided the branches are sturdy enough to support the weight the hammock will be carrying. You can affix the best hammock straps to either square or round posts as well.
You’ll need to identify suspension points that have approximately 10 to 15 feet of space between them. Make sure you give yourself sufficient wiggle room to make the ties.
The location of your hammock matters too. When securing the best hammock straps, consider whether things like wet leaves or other debris might fall on you as you lay there. No one wants to wake up from a peaceful nap with a face full of mud!
Besides your hammock straps, you’ll need to get out your other hammock supplies like extension straps, an underquilt, bug net, or anything else you deem necessary to bring along depending on your needs and the season you’re traveling in.
You’ll also want to decide the optimal height of your hammock, knowing that the bed will sink a little once you get in. For instance, if there are brush or animals nearby, you’ll want to make sure you secure your hammock straps high enough, so those elements won’t be an issue.
When securing the best hammock straps to your chosen tree, make sure you wrap them clockwise and tight enough to keep your portable hammock safely in place.
The most important thing you need to remember when selecting and using the best hammock straps is that safety takes precedence above all else.
Don’t rush when finding your hammock spot, take your time when securing the gear, and adjust the straps as needed until you have achieved the height and security you desire.
Here are the top 5 best hammock straps for avid backpackers everywhere.
The first best hammock straps selection on our list is one of the most popular options available currently. We like that the ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps are not only affordable but highly durable and simple to install as well. These best hammock straps don’t stretch, so you won’t have to worry about these ones wearing out after a few suspensions.
We love the fact that the Atlas Straps weigh a mere 11 ounces, so they won’t weigh down your gear. Despite their lightweight design, the ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps have an impressive 30 total adjustment points, giving you plenty of flexible options to tailor your hammock experience as you require.
The material of the hammock straps is exceptional, designed from highly durable Polyfilament webbing for great longevity of use. These ENO hammock straps can support weights up to 400 pounds as well, making them a great option if you’re bringing a double hammock on the road.
Check Current Price
The Kammok Python Straps are a great choice if you are looking for a basic option that takes just a short time to install without sacrificing the essential strength you’re looking for. These best hammock straps extend an astounding 20 feet while weighing in at just 12 ounces. We like that they support weights up to 500 pounds and feature 18 adjustment points for ease of use.
The best hammock straps are going to last you for many trips to come while being flexible enough to work around your needs at various campsites, and the Kammok Python Straps definitely meet the mark on that score. The Python straps come in a set of 2, which you can use for suspension from trees as far as 20 feet apart.
One cool feature we really liked about these best hammock straps is that they sport reflective qualities, so if you’re going to be resting in your hammock after dark, you’ll still have some visibility. The adjustable straps feature a daisy chain design, 6 inches apart, which makes it easier to customize the straps based on the trees available at any given campsite.
Check Current Price
The Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps made it to our review of the best hammock straps for their impressive strength and flexible usage. If you’re going to be backpacking in the wilderness with limited options for anchoring your portable hammock, these straps might be just what you’re looking for.
They extend to 10 feet in length and weigh 12 ounces, with the ability to support up to 400 pounds in total weight capacity. What’s really impressive about these best hammock straps are their adjustment points—36 total!
If you’re out on the trail on challenging terrain with much fewer trees in sight, you’ll have an easier time finding the right spot to secure your hammock with the additional adjustment options. We liked the Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps’ daisy chain design that is very user-friendly and simple to install as well.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best hammock straps is the Rallt Hammock Tree Straps, extending a satisfactory 20 feet in length and weighing in at just 11.7 ounces. If you’re an ultra-lightweight backpacker and are trying to find hammock straps that will do the job without weighing down your gear, these could be for you.
As lightweight as these best hammock straps are, they can still support up to 500 pounds in total weight capacity and sport 36 adjustment points to boot.
We liked the material these straps are designed from as well, featuring durable polyester tubular webbing that is flexible without being stretchy. The straps are also able to extend gaps over 20 feet in length, so if your anchor points are set pretty far apart you still won’t have any issues.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best hammock straps is the Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps. We love these because they are very easy to use, whether you are a newbie to hammock straps or a total pro. They don’t stretch either.
The straps are 10 feet long, but weigh in a bit higher at 15 ounces. These straps aren’t quite as lightweight as some of the other selections on our list, but their durability and strength are unquestionably exceptional.
The Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps can hold weight capacities of up to 400 pounds. The straps are designed to secure flat to the tree and are compatible with any kind of hammock you have, whether it be a double, single, parachute, portable, or otherwise. We also like that each strap sports 19 loops, which makes adjusting during setup a total breeze.
Check Current Price
While each of the best hammock straps in this review appeal to a range of backpacking needs, our absolute favorite was undoubtedly the Kammok Python Straps. While these best hammock straps are just a tad bit bulkier than a few of our other picks, they were the unparalleled choice in terms of durability and flexibility.
We loved that the straps extend 20 feet in length and only weigh 12 ounces, while still holding weight capacities up to 500 pounds. We were more than pleased with the 18 total adjustment points and the daisy chain design featuring 6-inch intervals for easy customization.
If you’re searching for heavy-duty hammock straps that feature exceptional weight capacity, a range of adjustment points, and won’t make your gear sag with excess bulk, look no further than the Kammok Python Straps for your next backpacking adventure.
After a long, tiring day out on the trail, there’s nothing quite so satisfying as reaching your campsite and settling in for a tasty meal and some quality sleep. To cook a meal that satisfies and fuels you for your adventures ahead, you need something to cook it with!
Many backpacking enthusiasts prefer wood burning backpacking stoves over other varieties like propane-fueled stoves—and for good reason.
For the complete buying guide to purchasing the best wood burning backpacking stove, including the top 5 best wood burning backpacking stoves available, keep scrolling.
The top 5 wood burning backpacking stoves we recommend for 2021:
If you’re considering purchasing the best backpacking wood stove, you might be wondering exactly what sets this selection apart from the competition. Wood burning backpacking stoves use wood and wood-derived options such as pellets for fuel. The design is typically comprised of a steel or cast-iron exterior with a inner fire chamber, air controls, and base.
Wood burning backpacking stoves are a fantastic backup choice if you don’t have access to propane or another kind of fuel. Wood burning stoves are very cost-effective as well because you can use everything from pine cones to twigs to wood chips as fuel.
Besides this, wood burning backpacking stoves can also run on other fuels like gel cans and charcoal, making them a very versatile selection.
When you think of a wood-burning backpacking stove, a heavy stove that is tough to carry might come to mind. The good news is, the modern models feature lightweight designs and are highly portable, with collapsible configurations that rarely weight more than 2 pounds and are easy to carry on the go.
The 3 primary types of wood burning backpacking stoves are rectangular, pyramid, and cylindrical stoves featuring a circular base. Pyramid and rectangular stoves are the most compact options available, easy to transport, and simple to construct when you reach the campsite. Cylindrical stoves typically are more fuel efficient than the other two choices, with greater output to boot.
The majority of backpackers like the pyramid and rectangular varieties because they are highly functional and really easy to carry for both short and lengthy treks.
There are some critical factors you need to consider before selecting the best wood burning backpacking stove to meet your needs.
The material of the wood burning stove is the first crucial aspect you’ll need to consider. Most wood burning stoves are designed from quality titanium or stainless steel. Titanium stoves weigh a bit less than stainless steel ones, but they also usually come with a higher price tag.
If your biggest concern is picking a wood burning stove that is going to be really light and easy to transport with the rest of your gear, a titanium stove could be worth the investment. If you are camping in your vehicle or backpacking with a group of fellow trekkers, you’ll probably be just fine with the traditional stainless-steel variety.
The design of the best backpacking wood burning stove is another key factor to take into account when deciding which one is best to meet your needs. We already discussed cylindrical vs. pyramid vs. rectangular designs. Cylindrical stoves definitely have the sturdy factor on their side, with more efficient fuel usage.
One thing to note is that cylindrical wood burning stoves don’t always circulate air as efficiently as other designs do, potentially overheating and emitting soot on your cookware. Pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves are easy to transport with collapsible designs to carry on the go.
They feature quality ventilation for proper air flow too. The main thing you need to be aware of with these two types of wood stoves is their lightweight design can tip over with high winds, so you’ll just need to keep an extra eye out when cooking.
A stove’s dimensions are equal to its base’s circumference and total height. You’ll want to consider the exact size of any wood stove you pick because this is the ultimate determinant of the size of the wood you can use as fuel or any other type of fuel for that matter. Also, the size of your stove will determine the kind of cookware you use.
Traditional pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves typically feature a base between 3 ½ to 5 ½ inches and 3 ½ to 6 inches. Cylindrical models usually sport a 4.25 to a 5.1-inch base. The height you can expect for the best wood burning backpacking stove ranges from 4 ½ inches up to 8 inches.
The collapsible design of pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves usually comes to a ¼ inch or so when fully folded, so you won’t have to worry about your gear feeling too heavy or bulky.
When you’re setting off on a trek out in the wilderness, the weight of the best wood burning backpacking stove is going to be a key aspect you’ll want to consider. Smaller wood burning stoves can weigh as little as 9 ounces, while heftier models could be closer to 16 ounces.
Pay close attention to the accessories the best wood burning backpacking stoves offer when deciding which selection is ideal for your outdoor adventures. Most wood burning stoves come equipped with a cloth or mesh pouch so you can store the entire device with ease.
Another fantastic benefit of the best wood burning backpacking stoves is that they are compatible with a variety of fuel types beyond wood, include esbit tablets and gel cans. Many wood burning stoves also include cookware like pans and pots too.
Here are the top 5 best backpacking wood burning stoves for any outdoor trek.
The best backpacking wood burning stove by Solo features a very lightweight design that is highly portable and easy to use. The cylindrical design is very durable with a 4 ½ inch base and 3.8 x 5.7-inch height. We really liked the fact that the Solo Stove Lite weighs a mere 9 ounces and even includes a pouch to make storing your wood burning stove a total breeze.
We were happy to see that the Solo Stove Lite is designed from durable, 100% stainless steel with a dual wall that produces high-efficiency energy. The stove can boil a liter of water in just 8 to 10 minutes.
You can purchase this stove as a combination package with accessories too, including pans, pots, and backup burners. It is important to note that because the design is so compact, you might have to refuel it more often.
Check Current Price
The Biolite CampStove 2 is the best wood burning backpacking stove for its handy power charger that allows you to charge the device 100% off the grid. So, if you’re planning an extensive wilderness trek, this wood burning stove will ensure you’re prepared and have plenty of cooking options while off the beaten path.
Whether you like to backpack on or off the grid though, it’s hard to find fault with this wood burning stove
We love the incredibly lightweight 2-pound design with compact 5 x 5 x 8.3-inch specifications. We also like that it sports an integrated stand so you can keep the stove elevated above the ground when in use. The stove features a battery to start up the flame after you install the wood and turn the device on.
The wood burning stove is pretty efficient too and can boil a liter of water in just 4 ½ minutes.
You can even use the electricity emanating from the wood stove to charge your mobile device and other small appliances. After burning for 20 minutes, the stove generates sufficient electricity to keep your phone charged for a full hour.
Check Current Price
For a cost-effective, dependable choice, the Ohuhu Camping Stove is one of the best wood burning backpacking stoves available. We love the stainless-steel design, but we would note that it is a bit heavier at 14.2 ounces. With that said, we liked the inner chamber that runs on different fuel types like pinecones and twigs. You can also insert fuel tablets into the 5.3-inch chamber if you so desire.
The Ohuhu Camping Stove features excellent ventilation to allow plenty of air flow through. The stove integrates 3 arms to keep your cooking area nice and sturdy, even for larger pans and pots. The stability of the design also helps heat flow through evenly, so you don’t have to stress about the device overheating.
We were glad to see that this best wood burning backpacking stove includes a mesh pouch for storage, enhancing the overall portability of the Ohuhu Camping Stove. You can even store the stove in regular sized pans and pots, so you won’t need to budget too much additional space in your gear for transportation.
Check Current Price
The TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove is a very lightweight choice to consider for your next outdoor excursion. The design is user-friendly and efficient, easy to carry, and sports a durable construction with a nice finish. The stove is actually 3 separate parts rolled into one, that stack against each other with ease so you can transport them on and off the trail without issue.
We liked that this best wood burning backpacking stove includes a very durable nylon sack to carry it in, for space efficiency and easy access when you get to the campsite. The design of this wood burning stove is also compact enough that it fits inside branded TOAKS pans and pots with ease.
It weighs an incredibly light 7.9 ounces with 4 ⅛ x 4 ⅛ dimensions when fully packed.
Check Current Price
Our final selection for the best wood burning backpacking stove is this exceptional product by Bushcraft Essentials, featuring a highly portable design that folds so flat you can store it in a pocket. If you are looking for an option that will take up as little space in your gear as possible, this could be the wood burning stove you’ve been searching for.
It weighs in at a moderate 9.5 ounces with 4.5 x 3.5 x 0.2 dimensions.
The wood burning stove runs on everything from leaves to wood shavings to cotton pads and is compatible with just about any type of fuel including gel cans, Esbit tablets, and alcohol burners. We just loved how versatile the Bushcraft Essentials Outdoor Pocket Stove is, featuring 2 handy trivets that are compatible with any kind of pot you choose.
The wood stove is very easy to maintain and comes with a quality cotton bag to transport the device on the go.
Check Current Price
Each of the best wood burning backpacking stoves on our list has something to offer a variety of backpacker needs, for newbies and pros alike. Still, our top pick is easily the Biolite CampStove 2. We loved that it included a power charger for off the grid use, so you can depend on this wood burning stove no matter where you’re camping.
Plus, the lightweight 2-pound design won’t overburden your pack and the integrated battery makes starting a flame easier than ever. Whether you’re out in the wilderness or at a familiar campsite, the electricity this wood burning backpacking stove generates to charge smaller devices is nothing short of impressive. For a light, compact, durable, and energy efficient design, the Biolite CampStove 2 is our top choice above all the rest.
For backpacking enthusiasts and survivalists everywhere, finding the best multitool for backpacking will prove invaluable both out on the trail and at the campsite. Whether you’re on the hunt for a new multitool to replace your current one or have zero idea what to look for to pick the best backpacking multitool, we’ve got you covered.
First, we’re going to walk you through exactly what you need to look for when purchasing the best multitool for backpacking. Next, we’ll review the top 5 options on the market currently that are all going to be strong contenders for your outdoor gear. Finally, we’ll reveal the final winner from the bunch to help you make the decision that is right for you.
The top 5 multitool for backpacking we recommend for 2021:
The first step in choosing the best multitool for backpacking is to understand what types and options are available. Here are the main types of multitools you’ll have to pick from.
If you’re looking for a smaller, portable, super basic multitool that you can take with you just about anywhere, a pocket multitool could be your best bet. Similar to the traditional Swiss Army Knife, a pocket multitool sports plenty of tools that fold into the device, with the main attraction being that they are more compact and easier to carry.
One element to consider with pocket multitools is that you won’t typically be able to lock in any of the tools when they’re in the open position. Also, you usually won’t have much beyond the standard pliers and scissors. So, if you’re looking for something with more bells and whistles, you might prefer a different option.
Folding multitools, on the other hand, are regular sized and the traditional variety that most backpackers prefer. Folding multitools feature a collapsible design with pliers and additional tools that fold out of each of the handles. When the tools aren’t extended for use, they fold in a butterfly shape and rest around the top of the pliers.
You’ll definitely get plenty of use out of your investment with a folding multitool, as this type often sports the most components. Also, the handles on folding multitools typically lock into place to ensure user safety.
The tradeoff for the higher quantity of tools and extra durability is that folding multitools are usually bulkier than other varieties and will take up a bit too much space to carry in your pocket. That’s why most folding multitools include a pouch so you can easily carry the tool on your belt.
The one-piece multitool variety is definitely the most basic, compact, and light to carry option available. One-piece multitools are manufactured from titanium or steel, designed into standard tools such as a flathead screwdriver or bottle opener.
A keychain multitool is a great choice to carry with you both out on the trail and off. Keychain multitools sport a very small and light design similar to the folding and pocket varieties. If portability is your main concern, a keychain multitool might be just what you’re looking for.
Some multitools feature a specialty design, with cool add-ons like a spork or wrenches. If you’re looking for extra apparatuses, special multitools might be your best choice.
Wallet multitools are very unique in the sense that they are incredibly thin so you can store them in small, tight spaces like your wallet! They are very cost effective, but not really meant for frequent use.
These types of multitools really come in handy though if you forget your regular multitool and need another option to fall back on. They feature sharp edges to use for a blade, along with handy tools like a ruler, bottle opener, and wrenches.
Here are a few things you need to consider before making your final choice.
What is the purpose for which you need the best multitool for backpacking? Do you want a multitool that you can use every day as well as on the trail or one for wilderness adventures only?
Your multitool needs to be durable enough to suffice for outdoor tasks with enough tools to serve your usage needs out on the road.
You should also consider the design of the best backpacking multitool when selecting the product that is right for you. The majority of multitools are single units secured with specialty bolts. These kinds of multitools can be tough to fix when you’re out on the trail, so you’ll want to consider options that allow for repairs if needed.
The blade on your multitool’s knife should be sharp with a long edge for cutting to ensure it doesn’t become dull with use. The best multitool for backpacking is also going to include hinges and other locking features for stability and durability. If a multitool wobbles or sports small tools that are difficult to use, you don’t want it.
The best multitool for backpacking also needs to be manufactured with a material that is corrosion and rust resistant, to ensure you get the longest use out of your investment possible.
You should also consider how sound the best multitool for backpacking is ergonomically, to ensure your hand doesn’t get cut or pinched when you use the tools. For example, if it includes a pair of pliers that aren’t smooth with rolled edges, you’re going to have a very tough time maneuvering the tool.
The best multitool for backpacking is comfortable to use and makes it easy for the user to access any of the integrated tools as needed.
Consider the size of the multitool you’re looking at. Will it be bulky to carry around?
You don’t want a multitool that is so large you feel weighed down but you also don’t want a multitool so small that you are constantly fishing in your pocket trying to find it. The best multitool for backpacking is going to strike a balance, with features for easy carrying like a sheath or pocket clips.
Consider the weight of the best multitool for backpacking. Even smaller multitools can significantly increase the weight in your pack, so think about how much extra weight you’re willing to carry when making your selection.
Pricier multitools are usually heavier because the tools featured are of a higher quality and far more durable. You’ll need to compare the weight against your usage needs to decide what’s a deal breaker for you.
Check out our top 5 picks for the best multitool for backpacking, including the pros and cons of each to decide which meets the key items on your wish list.
The first best multitool for backpacking on our list sports an impressive 22 tools surrounding a plier design that will prove invaluable whether you’re on the campsite or off the grid. The design of the Victorinox SwissTool is very stylish and functional, manufactured from durable stainless steel with a polished finish.
We loved that the Victorinox Swiss Army Swiss Tool sports wire cutters, a file, pliers, screwdrivers, and a saw as part of its total tool arsenal. The multitool is very lightweight and portable, featuring a handy lock with a spring release.
The handles sport a contour shape for easy carrying, while the compact design is just 3 ¼ inches long and weighs in at 5.75 ounces.
Check Current Price
The next best multitool for backpacking in this review is the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife, sporting 15 individual functionalities for versatile use when out on the trail. We were really impressed by tools such as the screwdriver and bottle opener, backpack saw, corkscrew, scissors, and sharp 2.45-inch blade.
For user safety, the multitool comes with a leather pouch with a handy clip. We really liked this best multitool for backpacking for its durable stainless-steel design and expert finish.
For a lightweight option that features just about all the tools you’ll need when backpacking, it’s hard to beat the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife, which you can use for everything from fishing, to camping, to wilderness adventures. The blade is sharp yet dependable, while the design is compact enough that you can store the multitool in your pocket.
Check Current Price
The Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool offers an array of pliers, a wire stripper, wire cutters, standard knives, saw, wire crimper, ruler, screwdrivers, bottle openers, and files, making it a highly practical and functional choice for novice and experienced backpackers alike.
We love that this multitool features so many useful functionalities, plus you only need to use one hand to open it and access your pick of the total of 19 tools included. Since some multitools require both hands to engage one of the tools, the one-hand design is a huge plus.
We were also happy to see the integrated locked blade for optimal user safety that doesn’t compromise accessibility. The ergonomic handles are designed with titanium, making them super light to carry and very aesthetically pleasing. The clip point knife sports S30V stainless steel for incredible durability too.
Check Current Price
The Leatherman Crunch Multitool is one of our picks for the best multitool for backpacking due to its versatile and durable toolset that you can release with the simple click of a button. We were impressed by the substantial locking pliers that easily fold inward for compact storage.
If you’re worried about the safety aspect of transporting a multitool with you, you can set your mind at ease with the secure locking mechanisms this tool offers.
The pliers lock into place and you can lock the blades to safeguard from injury. The design of this multitool is a force to be reckoned with, manufactured from 100% quality grade stainless steel.
The toolset even includes small, medium, and large screwdrivers, a Phillips screwdriver, a hex bit driver, and a ruler! One thing we noticed was that you have to release the pliers to unlock the rest of the tools, so this could prove annoying if you don’t need to use the pliers often.
Check Current Price
The final best multitool for backpacking on our list is the Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool, with 13 incredibly durable and versatile tools integrated into the design. We liked the 440 stainless steel and titanium coating to ensure long-lasting use for everything from short camping trips to lengthy backpacking adventures.
The 13 tools will serve you well for more labor-intensive tasks too, such as cutting ropes and branches.
The Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool features a pair of pliers with loaded springs and needle-nose configuration. You won’t have to worry about objects slipping out of the pliers, as they sport grippers for a durable hold. The toolset also includes a Phillips screwdriver, flathead screwdriver, and wire cutters amongst other handy devices.
We liked that each tool folds into the device’s handles and the handles rest around the top of the pliers, making the multitool one of the most compact options available. The multitool also comes with a nylon carrying pouch that you can secure to your belt, so no need to weigh down your pack!
Check Current Price
There’s one multitool that stands above the rest in terms of versatility, user functionality, durability, and compact design — the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife. We loved that it sports 15 different tools, including everything from a backpack saw and corkscrew to scissors and a trusty 2.45-inch blade.
You won’t have to worry about the security of the blade, with the durable leather pouch featuring a clip for safe storage. For us, the stainless-steel design and quality finish really sealed the deal. Whether you’re planning an extensive backpacking adventure or a weekend camping trip, the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife stands out as the best multitool for backpacking.
Just because you’re backpacking in the great outdoors doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy a fantastic meal on the road! To ensure you stay healthy and your taste buds are happy, you need to have the best backpacking mess kit for your outdoor adventures.
Owning the right mess kit with all the necessary supplies will greatly simplify your life on the trail, making it much easier to cook your favorite dishes when and where you like.
Keep reading for the top 5 best backpacking mess kits you’ll want to consider for your next trek!
The top 5 backpacking mess kits we recommend for 2021:
Whether you’re brand new to backpacking or are searching for a mess kit to replace your current one and aren’t quite sure what to look for, here are some questions you need to ask to select the right one for you.
The first element you need to consider when selecting the best backpacking mess kit for your outdoor adventures is its durability. While this may seem like an obvious point, not all mess kits are created equal and some are far more or less durable than others.
The majority of mess kits are designed to be lightweight and easy to carry, so a heavier mess kit does not necessarily mean that it is more durable. The best backpacking mess kits weigh just 2 to 3 pounds, so this is a good target weight to aim for when selecting a quality kit to last you for many treks to come.
You should also take your usage needs into account when hunting for the best backpacking mess kit. The type of meals you like to cook on the road will be a significant determinant of the mess kit you ultimately pick.
For example, if you like to keep things simple and only alternate between a few basic recipes, you might do just fine with a mess kit featuring fewer pieces. On the other hand, if you like to go all out and cook a feast at the campsite, you’re going to need more pieces that are larger and more durable.
You should also consider the material a mess kit is designed from before making a definitive choice. The vast majority of mess kits feature anodized aluminum with silicone handles. Some mugs and plates sport ABS plastic which is typically free of BPA for user safety.
Very basic mess kits for backpacking probably aren’t going to feature accessories, and will likely just include more standard items such as foldable pans and pots, a lid, and not much more. However, the best backpacking mess kits sport much more than simple pots and pans, with accessories like sporks, wooden eating utensils, and even cleaning brushes.
Here’s your quick guide to everything you need to know about the best backpacking mess kits.
A mess kit is simply a foldable set of cooking essentials like pans, pots, utensils, and accessories that you can use on your backpacking and camping trips. Mess kits provide a solution to keep your body running on full with the right foods and ensure you get the nutrition you need on the road.
Because mess kits feature foldable and compact items, they are also very easy to transport in your gear.
Unless you plan on eating only dried foods or eating cold food from a can on the trail for a few short days, a mess kit is going to be your essential backpacking companion. After a long day on the trail, you need to make sure you can enjoy a nice hot meal to fuel your body and prepare you for the road ahead.
Without the proper nutrition and food on the road, you will not only feel exhausted but risk depleting critical minerals and vitamins your body needs to thrive. By staying hydrated and having the supplies you need to cook tasty, healthy meals, you’ll not only beat the trail like a pro but have something to look forward to once you hit the campsite.
The best backpacking mess kits feature anywhere from 8 to 10 pieces. These include:
Remember, not all mess kits are alike so not every kit is going to feature all these pieces. However, this list offers a good idea of what to look for in the best backpacking mess kit. Determine what meals you want to cook, how many days you’ll be on the road, and how many people you’ll need to cook for to decide which of these pieces you’ll actually require.
Of course, you need to keep your mess kit clean and ready to go for the next meal! Most mess kits are fairly lightweight, so there’s not typically much stainless steel involved, save for utensils. The most common material you’ll deal with is anodized aluminum, which ensures the kit pieces don’t corrode and that you can clean them easily.
Use a gentle soap to clean your mess kit and always clean each piece as soon as you’re done eating. Let your mess kit air dry before packing it up and putting it away so water doesn’t build up and generate bacteria.
While mess kits contain pieces that are foldable or compact enough to not take up too much storage space, they are still a bit bulky. The ideal spot to store your mess kit is in the part of your gear nearest your back.
With a standard backpacking pack, keep your mess kit closer to the top of your gear for easy access.
It’s time to dive into our reviews of the best backpacking mess kits so you can decide which one is ideal for your trekking and culinary needs while on the road.
Our first pick for the best backpacking mess kit features waterproof SnapBoxes to hold your food so no need to stress over anything spilling. We really liked the fact that the mess kit is designed from polypropylene that is free of harmful BPAs. The polypropylene material is also super easy to clean and is even safe to be used in a microwave or dishwasher.
Another good thing about this mess kit is that the pieces won’t warp and bend if exposed to high temperatures, which is an important feature to look for. There are a couple of areas that are worth noting however that may not be to everyone’s taste. For one thing, the mess kit includes a strainer, which is a nice touch but might not be particularly useful when camping out on the trail.
Also, the strap included with the mess kit isn’t very durable so you might not get much use out of that. Otherwise, this mess kit features quality construction and really user-friendly design to meet a range of backpacker needs.
Check Current Price
The Terra Hiker Camping Cookware Mess Kit is a great option if you’re looking for a basic best backpacking mess kit to serve your cooking needs on occasional outdoor adventures. It features all the main pieces you would need in a mess kit, with 10 different items included. Much of the cookware is designed from aluminum, along with a handy wooden spoon and the plastic strainer included in the set.
We liked that the kit includes a foldable ladle and bowl designed from 100% user safe PP plastic. Even better, the handles fold to fit the shape of their respective cookware piece, so the kit is incredibly easy to pack up and transport.
The mess kit also weighs in at just 1.65 pounds, so you definitely won’t get a backache from carrying it in your gear. The kit sports a scrub brush to keep your dishes and pans sparkling clean.
Check Current Price
We love the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit because it is not only incredibly affordable but includes 10 total pieces for all your cooking needs on the trail. The 10 piece mess kit includes essentials like a foldable fork made from durable stainless steel and a nylon bag to store your cookware in. The mess kit is designed from anodized aluminum to be corrosive and wear resistant.
The anodized aluminum material also means that you’ll have no problem cleaning your mess kit with total ease. The largest cooking piece is a 1-liter pot featuring folding handles for easy carrying.
We were impressed to see that MalloMe also sends you a free eBook about cooking on the road with your cookware mess kit purchase, so you’ll have plenty of recipes to try out at the campsite. The mess kit is great to cook for 2 to 4 people as needed, making it excellent value for the functional pieces you’ll receive.
Check Current Price
The next best backpacking mess kit on our list is the G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware set, with an astounding 13 pieces to work with! We love that you get so many pieces for a very affordable price, including essentials like a complete set of utensils for eating, a lanyard, and even a wooden spoon.
We would note that the G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware set is definitely bulkier than some of the other selections in our review. However, if you have space in your gear, you’ll love the user-functionality of those bonus cookware pieces.
The mess kit is also very lightweight, at a mere 1.3 pounds. So, while it might take up more space in your pack you won’t notice much of a difference in terms of weight.
The design sports anodized aluminum, so you’ll have no trouble cleaning each piece after using it. These pieces aren’t designed to be used right on a direct flame, but you can transport the whole kit with ease in the included mesh bag and secure it to your pack if you so desire.
Check Current Price
The final best backpacking mess kit on our list is by REDCAMP and is a great choice for solo backpackers and wilderness wanderers. It is very compact, so you can grab it and take it with you on the go for lengthier treks without issue. The mess kit includes just 5 pieces, but if you’re solo traveling or don’t need to cook for anyone else at the campsite, then you’re good to go.
The REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit also comes with a handy mesh bag, so you can store your mess kit in that and secure it to your pack instead of storing it inside. If you’re hunting for a very basic cookware mess kit to serve your meal needs on the road, for long or short hikes, the REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit is a quality option to consider.
We also liked that it features foldable handles that are easy to store and have an excellent grip.
Check Current Price
Our final pick is — drumroll please — the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit! Now, in all honesty, we were pretty impressed by all of the picks on our list. They serve a solid range of backpacker needs and there’s definitely something for everyone there.
The reasons we selected the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit as our top pick are simple. The price was incredible, and the 10-piece set suffices to serve solo travelers or groups of 2 to 4 people on the road, making it a highly versatile choice.
The anodized aluminum design is just what we look for in the best backpacking kit, plus we loved that you get a free eBook all about cooking when camping included.
Whether you like to cook gourmet meals on the road or simple fare, cook for a group or just for yourself, the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit is the best backpacking mess kit for trekkers everywhere.
From cutting through thick brush on the trail to chopping up firewood at a campsite, a quality axe is a quintessential gear piece for avid backpackers everywhere. If you’re planning a wilderness backpacking adventure or any other lengthy outdoor trek, you’ll definitely want to consider adding the best backpacking axe to your camping arsenal.
Not sure what to look for when selecting the best backpacking axe? Look no further than this comprehensive guide to choosing the best backpacking axe for your needs, plus the top 5 backpacking axes every outdoor enthusiast should learn about.
The top 5 backpacking axe we recommend for 2021:
Selecting the best axe for backpacking doesn’t have to be a challenge, but there are some key elements to look for when making your purchase. Here’s what you need to know.
The size of the axe head is an important factor to take into account when choosing the right product for you. Specifically, the axe head’s weight is key because it can make all the difference between carrying your axe around without issue or feeling bogged down when you store it in your pack. If the head of the axe is too large, it’s going to be pretty difficult to transport it in your gear with ease.
The best backpacking axes feature heads that are light and easy to maneuver, extending up to approximately 12 inches in length. For expert and novice backpackers alike, camper aficionados and newbies both, a 12-inch axe head is a good dimension to aim for.
Much smaller than that, and the head may not be sufficient to get the job done. Too much larger and you’ll feel a significant difference in the overall weight of your gear or potentially cause strain for your hand.
There are 3 primary kinds of backpacking axes: the tactical axe, the survival axe, and the camping axe. A tactical axe is perfect for things like chopping logs on the campsite. Tactical axes are very sturdy and chop smoothly. They feature a thinner design than the other two and serve a dual purpose for hammering and chopping because they sport an integrated hammer.
A survival axe is going to be the axe of choice for wilderness backpackers and survival camping. Survival axes will serve you well from everything from chopping hefty branches to demolishing trees, and other heavy-duty chopping activities.
Finally, camping axes are the standard variety that many backpackers bring with them on the road for things like chopping firewood and cutting through bushes. Camping axes feature a moderate weight while still being highly durable and sturdy. If you are new to backpacking and outdoor treks, a traditional camping axe is going to be your best bet.
Another key feature to bear in mind when selecting the best axe for backpacking is the material of the axe handle. Why is this important? Well, the material the handle is manufactured from will ultimately decide how comfortable it is to hold and grip your axe. Many traditional axe types feature wood handles, which are sturdy but could cause plenty of blisters and unpleasant rubbing on your hands.
Other axe handles are manufactured from plastic, but that also is not particularly comfortable for extended treks. Some of the best backpacking axes are designed with leather handles, that are comfortable to hold while offering sufficient grip, so the axe won’t slip out of your hands if they get sweaty.
Ultimately, the decision comes down to a matter of personal preference. If you plan on physically carrying your axe during much of your backpacking excursion, the comfort of the axe handle is going to matter a lot more than if you intend to attach it to your gear and only take it out to chop some wood or brush.
If you’re new to backpacking or haven’t used a backpacking axe much on your previous treks, it’s critical to know how to maintain and use one to ensure your safety on the road.
Backpacking axes feature sheathes to secure and shield the blade whenever you’re not using it. A sheath protects you from potential injuries and makes carrying it in your gear or your hand much safer.
So, the first thing you need to remember when using the best backpacking axe is to always put on the sheath when you’re not using it. When you’re ready to use your backpacking axe, just be careful when taking off the sheath so you don’t get any cuts.
If you intend to chop wood with your trusty axe on your next backpacking excursion, don’t forget to wear eye gear to protect your eyes from flying wood chips. You should never, ever try to chop wood without the proper eye gear, or you could risk serious injury.
If you’re going to be using your backpacking axe to split logs, you need to know how to do it the right way to get the job done correctly and ensure you don’t get injured in the process. Start by ensuring you have plenty of room to maneuver and swing your backpacking axe.
Next, look around you to make sure there isn’t anyone else nearby that could get in the line of fire of flying wood.
Once you’ve done those two things, position the log you’re going to chop on the ground and kneel. While still in the kneeling position, direct your axe towards the log’s corner and cut downward. The reason it’s best to chop from the corner is that your axe won’t get lodged in the ground once you’ve split the whole piece of wood.
If you intend to chop an entire tree, you’ll need to approach things a bit differently. For starters, raise your backpacking axe and cut downward from right to left, positioning your slice at a 120-degree angle. By doing so, you should be cutting out a V shape. Eventually, as you repeat the chop, the part of the tree you’re slicing should simply fall out.
Check out the top 5 best backpacking axes on the market currently!
The first best backpacking axe on our list is the sturdy Estwing Sportsman Axe. We love this backpacking axe for its quality design and fantastic 12-inch head. While many axes feature heads that detach from the handle, we were happy to see that this design is a single piece, which ensures additional durability and longevity of use.
The super lightweight axe sports a slanted blade for precise cutting and comes with a nylon sheath for safety.
The high-grade steel of this blade makes it a fantastic choice to chop wood and brush without struggling and straining your wrist. One of the features that really drew us to the Estwing Sportsman’s Axe was its beautiful and dependable leather handle. The leather handle will give you an amazing grip when chopping.
The handle’s design is comfortable and smooth without being so slick that you have to worry about your hand slipping. Besides these features, this best backpacking axe is definitely one of the most cost-effective picks on our list.
Check Current Price
The Fiskars Chopping Axe is another best backpacking axe perfect for chopping really big logs and felling trees during extended wilderness adventures. However, if you’re going on a simple backpacking and camping trip, this blade might be a little larger and sharper than what you need.
The head of the backpacking axe is an astounding 23.5 inches. The axe features integrated insert-molded specifications, so you don’t have to worry about the blade coming loose.
If you’re going to be backpacking for a longer period and chopping down trees for firewood, you’ll be hard pressed to find a better option than the heavyweight Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe. We liked the balance it offers the user while being light enough to maneuver with moderate ease.
Another feature we were happy to see was the FiberComp handle that absorbs shock, so you don’t experience massive recoil after each chop.
Check Current Price
The Husqvarna Wooden Carpenter’s Axe made it to our list of the best backpacking axes for its high-quality carbon steel design to serve you well for many camping adventures ahead. If you’re trying to find an axe that will enable you to chop plenty of lumber in succession, the Husqvarna Wooden Carpenter’s Axe is a sturdy, dependable option to consider.
We also liked that this best backpacking axe is very cost-effective. You’ll get plenty of use out of your investment without breaking the bank. It may not be quite as durable as the previous two picks we mentioned, but unless you’re going to be felling a forest you should be just fine!
We liked the very thin blade that slices precisely, while the design itself is very light because of the quality of the carbon steel.
The axe comes equipped with a leather cover, so your hands don’t get cut when chopping. We would note that the handle is designed from hickory wood instead of a more comfortable material like leather, but the wood is very durable and will stand the test of time. The axe’s head also sports a steel wedge, so you don’t have to worry about the blade slipping out.
Check Current Price
For wilderness camping excursions and rugged outdoor adventures, it’s hard to beat the Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet. If you’re going be hiking through deep brush and wooded areas, we’d definitely recommend this best backpacking axe for your consideration.
It weighs a mere 1.4 pounds and is super compact, so you’ll have no problem carrying the axe by hand or storing it in your pack until you need it.
While this best backpacking axe might not be the best choice for felling lumber, it will serve you well for basic backpacking needs such as chopping wood and cooking at the campsite. We loved the trusty 3.5-inch blade that is highly compact but with a sharp, concentrated design for precise slicing. The handle is designed from rubber, with a sufficient grip.
We also liked the fact that the design sports construction grade stainless steel, which is something of an anomaly in the world of backpacking axes. The back of the axe includes a striking head with a crosshatch design for extra smashing capabilities and additional versatility.
Check Current Price
Our final best backpacking axe pick is the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet. As its name suggests, this axe is great for survival backpacking and camping. If you need to slice through branches in your path in wooded areas, the black, stainless steel design will serve you very well.
Alternatively, if you want a trusty blade for things like chopping firewood to cook over or build a fire for warmth, the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet is also a worthy choice.
The design is very short and compact, so you’ll have no trouble carrying it around in your gear or holding it. The handle sports a comfortable grip design, so your hands won’t slip or hurt after extended use.
The backpacking axe is definitely smaller than some of the other options on our list, but if you are looking for something to slash through branches, chop firewood, and use when cooking, the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet is a quality option to consider.
Check Current Price
So, who made it to the top of our list? While we liked each of the best backpacking axes on our list for a versatile array of user needs, the final winner for us is the Estwing Sportsman Axe. We loved the quality 12-inch blade design that is just the right size for most backpacker’s trekking and camping needs.
We also liked that the axe comes as a single piece rather than detachable parts, to ensure extra durability.
The design is so lightweight, manufactured from high-grade steel and a smooth leather handle with a strong grip. In addition, the Estwing Sportsman Axe is a very affordable choice which is always a plus. Whether you’re new to backpacking and using an axe in general or a seasoned pro, this selection is the best backpacking axe in terms of quality, efficiency, durability, and an unbeatable price.
Planning a summer trek to hike new trails and sleep under the stars? Don’t go anywhere without your trusty summer sleeping bag! To stay cool and dry on the trail without weighing down your pack, it’s essential to select the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking to give you the rest you require.
Not sure how to choose the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking? Here’s what you need to know about picking a summer sleeping bag, including the top 5 options you’ll want to consider for your next trek.
The top 5 summer sleeping bag for backpacking we recommend for 2021:
If you’re not sure what to look for when picking out the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, you’ve come to the right place. Check out the key features you’re going to want to keep an eye out for below.
Your campsite is an important factor to take into consideration when picking out the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking. You need to identify where you intend to set up camp and your usage needs for your sleeping bag before you can choose the one that works best for you.
For example, check out the expected weather conditions in the region you’re going to be backpacking and camping in, the shelters around, and how long you’ll be sleeping in the great outdoors.
You’ll also want to consider factors such as the altitude and wind in the area of your campsite(s). That way, you’ll be able to decide which summer backpacking sleeping bag has the features you need to protect you from certain kinds of elements and hold up against the type of environment you’ll be camping in.
The vast majority of sleeping bags available sport some kind of a temperature rating. Summer sleeping bags are typically rated for 35 degrees Fahrenheit and up. You’ll want to purchase a summer sleeping bag with temperature ratings a little bit under the minimum temperature you expect to be camping in.
You’ll find it much less complicated to just unzip your sleeping bag if temperatures get a bit too balmy rather than try to get warmer if a chilly wind sets in.
Even if you’re going to be camping in summer weather, it’s always a good idea to be prepared for a cool night at the campsite just the same. You can easily add a sleeping bag liner for extra warmth if needed. Liners are a great way to use your summer sleeping bags in a variety of climates and extend the multi-use function of your gear.
If you’re going to be backpacking in a region where the weather changes on a dime or is prone to variance, you’ll definitely want to consider having a sleeping bag liner on hand, just in case. There are liners available for just about any type of sleeping bag, in materials such as cotton, silk, fleece, and synthetic fabrics with great moisture wicking properties.
When selecting the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, you’ll definitely want to consider the amount of insulation it provides compared with your usage needs. Sleeping bags manufactured from synthetic fibers typically feature a solid range of textures and shapes that are soft and compact enough to make for easy packing.
Synthetic fibers provide quality insulation even when they get wet, which is a great thing if you run into summer rains.
However, synthetic sleeping bags are also a lot heavier and take up more space than standard sleeping bags featuring down insulation do. Besides this, synthetic material doesn’t usually last as long as down. That said, synthetics are considerably easier on the wallet than goose down, so this is another element to take into account as well.
When it comes to the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking made with goose down, you’ll enjoy exceptional insulation that truly stands the test of time. Goose down sleeping bags are a solid investment, so if you care for them well they really will last you forever.
Sleeping bags made with goose down are also highly compact so you can fit them into your gear with ease.
The only major downside with goose down is the fact that it doesn’t wick moisture at all and completely foregoes its insulating properties when it becomes wet. The good news is, some manufacturers opt to incorporate waterproof shells for goose down sleeping bags to solve this conundrum.
You can keep your goose down sleeping bag in a waterproof bag when on the road to avoid it getting wet if you come across some showers. Goose down sleeping bags are more expensive than synthetics, but their longevity of use is well worth it.
You can purchase the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking in a range of shapes and sizes, so it partly comes down to a matter of personal preference and partly to functionality. The 3 main types of sleeping bag shapes are mummy sleeping bags, rectangular sleeping bags, and semi-rectangular sleeping bags.
Mummy sleeping bags are narrower and made to fit nice and tight around the body for extra insulation. Some mummy sleeping bags include an insulated hood to keep your head even warmer in cooler conditions.
You can close the insulated hood if you so desire or leave it open if it’s too warm outside. While it might not some like this would be the case, mummies are actually the most lightweight summer sleeping bag option.
If you don’t care about the narrower fit of a mummy sleeping bag, this type will save you plenty of space in your gear and won’t weigh you down. Plus, if you run into cooler temperatures at night, the bag will keep you warm and insulated.
Rectangular sleeping bags are the traditional option, offering you plenty of freedom of movement to sleep in. We would note that the rectangular design is not quite as insulating as the mummy variety, but if you’re going to be backpacking in strictly balmy temperatures, that will work to your advantage.
The majority of rectangular sleeping bags sport double zippers so you can transition your sleeping bag into a cozy blanket.
Semi-rectangular sleeping bags are a new selection on the market, meant to offer a happy medium to users between the mummy and rectangular design. You’ll have less space to sleep in, but you’ll also enjoy better insulation. If you like some of the qualities of mummies but feel they don’t offer enough space to move, you might like the compromise of a semi-rectangular sleeping bag.
Here are the top 5 best summer sleeping bag for backpacking picks you’ll want to consider for your next backpacking adventure.
The first selection for our best summer sleeping bag for backpacking review is a super light option, so if you’re going to be backpacking in very warm summer climates this could be a quality pick for you.
The mummy Millet LD Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag weighs a mere 1 pound and 11 ounces and fares well when comparing warmth vs. weight. We liked that the synthetic fabric is designed to provide excellent insulation with integrated silicone fibers.
We love that the design is water repellant to keep you warm and dry even if you hit some damp conditions. The sleeping bag’s outer layer sports 40-denier nylon which makes it highly resistant to wear and tear. We also loved the side zipper that runs up the entire length of the sleeping bag, shoulder collar, cold resistant flap, and hood to cover your head for sleep if you so desire.
Check Current Price
The Marmot NanoWave is a very affordable option for the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking. The sleeping bag is an excellent pick if you like to go backpacking now and then and will be camping in very hot weather.
The design is even more lightweight than our previous pick, which means it is also not quite as warm. However, if you’re going to be hiking in very hot temperatures where it doesn’t cool down much at night, this shouldn’t be an issue.
We loved the nylon exterior and inside polyester layer that offers excellent comfort and breathability when you’re sleeping. The Marmot NanoWave also integrates their branded SpiraFil insulation in between the outer and inner layer, featuring substantial spiralized fibers and tiny polyester ones.
Other cool features include a drawcord at the hood, a two-way zipper, and even loops for hanging so you can dry out the sleeping bag if you get rain showers overnight. For newer backpackers who want a quality option at a phenomenal price, you’ll be hard pressed to find a better choice than the Marmot NanoWave.
Check Current Price
The next best summer sleeping bag for backpacking selection on our list is the incomparable RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag. We picked this sleeping bag because of its extreme versatility—it is not only an excellent choice for warm summer backpacking adventures but will serve you well in the spring and autumn. The material this sleeping bag is manufactured from is of exceptional quality, featuring Pyrotec insulation for additional comfort and compactness.
You’ll have no issue folding this sleeping bag up nice and tight and slipping it into your pack. The sleeping bag’s exterior features lightweight yet sturdy 30-denier ripstop. We were impressed to see that the RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag also sports a zipper that runs halfway up the design to make it easy to slip in and out of the bag.
Plus, the angled foot box and drawcord in the head region are nice touches.
Check Current Price
The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag is very similar to our previous selection, except it is a much lighter option. It is also way more affordable than our previous pick and a good option for beginners and backpacking pros alike.
We were happy to see that this best summer sleeping bag for backpacking sports Heatseeker Eco Insulation to give a light but quality amount of insulation for a satisfactory ratio of warm vs. weight. The Heatseeker Eco Insulation is also environmentally friendly, designed purely from recycled fibers.
We liked the added touches of a full zipper on one side of the sleeping bag and a shorter zipper on the opposite side. We were also pleased with the quality ventilation of The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag, with a draft collar and foot box that contours to your body.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking is the Kelty Tuck Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag. We chose this sleeping bag because it offers additional insulation when compared to some of the other picks on our list, making it ideal for both warm weather backpacking and cooler weather adventures.
The lowest temperature rating it is compatible with is 30 degrees Fahrenheit.
The sleeping bag sports ThermaPro insulation manufactured from synthetic fibers to help you stay warm and dry even if you run into damp weather conditions. The exterior and inner layers of the Kelty Tuck sleeping bag feature 75-denier polyester for durability.
We were glad to see that the sleeping bag sports a hood for extra head comfort, a zipper draft tube, and a media pocket to store your device. If you don’t mind the extra weight, this summer sleeping bag is a quality option that will truly last you for years of backpacking excursions ahead.
Check Current Price
For us, the absolute winner from the top 5 best summer sleeping bag for backpacking picks is the Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag. We loved all the use you can get out of this versatile sleeping bag, as it is light enough to use in the summer but insulated enough for cooler seasons like spring and fall.
The material is really comfortable with quality Pyrotec insulation to keep you nice and dry. We feel that compactness is a really important feature when selecting the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, and you’ll have no issue fitting the Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag into a nice little space in your pack.
What’s more, the 30-denier ripstop material and the handy zipper that runs halfway up the design make this sleeping bag a user-friendly and durable choice. The Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag is a quality, lightweight, breathable, compact, and ultra-comfortable option to help you achieve a restful night’s sleep on many summer backpacking adventures to come.
Are you planning a grand mountaineering adventure, and want to make sure you don’t miss out on any key gear components when packing up for your trek? Don’t embark on your outdoor adventure without a quality pair of glacier glasses!
For extensive mountaineering excursions, you’re going to need to protect your eyes from harmful UV rays with the best glacier glasses on the market.
Not sure what to look for?
You’ve come to the right place. Check out our buying guide to the best glacier glasses, plus the top 5 best glacier glasses available that you’ll want to consider snagging before heading out on your trek.
The top 5 glacier glasses we recommend for 2021:
Here’s exactly what you need to know about choosing the best glacier sunglasses for you.
If you’re new to the concept of glacier glasses or have never owned a pair before, you might be thinking, why use glacier glasses? What makes them better than regular UV protectant sunglasses?
We’re glad you asked!
If you’re going to be hiking up a lofty mountain, in windy regions where you’re very exposed to the elements, or other high-exposure areas, it is critical to protect your eyes from potential damage. The higher the altitude and the thinner the area you’re hiking in gets, the stronger the UVB rays are. It’s not just your skin that has the potential to get burned—but your eyes too.
It’s pretty hard to predict the weather to precision sometimes, particularly if you’re going to be embarking on a lengthy trek. The weather forecast may predict cloudy skies, when suddenly you get to a crest in the mountain and sunlight streams down with a blinding force.
The good news is, with the best glacier sunglasses in your gear, you’ll be prepared for any sun that comes your way and protect your eyes from damage and burning.
Remember, the higher the altitude you’re hiking in the thinner the surrounded atmosphere is. So, higher altitudes mean way more UV radiation, making it paramount to have the best glacier glasses on hand at all times.
The UV rays elevate anywhere from 10 to 12% every 1,000 meters and can increase further if you’re hiking in snowy or icy regions where the light will reflect.
Whether you’re going to be hiking in an arctic region or regular, snowy area, the reflection of the sun on the snow can cause severe damage to your eyes. Known by its official name, photokeratitis, snow blindness is essentially what happens when your eyeballs are sunburnt.
Photokeratitis can blind you temporarily, occurring when the cornea becomes inflamed from too much exposure to damaging UV rays. The condition commonly happens when hiking on mountains where the snow can transmit and reflect beyond 80% of the powerful rays of the sun.
Even if you’re not dealing with snow, high altitudes where the sun is strong can have the same effect. White sand and water also reflect the sun, and can lead to similar consequences if you don’t protect your eyes properly.
A key component of picking the best glacier glasses for your outdoor adventures is understanding the difference between UV vs. VLT and what these terms mean for your purchase. UV, or Ultraviolet Radiation, is a type of light comprised of 3 parts known as UVB, UVA, and UVC light. UVC isn’t typically as much of an issue because the atmosphere helps to shield your eyes from that type of exposure.
However, UVA and UVB light can pose a real threat to your corneas. UVA and UVB levels elevate substantially as your altitude rises. The best glacier glasses are going to provide you protection against all 3 types of UV bands.
VLT is short for Visible Light Transmission and is a measuring stick for the amount of light that can escape through your lens and into your eyes. For example, some of the best glacier glasses for hiking have VLT ratings between 23 and 25%, while others are far lower at a mere 5%.
Most of the time, you’re going to be adequately protected by glacier glasses with a VLT ranging from 5 to 10%.
It’s essential to choose the right type of lens when hunting for the best glacier sunglasses for your outdoor expedition. Lenses have ratings ranging from 1 to 4, based on the level of UV protection they offer. There is also a 0 rating, but 0 rated lenses are usually clear and designed for safety rather than UV light.
A lens with a rating of 1 is going to be more for style than functionality, so this type won’t be an ideal choice for extensive mountaineering. Category 1 lenses usually allow in 45 to 80% of UV rays. A lens with a 2 rating is something you would wear out and about in your city, which transmits between 20 to 45% of UV rays.
Lenses with a rating of 3 are going to be some of the best glacier glasses to protect you in high altitudes. Category 3 lenses ward off as much as 80% of UV rays and are a solid option to protect your eyes. If you want to take things up to the next level and provide an extra barrier to shield your eyes, lenses with a rating of 4 are going to serve you really well in high altitudes.
Category 4 lenses offer the highest level of protection from UV rays with a quality, low VLT rating. As a note, you should not wear category 4 lenses when driving. Because they only transmit 3 to 8% of the sun’s rays, you’d best wear them at locations like the mountain or at the sea.
The type of coating you can expect for the best glacier glasses is really going to depend on the brand you go with, but it’s a good idea to keep an eye out for anti-scratch coating to extend the life of your mountaineering glasses. Anti-fog coating is another handy feature as is hydrophobic coating, which helps repel rain and dampness.
The most common materials used for the best glacier glasses are glass, polycarbonate, polyurethane, and plastic. Glass resists scratches really well, but isn’t quite as durable. Polycarbonate is super durable but is more vulnerable to scratches.
Polyurethane is the priciest material you can pick, but is resistant to breaking, scratches, and has a really long shelf life. Polyurethane lenses don’t typically require any coating either.
Plastic is definitely not as durable and won’t give you the best views, but this is one of the most affordable materials on the market. For the best glacier glasses though, it’s best to use a more durable material.
Here’s what you need to know about the top 5 best glacier glasses. Check out the pros and cons of each and keep scrolling for the final winner from the top 5.
The first best glacier glasses selection on our list is by premier manufacturer Julbo. These glasses are an ideal choice for hiking at high altitudes, with an ergonomic design to shield your eyes from the wind and other damaging elements. They offer quality coverage, so your face will stay nice and cool even when the sun is beating down.
We really liked the vented components of the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses, featuring an adjustable grip insert for the glasses bridge. These best glacier glasses also sport an integrated Grip Tech design, so your shades won’t slip off when you’re scaling the mountain.
Something that really impressed us was that you can pick between 4 different lenses and 7 styles of frames when selecting your Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses. The 360-degree adjustment options are an added bonus too. For high altitude mountaineering, the Spectron 4 with 5% rated VLTs and a polycarbonate design are your best bet.
Check Current Price
The Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses made it to our list of the best glacier sunglasses for their durable design and light frame. The frame of these glacier glasses is definitely smaller than our previous pick but features sufficient side shields that you can remove if you need to.
While some glacier glasses really look different than regular sunglasses, the design of the Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses looks much more like the traditional variety but with way more UV protection.
We liked the grip tech near the temples and slots where you can insert a cord to ensure the glasses don’t slip off and away during a tough hike. The fit of these glacier glasses is excellent, and they are very comfortable to wear. You can purchase these best glacier glasses with a Category 4 lens for optimal protection, but you won’t have as many color selections to pick from.
Check Current Price
The next best glacier glasses selection on our list is the mighty Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator, with a solid bridge that stays in place. You won’t be able to remove the bridge, which is only really an issue if you want more breathing room in warmer weather. The good news is, you can adjust and take off the side shields as needed.
One of the features that drew us to these glacier glasses is their incredibly lightweight design with a quality grip that stays.
The Blue Water model of the Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator sports a polarized lens with 100% protection from UV rays and multiple layers of surface and mirror coating. We also loved that these glasses are resistant to things like oil, water, sweat, and even fingerprints! They are resistant to breakage and feature a digital polarized design too.
Check Current Price
The Tifosi Dolomite glacier glasses feature impressive ventilation, with open sides at the rear of the arm and shielding near the frame for extra breathing room. We also liked the dual slots these best glacier glasses feature, so your lenses won’t fog up.
Designed from decentered polycarbonate, the Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses are pretty resistant to breaks and cracks and ensure you see the road ahead of you clearly without any warping.
While these glacier glasses aren’t polarized for extra glare protection, they do shield you 100% from damaging UV sunlight. We like that you can adjust the nosepiece on these glacier glasses as you prefer to fit the size and shape of your face. The ear pieces are also manufactured with hydrophilic rubber for extra flexibility.
Check Current Price
The final pick for the best glacier glasses is another exceptional product by Julbo, with a unisex design that works well for both men and women with average head sizes. We liked the moderate lens depth of these best glacier glasses with a 19 mm bridge, 110 mm temple length, and Category 3 rating.
You won’t have to worry about these glacier glasses slipping off on rough trails, because the arms wrap around the lobes for a perfect fit.
We love that you can remove the shields on the Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3 glasses if you see fit, which are made from durable, high quality leather. The frame is very light but manufactured with excellent composite components to ensure these glasses serve you well for many adventures to come.
These best glacier glasses are also much more wallet friendly than some of the other picks on our list. If you are looking for an affordable, high quality option, to offer the UV protection you need without breaking the bank, this could be for you.
Check Current Price
In truth, we were really impressed by all the best glacier glasses on our list in terms of durability, UV protection, category levels, user-friendly design, and cool, bonus features. Still, the final winner from the bunch in our book is the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses.
We absolutely loved the ergonomic design and quality face coverage it affords to protect your face from the wind and sun. We also really liked the integrated Grip Tech design to keep the shades from slipping off your nose. We thought it was fantastic that you can pick from 4 different lenses and 7 frame styles to suit your preference, with the powerful Spectron 4, 5% rated VLT being our favorite.
Plus, the extremely durable polycarbonate design is great. For fantastic lens ratings, plenty of model options, quality materials, and a functional design, it doesn’t get much better than the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses.
When you’re hiking in frigid conditions, besides selecting your gear and layering up your clothing to stay warm, you’re always going to require a quality pair of cold weather socks. Socks are typically the item that hikers focus least on, but when you consider the fact that heat escapes directly through your feet, it’s essential to find the best cold weather socks that will help you stay warm and dry.
For a detailed guide to selecting the best cold weather socks plus the top 5 cold weather socks of the year, keep scrolling.
The top 5 cold weather socks we recommend for 2021:
Here’s exactly what you need to look for when selecting the best cold weather socks.
The first thing to be aware of when selecting the best cold weather socks to meet your hiking needs is the comfort factor. Your cold weather hiking socks should have moisture wicking components to reduce excess sweat and keep your feet warm and dry.
Without the proper wicking components, your feet will not only feel gross and sweaty, but you could catch a chill from the dampness. The best cold weather socks maintain the temperature in your feet (and therefore the rest of your body), by ensuring that your feet aren’t too hot or cold.
Besides moisture-wicking technology, the best cold weather socks need to be highly breathable. You don’t want your feet to be overheated and uncomfortable either.
The material of the best cold weather socks is another key component to bear in mind when selecting a pair for your hikes. Most socks are designed from synthetic fibers such as elastane and nylon, a blend of both synthetic and natural fibers, or 100% natural fabric. Synthetic fabrics don’t absorb much moisture, which means they dry very quickly when compared to materials like merino wool or cotton.
That said, synthetic fibers don’t tend to fight bacteria as well as other materials do, so you might have more odors to contend with when going on lengthy, chilly hikes. Merino wool socks are always manufactured with a blend of another material, such as nylon.
Socks with 100% merino wool are not sturdy enough to hold up against the wear and tear of your hiking shoes, so a blend solves that conundrum.
Socks designed primarily with merino wool are not only highly breathable but do an excellent job of moisture wicking to keep sweat and nasty odors at bay. Merino wool is also a great option because it helps your feet stay warm even if they become damp, which is not true of other sock fibers.
As a rule of thumb, you should not wear cotton socks for hiking (and certainly not for cold weather!), because they do not wick moisture well at all, which often leads to a loss of heat in the feet and unpleasant blisters. Because cotton socks absorb moisture so easily, they should not be part of your hiking wardrobe.
These are the features you need to look for when selecting the best warm socks.
The height of your socks is an important factor to take into account when searching for the best cold weather hiking socks. The main types of sock heights are no-show, ankle, crew, and knee-high.
No-show socks are not a good pick for cold weather, because they are designed primarily for low-cut shoes and offer minimal protection from footwear rubbing and chafing. Since no-show socks are compatible with light hiking shoes and trail running footwear, they are not a viable choice for the best cold weather socks.
Ankle socks are another option. These could work if you plan on layering them with another pair of socks for cold weather use or don’t mind a little rubbing from your boots. Ankle socks will typically shield your ankle bone to offer a little additional protection and are a good choice for low to mid-cut footwear. For really cold conditions though, you should stick with a crew or knee-high length.
Crew socks are the traditional sock height, stretching over your ankle bones and resting a few inches above for extra protection and warmth. If you’re going to be wearing higher-cut boots for your cold weather hiking, these could be an excellent option for you.
Knee-high socks are mainly designed for mountaineering, so they’ll keep you super warm if you’re hiking in very cold weather, at night, or traversing glaciers. For bulkier hiking footwear, knee-high socks are a quality pick.
It is essential to make sure that the best cold weather socks you select have the proper cushioning to keep your feet nice and warm despite frigid outdoor temperatures. You’ll want to stick with medium or heavy cushioned socks for cold weather hiking. Medium cushioning offers excellent padding in the ball and heel regions of the foot and is ideal for weather ranging from moderate to cold.
Heavy cushioned socks are the warmest and most padded options you can pick from. Designed for lengthy hikes, rough terrain, and very cold weather, they will serve you well on extensive mountaineering and other outdoor excursions.
While not all of the best cold weather socks for hiking have this feature, a compression design to support your arch and heel will ensure a quality fit that won’t slip around on a tough hike. Compression components also result in less bulky sock fabrics to create a lighter, thinner sock that will keep your feet warm and comfortable.
Breathability panels are another bonus feature to keep an eye out for when hunting for the best cold weather socks to meet your hiking needs. The panels are typically situated in the arch area, which is where the most sweat gathers. If you are going to be hiking in cold weather, it is essential to have socks that will absorb sweat and wick dampness away from your foot so you don't catch a chill.
Pay attention to the seams when selecting the best cold weather socks. The majority of hiking socks are seamless, featuring a design that won’t rub or bunch up with extended wear.
Always consider the fit before purchasing the best cold weather socks. Check the manufacturer’s sizing chart to ensure you select the product that is best for your foot size and needs.
The heel of the sock should be positioned correctly on your foot. There shouldn’t be excess material sitting at your toes that would rub and cause blisters. The socks should also be long enough that you won’t be pulling them up all the time while out on the trail.
Check out our review of the top 5 best cold weather socks to keep your feet warm and dry.
The first best cold weather socks pick on our list is designed from a durable blend of 67% merino wool, 31% nylon, and 2% elastane for stretch and bonus warmth. These socks are insanely comfortable and are a fantastic choice for very cold weather hikes.
Because the socks feature built-in temperature regulating components, you can wear them in a variety of seasons. You won’t have to restrict yourself to wearing these during winter only and can rest easy that you’ll get plenty of use out of these socks. We love the merino and synthetic blend these socks are designed with, which makes them highly breathable with excellent moisture wicking and odor fighting components.
We also like that these socks sport mesh ventilation to keep your feet warm and dry, with an integrated 4 Degree Elite Fit System for stretch and long wear use. High impact regions of the socks are enhanced with ReliaWool for additional durability as well.
Check Current Price
The SealSkinz best cold weather socks are designed from a super warm blend of 41% merino wool, 41% acrylic, 14% polyester, 2% nylon, and 2% elastane on the inner layer, with 90% nylon and 10% elastane on the outer layer. That’s right, these socks are multi-layer for extra warmth. On top of the outer and inner layer, there is a third hydrophilic membrane layer for added flexibility and protection from the elements.
These best cold weather socks are waterproof, which is a huge plus if your boots spring a leak and you are trekking in snow or other cold, damp conditions. We love the antimicrobial components of these socks that keep bacteria which lead to odors well at bay.
With elastic ankles to ensure the proper fit, these socks stand in a class of their own in terms of functionality and durability.
Check Current Price
The Falke TK2 best cold weather socks are designed from durable 40% polypropylene, 28% polyacrylic, 22% wool, 9% polyamide, and 1% elastane. We liked the fast-drying materials of these socks, even though they are a little thinner than our previous 2 picks. If you wear these with the right hiking footwear in cold weather conditions, you’ll stay warm and dry despite the slightly thinner material.
We liked the synthetic design of these best cold weather socks because they wick moisture like a dream. Plus, the socks feature cushioning in the footbed and toe areas, which will ensure that you are extra comfy when hiking long cold trails. We also really liked the elastic ankles as a bonus touch for a flexible fit.
Check Current Price
The Teko M3rino XC Midweight Hiking sock features a quality blend of 74% merino wool, 25% nylon, and 1% elastane, which means these socks are highly durable and will serve you well for many hikes ahead. Because the socks are designed primarily from merino wool and the synthetic components are on the lower end of the scale, these socks do a fantastic job of maintaining body temperature and wicking excess moisture.
We also really liked that merino wool is completely free of chlorine and is 100% organic. We loved the ribbed design of these best cold weather socks with a seamless toe that ensures the perfect fit. We were happy to see the integrated reinforced footbed for extra comfort and longevity.
Check Current Price
The final best cold weather socks pick on our list is this delightful pair by Icebreaker. Featuring 69% merino wool, 27% nylon, and 3% lycra, we love how comfortable and durable these socks are. We liked how breathable these socks are too, with fantastic moisture wicking components to ward off sweat and unwanted odors.
We were also pleased with how well these best cold weather socks maintain your foot temperature, so your feet won’t feel too hot or too cold. These cold weather socks sport stretch panels in the ankle region with a fit that contours to the shape of your foot. These are a great option to control odors and sweat while being comfortable and stretchy enough for lengthy outdoor excursions in frigid temperatures.
Check Current Price
While we loved each of the best cold weather socks on our list for durability, design, and optimal comfort, our top pick was definitely the SealSkinz Trekking Mid Thick Sock. We were very impressed by the 3-layer system these socks feature, offering incredible flexibility, comfort, and warmth.
The waterproof design was also a huge plus for us, especially because you can easily run into damp and snowy conditions when hiking in cold weather.
The antimicrobial elements and elastic ankles sealed the deal for us because you’ll not only keep odors at bay but enjoy a fantastic fit as well. For longevity of use, bonus warmth, incredible comfort, and exceptional waterproof elements, the SealSkinz Trekking Mid Thick Socks are the best cold weather socks for outdoor enthusiasts.
When you’re hiking in cool weather or varying climates, having a quality base layer you can rely on is a must. Your base layer will have a huge effect on your overall performance, warmth, and comfort, so it’s essential to make the right choice to shield your skin and balance your body temperature.
Merino wool is one of the premier base layer materials on the market, due to its high breathability, lightweight fit, and moisture wicking components. Keep reading to discover what you need to look for when selecting the best merino wool base layer, plus the top 5 choices you’ll want to consider incorporating into your hiking apparel.
The top 5 merino wool base layer we recommend for 2021:
There are plenty of reasons that merino wool has become the go-to pick for many hikers as a reliable base layer, as opposed to other traditional options such as polyester or nylon. Merino wool is incredibly lightweight on the skin and is definitely a far cry from the scratchy wool sweaters you might have worn as a kid.
The best merino wool base layer is not only exceptionally breathable but wicks moisture like a dream, so you don’t have to worry about nasty sweat and odors distracting you from your hike. Another great feature that the best merino wool base layer has going for it is its innate antimicrobial properties.
The moisture-wicking design of merino wool not only keeps you nice and dry but prevents bacteria from gathering as the result of dirt and dampness. Merino wool is also insanely comfortable and feels super soft. What’s more, the best merino wool base layer offers quality UV protection, so if you have skin prone to sunburn, you’ll love this material even more.
Of course, there are a few features to be aware of if you are hunting for the best merino wool base layer. Because merino wool is designed from natural rather than synthetic fibers, the material does take longer to dry than a choice like nylon would.
While merino wool is definitely durable, it might not last quite as long as nylon would for strenuous hikes. Merino wool also tends to come at a higher price point than synthetic materials.
That said, you get what you pay for. The breathability, moisture wicking, antimicrobial, UV resistant, and comfortable components of the best merino wool base layer could make all the difference for you when you’re out on the trail.
Let’s take a closer look at the key features you need to look for when selecting the best merino wool base layer.
The first feature to pay attention to when hunting for the best merino wool base layer is the seaming of the product. Your base layer seams shouldn’t be uncomfortable where they would lead to chafing or rubbing, thereby irritating the skin. Many companies opt instead to design their base layers with flatlock seams for optimal wearer comfort.
If you’re going to be wearing a fitted base layer like merino wool, flatlock seams are definitely a component to keep an eye out for.
Another key feature to be aware of before purchasing the best merino wool base layer is whether it includes an anti-odor component. When it comes to warding off the unwanted odors that gather after a long, hot hike out on the trail, there is nothing that can compare with the wicking capabilities of merino wool.
The reason for this is that merino wool contains wool wax or lanolin, which fights bacteria and stops resulting odors in their tracks.
While synthetic materials like nylon might sometimes be treated with antimicrobial solutions by the manufacturer, the treatments usually wash out quickly and render the bacteria-fighting components ineffective. So, if you want a base layer that fights odors and keeps you smelling fresh, merino wool is most definitely the way to go.
Naturally, durability is another key factor to bear in mind when hunting for the best merino wool base layer. As we mentioned previously, despite its many premium features, merino wool is not always as durable as some of the synthetic options available.
With that said, many manufacturers have found a way to combine the extra durability of synthetic material with the quality of wool, producing base layers with a blend of both materials.
As a result, the base layer is still incredibly lightweight and breathable, while offering greater longevity of use that holds up against wear and tear. If you don’t mind replacing your merino wool base layer every few seasons or so, this might not be as significant an issue. Otherwise, keep an eye out for merino and synthetic blend base layers so you can enjoy the best of both worlds.
You should definitely factor the fit of any base layer you consider into the picture before selecting the best one for your needs. Ultimately, fit can have the greatest impact on your performance out on the trail, potentially more so than simply wearing a lightweight material.
While you should take all of the factors previously discussed into account when picking the best merino wool base layer, never sacrifice the fit. You should select a merino wool base layer with a snugger fit if you’re going to be hiking in very cold weather. On the other hand, a traditional or loose fit is perfect for warm weather, provided it offers sufficient ventilation.
Check out the top 5 best merino wool base layers to see which one you like best! Keep reading for our detailed review of each, plus the final verdict revealing which base layer we declared the clear winner.
The first best merino wool base layer on our list is this fantastic choice by Icebreaker, featuring a 100% merino wool design with 200 density. We would say that you could definitely wear this base layer in any season, save for super hot days out on the trail.
We love the fact that the Icebreaker Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top is made from pure merino wool instead of a blend, which means that it is incredibly comfortable and light on the skin.
The shirt has impressive odor and moisture fighting capabilities, with an easy slim fit that makes this top the ideal choice for base layering without feeling weighed down. Despite the very slim fit, this best merino wool base layer still has a fantastic stretch with offset shoulder seams to help you avoid chafing.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best merino wool base layer features 250 density, making the fabric a thicker choice for colder climates and slightly bulkier layering. If you’re going to be hiking on the grid or off in very chilly, winter climates, you’ll love the SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew. We like the insulating qualities of this base layer, plus the pure 100% merino wool material is of the utmost quality.
One thing we would note is that due to the density of the fibers in this shirt, it will take much longer to dry if it becomes wet. The base layer has less moisture wicking capabilities than our previous pick because of the denser fibers, so this is something to be aware of if you’re going to be hiking in damp weather conditions.
However, the tight fit of this base layer is unparalleled, with comfortable flatlock seams and panels in the shoulders for enhanced comfort. For very cold weather, the high insulating qualities of the SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew might be just what you’re looking for.
Check Current Price
The Ibex Woolies 2 Crew made it to our list of the best merino wool base layers for its lightweight, 230 fiber density manufactured from 100% pure merino wool. Because the diameter of the fibers in this base layer is a mere 18.5 microns, the shirt is super soft on the skin.
We were very happy to discover how well this best merino wool base layer wicks moisture, keeping you nice and dry while fighting the onset of bacteria that cause odors.
We were impressed again by this base layer’s flatlock seam design with a semi-tight fit to give you some bonus warmth in chilly conditions. Another big plus for us is the somewhat stretchy material of the Ibex Merino Wool Men’s Woolies 2 Crew Shirt because it gives you fantastic mobility in all types of hiking conditions. You can select the shirt in 3 neutral shades.
Check Current Price
The next best merino wool base layer on our list is also by WoolX, again featuring 230 fiber density. Compared to our previous pick, this best merino wool base layer is even softer to the touch with tiny, 17.5-micron fibers of impressive quality and durability. If you want a simple base layer that will feel extra comfortable and light on the skin, this pick could be the shirt you’ve been looking for.
We were happy to see the flatlock seams and articulated sleeve design on this base layer top, with cuffs made to stay in place rather than ride up if you’re climbing a steep trail or up a mountain.
When the weather is warmer, you can definitely wear this base layer on its own to stay cool and dry. Or, when the weather is very cold, you’ll have no problem layering this piece beneath other insulating clothing to stay nice and warm.
Check Current Price
The final pick for the best merino wool base layer is designed from ultra-fine Merino wool featuring 18.5-micron fibers. The material is super lightweight, highly breathable, and feels wonderful to the touch.
We liked the 230 density material that makes this base layer an ideal choice for spring, fall, and winter hikers alike. You’ll also enjoy plenty of mobility with this selection, as it features a regular fit with great give.
One cool feature we noticed is the tagless design, which will save you the trouble of scratching incessantly at annoying clothing tags irritating your skin. We were happy to see flatlock seams in this shirt’s design as well, so you also won’t need to worry about chafing or rubbing. Another nice touch is that this best merino wool base layer includes a drop tail hem so the shirt won’t ride up on a tough trail.
Check Current Price
So, who made it to the top of our list? The decision was close, but in the end, we chose the WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top. There were so many aspects that we liked about this best merino wool base layer, from its ultra-soft 17.5-micron fibers to its quality 230 density to its lightweight design.
We loved the fact that you can wear this piece as a standalone or layering shirt, plus the flatlock seams and articulated sleeves were just what we look for in a merino wool base layer. With cuffs that don’t ride up even when you’re scaling the loftiest mountain, the WoolX Explorer LS is the perfect choice for any hiking aficionado.
It’s tough when you’re on an invigorating hike, savoring the sights and smells of the great outdoors when suddenly your knee starts barking.
You try to sit down and take a rest, but the pangs keep shooting up your legs until the discomfort becomes so distracting, you’re either forced to head back early or slow down your speed.
It’s a frustrating predicament for any hiker. No one wants to be held back by a balky knee.
Keep reading for the key factors you need to consider when selecting the best knee brace for hiking, plus the top 5 options available to provide the stability you’ll require out on the trail.
The top 5 knee brace for hiking we recommend for 2021:
The best knee brace for hiking is going to provide you support in the great outdoors while protecting your knees from injury or strain. If you already have knee issues, either from a previous injury, a pulled muscle, or otherwise, it is critical to select a knee brace that provides the support you require while being comfortable and highly durable.
Check out the key components you need to consider before buying the best knee support for hiking.
The first feature to consider if you are in the market for the best knee brace for hiking is the style of the product. Knee braces are sold in a variety of designs and styles, so it comes down partly to a matter of personal preference and partly to user functionality.
Slip-on knee braces are a frequent choice for hikers, as they offer excellent stability for your knees along with plenty of traction, so they don’t slide down during a tough hike.
Another kind of knee brace for hiking is a wraparound knee brace. Wraparound knee braces do just what their name indicates—you wrap them around your knee and can adjust them as needed with the integrated strap design.
The main element to bear in mind with a wraparound knee brace is that it may not offer the same support as the slip-on variety when you’re on the trail. Wraparound knee braces could come undone fairly easily during a strenuous hike, and you certainly don't want to have to keep bending over to adjust the straps.
Consider the intensity and frequency of your hikes. If you typically engage in light to moderate hikes and just want some extra support for your knees, the wraparound type might do just fine. For hikers who go on long, strenuous hikes, your best bet is going to be a slip-on knee brace.
The fit is an essential component to consider if you are on the hunt for the best knee brace for hiking. There is nothing worse than purchasing a knee brace only to find that it doesn’t fit your leg properly, rendering it essentially useless for your hiking adventures.
It is important to realize that the majority of knee brace manufacturers use different size guides, so being a certain size for one brand doesn’t necessarily mean that you will fit the same size hiking brace by another brand.
Carefully look over the sizing charts of the best knee brace for hiking products before making your selection. If you don’t take the time to do so and end up with a knee brace that doesn’t fit your knee quite right, this will not only result in further discomfort, but it could potentially lead to additional health concerns.
For instance, if your knee brace is too loose for your legs, it could drag down your ligaments and lead to further knee problems. Likewise, if you select a knee support for hiking that is a bit too small, you could constrict blood flow.
In short, take your time when selecting the best knee brace for hiking and pick the fit that is right for your needs.
As a hiker, it’s likely that you will be dealing with a variety of terrain when on your outdoor adventures. So, another key element you should look for when purchasing the best knee brace for hiking is adjustable straps. With adjustable straps, you can alter the fit as needed to make it tighter or looser as you require.
You shouldn’t have trouble pulling your knee brace on and off, so adjustable straps will make the process just that much easier. Plus, a knee brace featuring adjustable straps can actually aid in properly positioning your joints against your patella or kneecap, which reduces the overall strain on your knees.
Your knee brace isn’t going to be of much use to you if you’re wincing in discomfort whenever you put it on. As such, another feature to bear in mind when hunting for the best knee brace for hiking is the comfort and functionality of the product.
Hiking can cause definite strain to weakened knees, which is why you need a brace to help reduce the shock impact on your joints.
The best knee brace for hiking should not only protect your knee from a strain, but should be comfortable to wear and not slip when you’re walking on steep or rough terrain. Again, this is where adjustable straps can come in incredibly handy.
Your knee brace should also contain moisture wicking elements for sweat absorption, so your skin doesn’t feel all wet and clammy after a hot hike. Another element that contributes to the comfort of a knee brace is a waterproof design. In the event you run into damp conditions when out on the trail, you want to make sure that your knee brace won’t get wet and chill you to the bone.
When you purchase the best knee brace for hiking, you are not only making an investment for your hiking gear but for your overall health as well. The best knee brace for hiking is going to help reduce the impact of your hikes on your knees, aid in aligning your joints, and support you when out on the road.
As such, the knee brace you pick needs to be high quality and designed from materials that will really stand the test of time.
Nylon or neoprene materials are highly durable, while still being pretty lightweight and breathable. It is essential to pick a knee brace that offers the support and stability you need without being so heavy that you feel overly weighed down.
Here are the top 5 best knee brace for hiking products you’ll want to consider for your gear arsenal. Keep reading to see which one you like best (and find out which one we chose as the final winner of the group!).
The first best knee brace for hiking on our list is the Exous Knee Brace Support Protector, featuring an anti-slip design that offers exceptional traction and comfort.
We really liked the built-in 4-way compression incorporated into the design of this knee brace, along with a comfortable lycra lining that won’t irritate your skin. Another huge plus for us was the Velcro attachments for added stability when on the trail.
The knee brace also sports the all-important adjustable straps in a crossover design to ensure your joints and patella are in alignment when you’re on a tough hike. There is a half inch gap in the back of the brace, which we feel is a valuable feature so you can bend your knee when climbing without feeling constricted.
Another reason we really loved the Exous Knee Brace was for its dual stabilizers that offer support for your MCL and LCL ligaments. If you have sensitive knees from a previous injury, this knee brace could be just what you’re looking for. Additionally, this knee brace is light and thin enough that you can wear it beneath your pants and long shorts without issue.
Check Current Price
The next best knee brace for hiking pick on our list features a durable compression strap so your knees bear less of the brunt of shock impact when you’re out on the trail. We also liked the fact that this compression strap is aptly positioned to keep your patella or kneecap in place and stabilize the general region.
If you suffer from conditions such as runner’s knee or chondromalacia, this feature is really going to come in handy.
We were very impressed to note that the IPOW Knee Strap sports an ergonomic design that molds to the shape of your kneecap, promoting muscle growth and also ensuring it won’t slip off.
The anti-slip material this knee strap is manufactured from also ensures that the product won’t come undone easily if you’re climbing steep terrain. You can adjust the strap as you see fit either to loosen it or draw it tighter.
Check Current Price
The SB Sox Compression Knee Brace is lightweight and breathes like a dream, manufactured with a moisture-wicking design to ward off sweat and unwanted odors after a long day of hiking. The knee brace definitely offers support for conditions like arthritis, but it is also a great selection if you have generally weak knees and are looking for an option to provide additional stability.
One of the first things we noticed about this best knee brace for hiking is that it features a silicone grip, which not only ensures a fantastic fit but is highly wearable. The silicone design is very comfortable while remaining fitted enough that you won’t have to worry about it slipping off. The knee brace also sports compression properties to promote proper blood and oxygen flow.
We love that the material is designed specifically to ward off odors, making it an excellent pick for frequent hikers who embark on lengthy outdoor excursions. The stretchy fit of this knee brace also ensures that you’ll have plenty of freedom of movement for walking and climbing both easy and tough terrain.
Check Current Price
The TechWare Pro Knee Brace Support is light and comfortable, with user-friendly straps and stitching for easy access, comfort, and functionality. One feature that really sets this best knee brace for hiking apart is that it offers heightened compression.
So, you’ll have even more stability when hiking without having to worry about decreased blood and oxygen circulation. If you have a history of knee problems, the additional compression technology could be a lifesaver.
We liked the durable neoprene material this best knee brace for hiking is manufactured from, sporting anti-slip technology and multiple Velcro straps.
Another great thing about neoprene material is its moisture wicking capabilities, so no need to worry about sweaty kneecaps or your brace slipping off after a strenuous excursion. The knee brace also features 4 different spring stabilizers, giving an added boost of support to your joints and ligaments.
Check Current Price
The final best knee brace for hiking selection on our list is the Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap, which offers exceptional knee coverage and support with its wide, durable design. If you’re tired of discomfort in 1 or both of your kneecaps, this knee brace could be a strong contender for your shortlist.
Manufactured from a quality blend of nylon and neoprene, this best knee brace for hiking stretches well and is light to wear.
It features moisture wicking capabilities to absorb sweat and has sufficient traction, so you won’t have to worry about pulling it up all the time. We will note that the knee strap can gather odors, so if you wear it a lot on long hikes you’ll definitely need to do a thorough clean following each excursion. That said, we loved that this best knee brace for hiking sports 2 adjustment straps that you can position against your kneecap for optimal support.
Check Current Price
While each of the best knee brace for hiking selections on our list are quality options to consider, for us, the final winner is unequivocally the SB SOX Compression Knee Brace. We just loved the supportive, compression design that promotes proper oxygen and blood flow, plus the moisture wicking and silicone grip components for fantastic comfort and fit.
We also really liked that the SB SOX Compression Knee Brace wards off odors well and is stretchy enough to provide you with excellent mobility out on the trail. What more could you want from the best knee brace for hiking?
If you’re going to be hiking in the great outdoors in balmy, sunny weather, the last thing you want is for your feet to get clammy and sweaty in standard hiking boots. For outdoor enthusiasts everywhere, there is an alternative to consider that will solve the problem.
Whether you’re just now hearing of Chacos or are considering purchasing a pair but haven’t yet made the leap, this guide is for you. For our comprehensive Chacos buying guide and review of the top 5 best Chacos for hiking, scroll on ahead!
The top 5 chacos for hiking we recommend for 2021:
If you’re not sure what Chacos are, we’re sure you aren’t alone.
Invented during the 1980s, Chacos have become the hiking sandals of choice for outdoor explorers all over the world. The Chaco brand has a wide range of hiking sandals, with and without toe loops, with varying straps, soles, footbeds—the list goes on.
Here’s how to pick the best Chacos for hiking for you.
The first thing to consider when selecting the best Chaco sandals for hiking is whether you want a design with a toe loop vs. no toe loop. The decision is mainly personal, but will also depend on the type of terrain you will be hiking in.
For example, many outdoor explorers like to wear Chacos featuring a toe loop if they are hiking on a trail, but prefer shoes without the toe loop if hiking through the water.
Of course, the most obvious benefit to not having the toe loop is simply that it will be much easier to get your shoes on and off. Whether you’re making a rest stop or settling in for the night, after a long day of trekking this bonus feature might come in handy. The lack of a toe loop feature also makes these Chacos much easier to transition from the trail to meandering around town.
For added functionality and protection, some outdoor enthusiasts opt to wear socks under their Chacos. While some may view this as a fashion faux pas, this solution is a great way to guard your feet from the terrain and keep them a little bit warmer if a chilly breeze comes your way.
You’ll find it way more difficult to wear socks with a toe strap, so if you intend to wear socks under your Chacos you might prefer a pair without a toe loop to contend with.
However, if you are looking for additional stability while out on the open road, we would suggest you consider Chacos with a toe loop to ensure the shoe remains secured to your foot at all times. If you tend to go on extended, challenging hikes, that extra toe strap could prove invaluable and ensure debris doesn’t gather under your feet. A toe strap is going to give you, as the wearer, way more control, especially when dealing with slippery or rocky terrain.
Another key aspect of selecting the best Chacos for hiking is to determine how many straps you want your footwear to have. Chaco sells sandals with 1, 2 or 3 straps. All the straps are integrated into the midsole to secure your foot and ensure you don’t slip when out on the trail.
The choice is up to you because you’ll enjoy the same level of support and functionality with multiple straps as you would with a single strap.
You should also take the sole into account when hunting for the best Chacos for hiking. Chaco manufactures its outdoor sandals with 2 different sole types. The first type of sole is known as the ChacoGrip, featuring a built-in tread technology with a rubber design for durability and long wear use. If you plan on hiking steep trails or rough terrain, this type of sole might be just what you’re looking for.
The second type of Chaco sole you can pick from is called the EcoTread sole. The design is very similar to the ChacoGrip, with the difference being that the company’s branded rubber elements also feature 25% recycled rubber.
Below are some key elements you need to consider before purchasing the best Chaco sandals for hiking to meet your outdoor needs.
Naturally, the first thing you’ll want to consider when buying the best Chacos for hiking is the foot support they lend. It is important to pick a sandal that provides sufficient support for your arches and contours properly to the shape of your foot. That way, you won’t hold up your hiking performance with strained arches.
Another thing you’ll want to consider if you are in the market for the best Chacos for hiking is how they absorb shock impact. Whether you’re hiking a familiar trail or exploring rugged terrain off the grid, your feet are going to bear the brunt of your excursions. It’s essential to select sandals that are resistant to shock and cushion your feet, whether it be through materials like foam midsoles or similar.
Of course, your hiking sandals should protect your toes when you’re out on the trail, to prevent elements like debris and dirt getting caught. Chacos with toe straps can help prevent debris from gathering beneath your foot. Or, you can wear socks beneath your Chacos sans toe straps for an extra barrier of protection.
The fit is always an important consideration with hiking footwear, and Chacos are no different. Adjustable straps are a handy feature to look for. If your feet become swollen or irritated after hours on the trail, you’ll be glad to be able to adjust your straps and find some relief.
Plus, adjustable straps with a secure fit will also give you room to include some socks for additional warmth if you so desire.
You always want to make sure that the hiking sandals you pick have a durable sole with excellent tread. Quality soles not only support your arches but ensure that your feet don’t get too close to damaging debris or rocks.
Another key element to bear in mind when selecting the best Chacos for hiking is waterproofing. Waterproof design is a must when you’re going to be hiking in the great outdoors, whether you’ll be crossing a river or run into some unexpected rain showers.
Synthetic uppers and rubber soles will provide the waterproofing you require while staying durable enough to hold up against a variety of water elements.
Check out our review of the top 5 best Chacos for hiking, and keep scrolling for our final verdict.
The best Chacos for hiking selection in our review is the Chaco ZX/1 Classic, featuring a polyester webbing design and multiple, sturdy straps to secure your foot in place. We really liked the adjustable heel risers for optimal comfort and support, plus the PU footbed and midsole to conform to the shape of your foot.
These Chacos feature the proprietary ChacoGrip rubber outsole design for extra foot cushioning. If you’re not a fan of the toe strap, you’re in luck, because the open-toed Chaco ZX/1 Classic gives your feet plenty of breathing room.
If you like to wear socks with your Chacos for chilly hikes, these could be the pick for you. They are also very attractive aesthetically, so you can enjoy wearing them both on and off the hiking trail.
Check Current Price
The next best Chacos for hiking on our list are also designed with handy polyester jacquard webbing and a PU footbed for raised support. We really liked the elevated midsole and quality, branded EcoTread sole with 25% recyclable rubber. These hiking sandals feature an easy ladder-lock buckle to make fastening and unfastening a total breeze.
If you’re looking for a simple yet wonderfully comfortable pair of Chacos, you might have just met your new best friend. They are super lightweight, so you won’t have to worry about your feet feeling bulky or weighed down when you’re out on the trail. One of the best aspects of the Chaco Z/Volv 2 is the impeccable arch support these sandals offer, so if you have lower or flat arches, you’ll love this design.
One thing we would note is that these Chacos do include a toe loop, so if you find that uncomfortable or frustrating it could take a few days to adjust and break the sandals in. That said, these Chacos really perform well out on rougher terrain, with superb traction.
Check Current Price
A close companion of our previous pick, the Chaco Z/Volv features an open-toed design, with a comfortable rubber sole and polyester materials. These are super light, so if you like to take your Chacos with you on the go in your pack, you’ll barely notice a difference.
Likewise, if you’re going to be embarking on a long trek and don’t want your feet weighing you down, the Chaco Z/Volv could be an excellent pick for you.
We really loved the style of these hiking sandals, particularly because they are so versatile. They can easily take you from a day out on the trail to dinner at your pit stop in town. You’ll have plenty of colors to choose from when selecting these sandals, which is a nice, bonus touch.
If you have fallen foot arches or struggle with any type of food condition, the Chaco Z/Volv could offer much-needed relief with the extensive sole support. These hiking sandals are also highly durable, so you don’t have to worry about them wearing out after a few tough hikes.
Check Current Price
The Chaco Z/1 Classic is a strong contender for any outdoor enthusiast’s hiking wardrobe, with a durable rubber sole and jacquard webbing designed from sturdy polyester. We particularly liked the branded LUVSEAT PU midsole and footbed to support any type of arch. These Chacos feature the ChacoGrip rubber outsole, making them a great choice for tough trails and rugged terrain.
One of the things we really love about the Chaco Z/1 Classic is its exceptional fit. It fits snug enough to secure your foot and avoid any slippage, but it also gives you enough room to breathe without feeling constricted.
The ChacoGrip rubber sole is extremely durable, so if you frequently go on strenuous hikes you will love this design that could serve you well for many, many outdoor adventures to come.
We would like to note that the Chaco Z/1 Classic is one of the bulkier selections on our list. The extra weight might deter some, but if you need a sturdy shoe you can rely on during tough hikes you’ll be glad of the extra stability.
Check Current Price
The final pick in our review of the best Chacos for hiking is the dependable Chaco ZX/2 Classic. You’ll find the traditional jacquard webbing on the upper of this shoe, with extremely durable heel risers and the reliable ChacoGrip rubber outsole. The tread on these shoes is fantastic, so if you’re facing steep or slippery slopes you’ll be glad to have these as part of your hiking arsenal.
We liked the adjustable straps on these shoes, that dry quickly even when exposed to wet conditions so you won’t have to worry about damp feet. We were also really impressed by the fit of the Chaco ZX/2 Classic model. It might a few wears to break these puppies in, but once you do, you’ll barely notice that you have shoes on.
These hiking sandals are also very comfortable and offer quality arch support for a variety of feet types and needs. On top of that, the Chaco ZX/2 Classic provides a hint of style on your hike, so you can wear these both on and off the trail.
Check Current Price
So, what’s the final verdict? After carefully considering each of the 5 best Chacos for hiking, our top pick would have to be the Chaco Z/Volv 2. We really liked the touch of the EcoTread sole with 25% recycled rubber, plus the simple buckle that doesn’t complicate the fastening and unfastening process.
Most importantly, we were impressed by how lightweight and durable these shoes are, so you can hike on a wide variety of terrain without feeling bulked down. For steeper trails, the toe strap is there to secure your feet and avoid slippage. For incredible arch support, durability, and stability when hiking both on and off the grid, it’s hard to compete with the Chaco Z/Volv 2.
Are you tired of your flat feet getting in the way of a productive hike? Do you find that after just an hour or so on the trail, you’re wincing because of your flat and aching feet? If you answered “yes” to either one or both of these questions, this informative guide and review are for you.
To discover exactly what you need to look for when shopping for the best hiking shoes for flat feet, plus the top 5 hiking boots for flat feet we bet you didn’t know about, read on ahead!
The top 5 hiking shoes for flat feet we recommend for 2021:
If you’re not 100% sure what flat feet are or if you have them, here’s a quick overview:
Having flat feet means you have fallen arches which aren’t elevated to the middle of your foot as normal.
The arches in your feet are supported by tendons connecting the heel and toes in order to keep you stable and reinforced your foot when walking. In feet with regular arches, your tendons take the force of impact from regular activities like walking and develop a definite arch.
If the tendons deteriorate, either as the result of a medical disorder, injury, genetics, or otherwise, this can impede your movement. It can also reduce the support your feet lend when you are standing or walking.
Everyone is born with flat feet. Most people’s feet develop arches, but some remain flat or pronated. Signs of flat feet include swelling in the bottom of your feet, discomfort in your toes and arch areas, and difficulty standing up on your toes. If you find that hiking for short periods out on the trail makes your feet tired and ache incessantly, these are also symptoms of flat feet.
From genetics to an injury to arthritis and beyond, there are plenty of reasons individuals have to grapple with flat feet. The good news is, you’re not alone. There is plenty you can do to increase your comfort and support your low volume arches with the best hiking boots for flat feet.
Let’s take a look at the key features you need to look for when searching for the best hiking shoes for your flat or pronated feet.
The first feature you should look for when on the hunt for the best hiking shoes for flat feet (or any arch type for that matter) is a waterproof design. Without a waterproof exterior, moisture will seep through the lining of your hiking boots, which could make the leather shrink, crack, and warp. Water damage will not only affect the design of your hiking shoes, but the shrinkage and warping could cause additional discomfort to your flat feet, impeding your stability when out on the trail.
The best hiking shoes for flat feet are waterproof and properly support your arches so you can focus on the road ahead and not on your aching tendons.
If you have flat feet, it is very possible that your feet roll inward when you walk or stand. As a result, this not only weakens your arches but can prove to be very destabilizing for your ankles. So, the next thing you need to look for when picking out the best hiking shoes for flat feet is footwear that offers ankle and arch assistance.
If you’re tired of your hikes causing you pain, there is an easy way to find relief. Your hiking shoes can give you the proper ankle and arch support you need. Not only will you be more comfortable when embarking on your outdoor adventures, but the right support will provide additional stability.
The best hiking boots for flat feet with sufficient ankle and arch support help distribute your body weight on your feet more evenly. If you place too much weight on a single region of your feet, you risk strain, twists, and sprains.
The fit is another key factor to consider when selecting the best hiking shoes for flat feet. With flat feet, it is paramount that your shoes fit snug against your foot and don’t leave too much room where there could be a risk of slippage.
It’s essential to ensure that your hiking shoes aren’t so loose that your feet are slipping around, but they also shouldn’t be so narrow or tight that they cause irritation and blisters.
Always pay close attention to the sizing of any hiking shoes you buy to ensure you select the fit that is right for your flat feet.
If you have flat feet, they are going to bear the brunt of your hike much more than if you had more defined arches to distribute the impact. As such, the next feature you need to look for when purchasing the best hiking shoes for flat feet is sufficient padding.
The footbed of your hiking shoes should be padded enough to sculpt your feet into an arch while you hike without causing fatigue or pain. The right padding will help make your outdoor experience way more comfortable while maintaining the proper construction and support for your feet.
The material your hiking shoes are manufactured from is another critical feature you’ll need to consider when buying the best hiking shoes for flat feet. It is better to invest in shoes made with quality material that will both offer support and stand the test of time rather than select a cheaper option that lacks durability and will wear out too soon.
The best hiking shoes for flat feet are made from quality synthetic or leather, which not only offer great longevity of use but are very sturdy as well. These materials will give you the support you need in the long run and won’t wear out after a few intense hikes.
You always want to make sure your hiking shoe materials provide sufficient ventilation too, so your feet won’t get all hot and sweaty after a lengthy outdoor excursion.
Now it’s time to take a look at the top 5 best hiking shoes for flat feet. Check these out and keep reading to access our pick for the final winner from the group!
The first best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list are by Vasque. These are a great choice for more moderate hikers who don’t need super rugged boots but still want a durable pair. We like how light these shoes are, so you won’t feel weighed down when you put them on.
These hiking boots are manufactured from durable Gore-Tex fabric and nubuck leather, which means that they are both waterproof and dust resistant.
We were duly impressed by the cushioned toe and heel areas, which will enhance your comfort on the road but also provide you with essential ventilation. If you find that areas like your heel and toe seem to bear the brunt of your hikes from uneven weight distribution, these hiking boots could be just what you’re looking for.
The Vasque Men’s Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot also sports a quality TPA midsole to support your arches and provide you with the stability you require. We would say that the arch is not as stiff as other products on the market, but this also means your break-in time will be lessened greatly.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list incorporate some cool technological features that we really loved. The Lowa Men’s Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boot definitely offers the shock absorption, comfort, and sturdiness you’ll require, with a TPU midsole that conforms to your feet.
We were glad to see that these hiking boots sport a reinforced insole to reduce the brunt of the impact from your hikes, with a stacked heel to provide relief for even the flattest of feet.
One astounding feature that stood out to us was these boots’ climate controlled footbed. The footbed is moisture wicking, so even on a tough hike when you’re sweating buckets, these shoes will keep your feet nice and dry. These hiking shoes also sport integrated ventilation, which is a must for long, hot hikes.
Check Current Price
These best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list are a rugged pair by Salomon. We love how lightweight these hiking boots are, featuring a waterproof, leather design that will serve you well for many trips ahead.
We loved that these best hiking shoes for flat feet feature dual-density midsoles to give you the arch support you need, while still being durable enough to hold up well against tough terrain.
Another cool feature is the built-in sock liners that reduce shock impact on your feet when hiking while fighting excess moisture and unpleasant odors. The boots have exceptional traction, so whether you’re going on a light hike or a rugged wilderness expedition, these hiking shoes will remain impervious. While these best hiking boots for flat feet are definitely on the more expensive side, the investment for your flat feet could be well worth it.
Check Current Price
The Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid Hiking Shoe made it to our list of the best hiking shoes for flat feet for its impact absorbent air pockets and durable leather and mesh design. We love that these shoes are slip resistant, so if you find that you lose your balance sometimes on a hike these could be your new favorite.
You’ll have plenty of traction on both wet and dry terrain, making these hiking shoes a great option for a wide range of hiking excursions.
We were also glad to see that the Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid Hiking Shoe features the M Select Fresh insole, to ward off excess sweat and moisture. Merrel’s proprietary built-in M Select Fresh technology stops bacteria from gathering, wicking moisture and preventing unwanted odors.
The footbed of these hiking shoes provides sufficient cushion so your feet won’t bear the brunt of shock when hiking, plus quality ankle support for optimal stability.
The only real downside for us is that these hiking boots are manufactured from partly synthetic materials, rather than leather. They might not last as long if you take frequent hikes on rough terrain, but for more moderate hikers you’re good to go.
Check Current Price
The final best hiking shoes for flat feet selection on our list are the Dunham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boot. These hiking shoes will provide the comfort and sturdy qualities you’re looking for without breaking the bank, which is always a huge plus in our book.
These hiking boots are a great option for light to moderate hikers, with a dependable, waterproof design and cushioned interior.
We liked the Memory Foam footbed and the removable molded interior that supports your foot while giving you the optimal comfort you’ll require. Even better, you can purchase the Durham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof boot in a range of extended sizes and widths to conform to an array of foot needs.
The quality leather design is highly durable while remaining resistant to weather elements, while the outsole grip provides impressive traction for any surface.
Another element that makes these hiking shoes so great for flat feet are the built-in rollbars to fight the overpronation that most people with flat feet experience. With a padded collar and shoe tongue, you’ll easily feel like you’re walking on air in these boots.
Check Current Price
And the winner is — the Salomon Men's Quest 4D 2 GTX Lightweight & Durable Leather / Canvas Hiking Boot! There were so many things we liked about these best hiking shoes for flat feet, from their dual density midsoles to built-in liners that provide impressive shock absorption.
The traction you’ll get from these boots is exceptional, plus the waterproof, leather exterior is durable to face any type of weather condition or terrain you’ll be dealing with. We loved the arch support the Salomon hiking boots provide, which is a must to keep your arches and ankles stable and comfortable. For quality, dependability, comfort, and support, the Salomon Men's Quest 4D 2 GTX Hiking Boot is a worthy investment.
When you’re dealing with steep trails or snow-covered paths, having the best crampons for hiking on hand to keep you stable and secure in the great outdoors is a must. Choosing the best crampons for hiking doesn’t have to be stressful. However, with so many selections and materials on the market to pick from, the choices can be overwhelming.
We did the work, conducted the research, and narrowed the list down to the top 5 best crampons for hiking on the market currently. For a detailed guide to picking out crampons, plus our top 5 picks (and the final winner!), keep reading.
The top 5 crampons for hiking we recommend for 2021:
Here’s exactly what you need to know to select the best crampons for hiking to meet all your outdoor needs.
If you’re going to be hiking on icy or snowy surfaces, wearing crampons is nonnegotiable. When hiking in icy alpine settings, you’re most likely going to be wearing synthetic leather or leather hiking boots for durability.
These footwear selections are most compatible with horizontal frame crampons, but your activity is going to be the ultimate determinant of the type of crampon you select.
There are very lightweight crampons designed for regular walking and hiking in winter settings, with regular crampons that are ideal for glaciers, snow, hiking with an ice ax, and good old-fashioned mountaineering.
Here’s a quick overview of the best crampons for hiking for common outdoor activities in icy and snowy conditions.
The next thing you need to consider when shopping for the best crampons for hiking is the frame. There are different types of frames, with varying materials, weights, and degrees of alignment.
As a rule of thumb, steel crampons are best suited to traditional mountaineering. They are highly durable, which makes them a great pick for icy slopes.
Stainless steel crampons are also compatible with general mountaineering and are very resistant to corrosion, wear, and tear just as regular steel crampons are. Aluminum crampons are best for ski mountaineering and approaches, as they are very lightweight.
However, they do usually wear out much more quickly than stainless steel or steel crampons do if you’re hiking on rugged terrain.
Horizontally aligned frames are the industry standard now for the best crampons for hiking boots, because they are compatible with the insulated hiking boots that most outdoor enthusiasts wear for extensive excursions.
So, unless you climb in plastic boots (which most hikers don’t these days), you’re going to want a horizontal crampon frame.
Horizontal frames are great because they give you plenty of freedom to walk, the aluminum or steel design aligns flat with the ground, and the bars are resistant to gathering snow, so you don’t get bulked down. Aluminum frames are definitely more lightweight than steel frames, but this also makes them slightly less durable and not quite as sturdy.
If you typically engage in non-technical hiking though, aluminum will serve you well. You’ll just want to stay away from activities like snow and mixed rock climbing with aluminum hiking crampons.
The design of the best crampons for hiking is another key element to consider when shopping for the right pair. You can purchase rigid and hinged crampons, but most of the ones on the market today are semi-rigid.
Semi-rigid crampons perform well in a wide range of weather types, giving you enough flexibility for regular winter hikes but enough stability for icy climbs.
Some crampon models let you alter the linking bar situated between the heel and toe to adjust the device from semi-rigid to fully flexible. While not a part of all crampons, this feature is certainly handy and will ensure more comfort on the road.
Crampons typically sport 1 of 3 kinds of binding to connect to your hiking boots. The first type of crampon binding is hybrid, also known as semi-step or mixed crampons. Hybrid crampons sport a toe strap and heel lever. They are compatible with rigid soled boots with a welt or groove to secure the heel lever.
The second type, step-in binding, features a wire bail that secures the toe, plus a heel cable with a lever to connect the heel and crampon together. Step-in crampons are super easy to put on when it’s snowy outside and you’re wearing gloves. If you select a crampon with step-in binding, your hiking boots should feature rigid soles with a minimum ⅜ inch groove or welt at the toe and heel.
The final type of crampon binding is a strap-on. Strap-on crampons typically sport nylon webbing, so they are compatible with almost any type of hiking footwear you can imagine, provided the middle bar fits with your shoe. It takes a little longer to secure strap-on crampons to your shoe, but they are sturdy enough to hold up against moderate ice.
If you want to use different types of hiking footwear with a single type of crampon, strap-on devices are an excellent choice. Strap-ons don’t have quite the accuracy of step-in crampons though, so you’ll notice a modicum of motion between the crampon and your hiking footwear.
Bear in mind the kind of boot you have, and whether it is rigid, semi-flexible, or very flexible. Make sure the crampon frame is sufficiently flexible to fit your hiking footwear. If you’re not sure which is best for you, a strap-on is always a good choice because it works with almost any type of shoe.
The best crampons for hiking boots typically feature either 10 or 12 points. Points should be situated beneath your instep and adhere to your footwear shape. You may have to adjust the crampon bails to ensure the right point extension, but some newer models include serrated areas so crampons can cling to terrain even when the point doesn’t.
A device with higher points is going to be more rigid and better suited to intense outdoor activities. For example, the majority of 10-point crampons will serve you well when hiking glaciers or ski touring. There are also crampons designed specifically for activities like mixed climbing, with more forceful frontpoints.
Frontpoints (or the points at the front of the device) come in horizontal, vertical, or monopoint configurations. Horizontal frontpoints are best for snow/ice and alpine climbing, while vertical frontpoints are suited to mixed climbs and waterfalls. Monopoint crampons are good for mixed climbing or technical waterfall climbing.
Points can be either non-modular or modular. You can sharpen non-modular points, but they shorten with extended use. They are lighter than modular points and don’t have any moving parts. With modular points though, you can switch out the teeth based on the activity you’re going to be doing.
Ready to discover the top 5 best crampons for hiking? Let’s go!
The first selection on our list will be the Grivel G10 New Classic, an ideal one-size-fits-all pick for activities ranging from traditional hiking to backpacking to ski mountaineering.
We love these crampons because they are very light with flexible features, so you can adjust them to fit your regular hiking boots. Manufactured from highly durable Chromoly steel, these crampons are much stronger than regular steel and will last you far longer.
We like that the Grivel G10 Crampon sports 10 points to give you plenty of grip on everything from steep mountains to slippery trails. The number of points on these crampons makes them ideal for both moderate hikes and more intense climbs. They also feature anti-balling plates to enhance your stability.
For a simple set of crampons that are light and user-friendly, you can’t go wrong with the Grivel G10 Crampon.
Check Current Price
The Black Diamond Contact Crampons are one of the most lightweight selections on the market currently. If you’ve been on the fence about purchasing crampons because you’re concerned about getting weighed down on the trail, these could be for you.
Designed from stainless steel, we like how durable and weather resistant these crampons are.
The strap-on design means these flexible crampons are a fantastic choice for a wide range of hiking activities, including both moderate hikes and intense cold-weather mountaineering. We also like the 10-point specifications that give you plenty of grip on icy terrain without being uncomfortable or weighing you down.
One element that really makes the Black Diamond Contact Crampons stand out is that you have the option to purchase them in 2 models— clip and strap. If you’re planning on wearing regular hiking boots, you’ll definitely want the strap-on kind.
Check Current Price
Another excellent product by Black Diamond, the Serac Strap Crampon features 12 rather than 10 points. The higher point specifications mean that these crampons will definitely provide you with more gripping power on super steep slopes, but they are considerably heavier than the 10-point variety. You can select the Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampon in 3 different models, featuring strap-on bindings, hybrid bindings, or step-in bindings.
The strap-on bindings are best for traditional hiking boots while the hybrid and step-in variety are suited to technical boots. No matter which model you select, all of them feature anti-balling plates so you won't have to worry about snow catching in the crampons and leaving you with frozen feet.
We liked that these crampons are designed from corrosion fighting stainless steel, which also makes them a good selection for mountaineering and hiking on steep surfaces.
Check Current Price
The Petzl Leopard FL Crampons are made of aluminum, rather than steel, which means they are very lightweight and easy to wear. They weigh in at just around 360 grams total for a pair. So, if you frequently do heavy hiking and need a very light pair of crampons that won’t distract you from your climb, the Petzl Leopard FL Crampons are a quality pair to consider.
Featuring a 10-point design, they sport strap-on bindings which makes them compatible with any type of hiking boot you have. We also really liked their built-in Cord-Tex system which makes the crampons more compact when you need to pack them up and take them on the go. The crampons come with a special storage bag too, so it’s easy to move them from place to place and pull them out as needed.
Check Current Price
The final best crampons for hiking pick on our list are the Camp Stalker Universal Crampons. These weigh quite a bit more than our last selection at 948 grams, but this also means they will offer you great stability on rough trails and steep slopes. We love the durable 12-point design manufactured from Chromoly steel for extra gripping power.
We were pleased to see that these crampons also sport anti-balling plates, a thermoplastic heel, and sturdy nylon straps for user-friendly ease. These are a great option for recreational outdoor enthusiasts who need a sturdy option for longwear use.
Even better, the Camp Stalk Universal crampons feature CC4U wear indicators so there’s no guesswork involved when it’s time to replace them. The crampons also come with a storage case so you can put them in your backpack and take them out as needed.
Check Current Price
While each of the best crampons for hiking on our list are suited to a variety of user needs, our favorite and the ultimate winner out of the group are the Black Diamond Contact Crampons. There were so many things we loved about these crampons, from their lightweight design to their flexible toecap to their durable stainless-steel exterior.
They are highly durable and weather resistant, with 10-point specifications that make them well suited to a plethora of hiking activities. We were also impressed that the Black Diamond Contract Crampons come in both strap-on and clip designs.
While most hikers will probably use the strap-on bindings, we like the fact that you have the option for both. From freezing hikes to winter mountaineering adventures, the Black Diamond Contract Crampons have you covered.
Whether you’re planning a long hike out in the wilderness or are trying to ramp up your hiking wardrobe game, investing in a quality pair of waterproof hiking pants is a must. Not only will the best waterproof hiking pants keep you warm and dry while out on the trail, but they’ll also protect you from the elements to help ensure bad weather doesn’t slow you down.
Keep reading for a thorough waterproof hiking pants buying guide, plus the best waterproof hiking pants you’ll be itching to add to your gear for your next grand adventure.
The top 5 waterproof hiking pants we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know about shopping for waterproof hiking pants.
As with any type of hiking apparel, the first step in the process of shopping for the best waterproof pants is to consider what your usage will be. Then, you can decide what waterproof pants are best suited to your hiking needs.
For example, what sort of climate do you plan on hiking in? Are you going to be hiking and climbing in heavy rain? Or, do you simply want your waterproof pants to provide an extra barrier of warmth and dryness in case you run into some unexpected showers? Perhaps you’re going to be hiking a snowy mountain and need an extra barrier or protection?
There are different types of waterproof hiking pants to meet an array of user needs. There are waterproof pants that are designed to be standalone pants, while there are others that you can easily wear over your regular hiking pants.
For ease of use, you might prefer an all-in-one pant that will serve as a durable hiking pant on the road and keep you dry from the rain and other weather elements. However, the choice is ultimately a matter of personal preference.
The fabric is a very important factor to consider when shopping for the best waterproof hiking pants. You want to ensure that the fabric itself is sufficiently waterproof to guard against inclement weather, but it also needs to be light and breathable enough that you won’t feel weighed down on the trail.
The best waterproof hiking pants sport ventilation features to let air through and ensure sweat doesn’t gather. If a pair of waterproof hiking pants have insufficient ventilation, you’ll likely end up getting wet, sweaty, and just downright uncomfortable.
The fit is another key aspect to bear in mind when on the hunt for the best waterproof hiking pants. Of course, you want to pick the right size, but the fit itself is an important aspect to consider. The best waterproof hiking pants will offer an excellent fit at the waist, while still being loose and breathable enough in the legs that sufficient air flows through.
For moderate to heavy hikes, you’ll probably be wearing your hiking boots, which will create added bulk. The best waterproof hiking pants will fit over your hiking boots without excess bunching.
As a rule of thumb, your waterproof pants should fit nicely over your regular hiking gear, with an elastic band that cinches at the waist but is expandable enough to give you breathing room.
Weight is also a critical aspect of shopping for the best waterproof hiking pants. You should be able to pack your waterproof hiking pants without issue, and they shouldn’t weigh you or your pack down. Not all waterproof hiking pants are created equal, and some are definitely bulkier than others, so keep this in mind when shopping for the right pair to meet your needs.
Remember, layering is essential, and your waterproof gear is the outside layer to protect you from any weather elements you come up against. If you’re going on a long hiking trip and might be dealing with some stormy weather, you should always keep your waterproof pants in your pack. That way, you can easily grab them to layer on at a moment’s notice if need be.
Side zips are a very important feature to look for, as they make pulling your waterproof pants on and off over your boots a total breeze. If you purchase waterproof hiking pants designed to be worn over your regular hiking pants, those side zips can make all the difference and save you a little extra time to boot.
If you run into an unexpected raincloud, you’re probably not going to feel like doing battle with your waterproof pants just to pull them over your gear. Alternatively, some waterproof hiking pants feature buttons rather than side zips, which are also great for user-friendly access.
Ventilation is another key feature you want to see when hunting for the best waterproof hiking pants. Most of the time, long side zips or buttons are going to provide the ventilation you need, so you can close the sides of your pants all the way or leave them slightly open at the bottom to let air through.
Here are the top 5 waterproof hiking pants you’ll want to consider for your gear.
These best waterproof hiking pants by The North Face are not only highly durable but very affordable as well. They are super lightweight, which makes them a great choice for activities ranging from moderate hikes to snowboarding and skiing. We liked the zipper that runs halfway up each pant leg, so you can pull these on and off over your hiking footwear with ease.
The seams are 100% taped while the pants offer a relaxed fit to give you plenty of freedom of movement. The pants sport 2 zipper pockets and a comfortable elastic waist with a drawcord. A huge plus for us was the fact that these waterproof pants weight just 8.1 ounces. That said, they are a bit bulky so they could take up extra space in your gear.
We liked that the North Face Men’s Venture 2 Half Zip Pant dries quickly and is highly resistant to wind elements. These pants look really stylish without sacrificing user functionality, with an added cut at the knee for further mobility.
Check Current Price
The next best waterproof hiking pants on our list are these Torrentshell Pants by Patagonia. If you want a simple, waterproof pant that will be easy on your wallet but still get the job done, these could be just what you’re looking for. They are very breathable and light to wear, weighing in at a mere 10 ounces. We love the elastic waistband and quality regular fit that will serve you well for many outdoor excursions.
We like that these pants feature articulated knees for a more comfortable fit and water-resistant side zips that run from the cuff to the thigh. You’ll have no problem slipping these waterproof hiking pants over your regular hiking pants and boots. We also really liked the dual zip pockets that offer extra space for storage or to keep your hands warm if you need to.
One thing we would say is that these pants are a bit noisy, with an interior that feels very much like plastic despite being manufactured from ripstop nylon. However, for newer hikers or anyone who wants a more affordable option, the Patagonia Mens Torrentshell Pants could be for you.
Check Current Price
The Marmot Minimalist Pant lives up to its name, with simple yet functional features to suit a wide range of hiking needs. These pants feature taped seams, dual zipper pockets, a handy elastic waist, and a quality regular fit that will be nice and comfortable when you’re out on the trail.
We loved the durable Gore-Tex material of these pants, that are very resistant to wear and tear but super breathable too.
These pants will give you plenty of mobility when you’re in the great outdoors, without looking overly baggy. One element we noticed is that the elastic in the waist region is only installed in the back. There also aren’t any belt loops built into the pants, so depending on your preference that could cause annoyance.
Another important thing to note is that while you can pull these pants on and off over hiking footwear, you won’t be able to do so with larger hiking boots. So, if you tend to wear smaller hiking footwear on the trail no problem, but you’ll have to take the time to pull bulky hiking boots on and off if you want to wear these waterproof pants.
Check Current Price
The next best waterproof hiking pants selection on our list is this lightweight pair by Outdoor Research. Manufactured from durable, yet breathable Gore-Tex material and weighing in at just 11 ounces, can you easily slip the Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant into your pack, no problem.
We really liked the elastic waist with a drawcord that ensures the pants are fitted but loose enough to give you plenty of breathing room on long hikes. These waterproof pants are easy to slip on and off as you need to, designed from high-quality 50D face fabric that will keep you nice and dry. We loved the attachment features on the waistband that you can attach suspenders to if you so desire (suspenders are sold separately).
These pants feature a waterproof zipper that runs up three-quarters of each pant leg, which means you can slip these on and off over your regular hiking pants without issue. We also liked the back-zipper pocket that gives you a little extra storage space and the pant seam tape for additional waterproofing. The cuffs of these waterproof pants feature a closure with a hint of elasticity to give you plenty of wiggle room.
Check Current Price
The final best waterproof hiking pants selection on our list is the Helly Hansen Men’s Legendary Ski Snow Pant. No matter what kind of damp conditions you’re facing, whether it be rain, sleet, or snow, these waterproof pants will see you through.
They are manufactured from the Helly Hansen proprietary Helly Tech Performance material, featuring a waterproof layer that can withstand a water column up to 10,000 mm.
The bottom portion of the pants features a tougher material that is resistant to wear, tear, and weather elements. We really love the fully taped seams and adjustable waistband with belt loops for extra functionality. These pants sport mechanical ventilation too, so you don’t have to worry about getting stuffy or clammy when wearing them.
The Helly Hansen Men’s Legendary Ski Snow Pant is a highly dependable choice that will keep you warm, dry, and comfortable. They are also not too bulky, so you won’t feel weighed down when scaling that lofty mountain or rugged peak.
Check Current Price
Each of the 5 best waterproof hiking pants on our list offers something for every hiker, novice and expert alike. In our opinion, after careful research and reviewing, the final winner from the list would have to be the Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant.
These waterproof hiking pants met all our key criteria, from a lightweight design that you can easily fit in your pack to quality 50D face fabric to three-quarter length waterproof zippers for ventilation and functionality.
The elastic waistband and seam tape incorporated into the design is another huge plus that provides hikers with comfort and long wear durability. For comfort, convenience, and compactness, the Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant is an easy win.
Nothing can dampen the mood (literally!) on a hike quite so much as an unexpected burst of rain showers when you’re out on the trail. If you’re going to be hiking in a variety of weather conditions, it’s best to be prepared and ensure you choose the best rain pants for hiking, so you don’t end up drenched and frustrated.
Today, we’re going to walk you through what you need to look for when selecting the best rain pants for hiking, plus our top 5 picks to consider adding to your hiking wardrobe.
The top 5 rain pants for hiking we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to make sure you pick the best rain pants for all your outdoor needs.
The first key aspect of selecting the best rain pants for hiking is to understand the different kinds of fabric available and which are best to suit your outdoor needs. There are many varieties of waterproof fabric available, and they are certainly not all created equal.
Rain pants are often designed with layers of waterproof fabric. Typically, the outer layer is made from polyester or nylon, which has to be treated with a special Durable Water Repellant to stay light and breathable.
The inner layers of rain pants are an overlay of fabrics that offer space for air and evaporated moisture to move through. There are both waterproof non-breathable fabrics and waterproof breathable fabrics, with breathable options typically being a much costlier selection.
In general, non-breathable fabrics are best for lighter hikes, while breathable fabrics are going to be a good option for longer excursions and warmer climates.
Non-breathable waterproof fabrics, in particular, come in a few different styles, with the most cost-effective options typically being those with polyurethane coating. The choice between breathable vs. non-breathable waterproof fabric is partly a matter of personal preference, but it is important to note that the latter will not allow even the slightest hint of condensation or air in or out.
That said, non-breathable fabrics are usually much lighter than breathable ones, only using a single fabric layer with water repellent coating. Breathable pants with more layers tend to be more durable though, which is reflected in their often-higher price point.
Many of the best rain pants for hiking, especially the waterproof breathable kind, are usually treated with Durable Water Repellent or DWR. DWR is a chemical that helps fortify the overall water-impervious design of these pants and reduce wear on the exterior.
When hiking pants become wet, the DWR treatment helps to keep the pants dry and avoid any moisture seeping through to your legs. Non-breathable rain pants are so impenetrable in nature that they do not require DWR coating.
Another fabric coating option is a polyurethane coating. The best rain pants for hiking coated with polyurethane are usually very cost effective and easy to find. Polyurethane is not typically as durable as DWR coating but combined with the built-in nylon shell layer, you can expect a highly waterproof pair of pants.
Just know that polyurethane coated rain pants for hiking are not typically as durable and will not last as long if you are a frequent hiker. In general, you can expect to get about 2 to 3 seasons out of a pair of polyurethane rain pants with extreme use, and potentially longer with less recurrent use.
Seam tape is a very important component to look for when selecting the best rain pants for hiking. Seam tape keeps your waterproof rain pants together and functions as an adhesive strip over the natural seams in the garment’s fabric. The tape protects the stitching on your pants so it doesn’t fray or let water seep through if you hit a downpour.
We cannot stress enough how essential seam tape is — you should never purchase a pair of rain pants that don’t have this adhesive protectant.
Of course, when you’re carrying your heavy gear and a rainstorm hits, the last thing you want to worry about is being bogged down by your rain pants! Weight is another key consideration to take into account when hunting for the best rain pants for hiking.
Lightweight options with a few, powerful layers and sufficient seam tape are going to serve you much better out on the trail than bulky options that just weigh you down.
The time of year that the best rain pants for hiking are going to be most appropriate is during the spring, fall, and into winter. During these periods, you’ll probably also be outfitted with heavier hiking boots or similar footwear for added stability and warmth in the great outdoors.
If an unexpected rain cloud appears and you find it’s time to put your rain pants on, boot zippers are a handy feature to have. Not all of the best rain pants for hiking include these, but boot zippers make it easy to slip your rain pants on and off as needed without having to take off your footwear and endure freezing feet.
Here are the top 5 best rain pants for hiking to keep water out and ensure you’re nice, warm, and dry when stormy weather hits.
The first best rain pants for hiking selection on our list are these 100% nylon pants by Marmot. Featuring the all-important waterproof coating, plus multiple pockets for handy storage, these pants are simple and comfortable to boot. The Marmot Men’s Precip Pant is highly durable and easy on the wallet, making it a great selection for long wear use.
We really liked the polyurethane coating inside these rain paints with the durable nylon outer layer to keep you warm and dry on blustery, rainy days. We were also pleased to see that these pants feature a handy boot zipper so you can slip them on and off without too much fuss. Even better, these seams are sealed to perfection, so you won’t have to stress about getting soaked if you run into a storm cloud.
Another cool feature we liked about the Marmot Men’s Precip Pants is that they feature velcro cuffs, allowing you to adjust them as needed based on the type of footwear you have on. The ultra-comfortable elastic waist is just another reason why these are some of the best rain pants for hiking available today.
Check Current Price
The next best rain pants for hiking we chose are these breathable waterproof hiking pants by Arc’teryx. The waterproof breathable design is ideal for longer outdoor adventures, while still being lightweight enough that you won’t feel too warm or bogged down. We love the handy boot zippers, plus the added fly zipper is a functional touch.
These pants sport highly durable Gore-Tex fabric, which further secures the hem, lower leg, and instep areas. These pant regions are the areas that will bear the brunt of intense hiking and outdoor elements, so you can depend on the Gore-Tex design to see you through many a rough terrain.
We also liked the comfortable elastic waistband on the Arc’teryx Beta SL Pant. They are fitted enough to ensure secure wearing but not so tight that you won't have plenty of room to move around.
Check Current Price
The Mountain Hardwear Stretch Ozonic Outdoor Pants feature 4-way stretch fabric that is ideal for long climbs and hikes in the great outdoors. There are full-length zippers on each pant leg, plus a secured seam to ensure no water slips through to your skin during a torrential downpour. We also really like the style of these pants, since they are just as attractive as they are functional.
These best rain pants for hiking are designed to be more fitted rather than loose, so if you are looking for a pair that combines both durability and style, you may have found your match. These pants are designed from waterproof breathable fabric to ward off moisture.
The side zippers made getting these pants on and off over any type of hiking footwear a total breeze.
One thing to note is if you like to layer your pants in colder climates, these rain pants are a bit too fitted to allow for much if any layering underneath. We were pleased to see the elastic waistband for comfort with a webbed nylon belt to secure it.
Unfortunately, these pants only feature 1 pocket situated at the mid-thigh, so you won’t have much storage space for little extras while out on the trail. The pants do sport a fly zipper though, which is a helpful bonus.
Check Current Price
These best rain pants for hiking by Outdoor Research are super light, weighing in at just 5.9 ounces. So, if you want to pack a pair of rain pants without noticing a difference in your gear, these could be for you.
We like the handy boot zippers and were pleased to see the waterproof seam tape design. These pants are manufactured from 100% nylon for a weightless, breezy pant you can depend on when hiking in different types of weather.
It is important to note, that the lightweight nylon design is durable, but not ideal for super long hikes in very rough terrain. Hiking off the grid in rugged brush and thickets could wear these pants out pretty fast. However, for rain and stormy weather conditions, these waterproof rain pants are a comfortable, light, and functional option.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best rain pants for hiking are these 100% nylon ones by Columbia. The first helpful feature we noticed was the leg openings that you can adjust for user-friendly ease. If the affordable design of non-breathable waterproof pants is your preference, these could be for you. They are a simple, no-frills option but they get the job done and look great as well.
The 70-denier nylon is highly durable, with a comfortable adjustable elastic waistband to give you plenty of freedom of movement. The Columbia Men’s Rebel Roamer Pant is lacking in terms of a zipper fly, pockets, and zip cuffs, but this mainly comes down to a matter of personal preference.
If you don’t care too much about pockets and would prefer to store all your essential items in your pack, you probably won't miss those pocket features too much. While these pants are missing a fly zipper, the elastic waistband is easy to loosen and tighten as you need to when out on the road.
Check Current Price
While each of the options listed above will suit a range of hiker needs, in our humble opinion, the best rain pants for hiking would have to be the Mountain Hardwear Stretch Ozonic Outdoor Pants. These rain paints really ticked all the key items off our checklist, with features from taped seams and stretch fabric to full-length zippers and a lightweight design.
We love that you can wear these pants with just about any type of hiking footwear, making them a useful addition to your outdoor wardrobe for many seasons. We were also drawn to the fitted, sleek design that we didn’t see as much of with the other products listed. For functionality, long wear use, versatility, and durability, you can’t go wrong with the Mountain Hardwear Stretch Ozonic Outdoor Pants.
For outdoor photography enthusiasts, finding the best hiking tripod to support your camera and catch all those album worthy moments can feel like a distinct challenge. With so many tripods available, how do you know which one will best serve your needs out on the trail?
We’re so glad you asked. For a definitive guide to choosing the best hiking tripod for all your travel adventures to the top 5 tripods you’ll want to consider for your gear, keep scrolling.
The top 5 hiking tripod we recommend for 2021:
Before you can pick out the best hiking camera tripod to check all the key items off your wishlist, it’s essential to understand exactly how tripods work. Tripods have several main components, which are the head, legs, centerpost or center column, and the feet.
The head of the tripod supports your lens or digital camera. You can choose from a wide range of tripod heads, but the most common ones are pan-tilt and ball heads. The tripod legs support the whole mechanism and are usually manufactured from steel, basalt, carbon fiber, or aluminum.
The centerpost or center column is the leg in the center of the device that helps to elevate the head of the tripod. Finally, most quality tripods include different tripod feet to switch out at the end of the device’s legs depending on whether you intend to use it inside or outside.
If you are in the market for the best hiking tripod, you need to consider a few key factors before making your final purchase.
The first aspect you need to consider when purchasing a tripod is its height. It is best to select a tripod that aligns with your actual height, so there’s no need to strain your back or neck to look through the viewfinder. Once situated on the tripod, your viewfinder should be right around your eye level.
If the viewfinder goes a little bit above or below eye level, you can easily alter your tripod’s legs to accommodate for the discrepancy. As a general rule of thumb though, you should try to ensure the alignment is as close to eye level as possible. If you purchase a tripod with the head secured to it, the top of the head should hit right around your jaw.
On the other hand, if you decide to purchase a tripod where the head comes separately, just make sure that the tripod legs stop around your shoulders. If you intend to travel frequently with your tripod, you’ll also want to take into account the total height of your tripod after it has been broken down and packed up. Consider the size of your gear and how much space you’ll require to take the best hiking camera tripod on the open road with you.
One of the most critical factors you’ll need to consider when hunting for the best hiking tripod is its total support capacity. It’s not uncommon for novice photographers to purchase a tripod that is only meant to hold a few pounds and not heavy duty camera equipment. Consider the extent of the photography equipment you’ll be bringing along to ensure your tripod can support the weight sufficiently.
Your tripod should be able to hold a minimum of 1.5 times above the weight of your equipment, including your camera and lens. To be safe, consider purchasing a tripod that can hold at least 2 times more than your total equipment’s weight.
The actual weight of the tripod itself is another key element to bear in mind. You certainly don’t want your tripod to weigh you down when you’re traveling, but it needs to be sturdy enough to support your equipment and hold up well in the great outdoors.
The most lightweight tripod materials are carbon fibers, which also offer great longevity of use, are rust-resistant, and highly sturdy. That said, the best hiking tripods made from carbon materials are typically the least affordable option.
If you want something more affordable, aluminum is another very durable tripod material. It does weigh more than carbon fibers though. Stainless steel tripods are another option, but these are some of the heaviest materials available, so they might not be the best choice if you are constantly on the move.
The best tripod for hiking leg weight should be no more than 5 pounds. Tripods made of carbon fibers typically weigh between 3 and 4 pounds. Aluminum tripods are around 5 to 6 pounds but can be heavier. Another option is basalt lava legs, which usually hit somewhere in the middle in terms of weight.
The tripod head is the most critical element of the entire device. It not only secures your camera and associated equipment in place, but it also helps direct the movement of the lens. Modular tripods do not come with the tripod head, so they require a separate purchase. When selecting a tripod head, it should always be able to hold at least as much weight as the legs do.
There are three primary kinds of tripod heads you can purchase — a pan-tilt head, ball-head, and gimbal head. A pan-tilt head usually features one handle for horizontal adjustment or two handles for both horizontal and vertical adjustment. A ball-head sports a single control for adjustment and is very dependable to keep your camera in place.
A gimbal head is designed specifically for 300 mm lenses and above. Gimbal heads maintain optimal balance for heavier lenses and are a great choice for quick action photos. They are also very easy to use and you won’t have to tighten the head each time you move the camera.
Some tripod models include the centerpost, the center tripod leg allowing you to elevate or lower your camera height. While some photographers prefer a centerpost, it is important to note that this center leg could cause significantly more vibration when you’re utilizing the device.
If you still decide that a centerpost is a must-have for you, it is best to select one that will lower to the level where the tripod legs converge.
Typically, you’ll have 2 different options for tripod legs; tubular and non-tubular. Carbon fiber tripods are always tubular with a twist lock system. Basalt, steel, and aluminum tripods are sold in a variety of shapes, secured with a flip-lock.
Based on the height of the best hiking camera tripod you select, there could be anywhere from 3 to 5 sections on each leg. In general, the more leg sections a tripod has, the higher you can elevate it. Just be aware that higher tripods are typically less sturdy.
Certain tripod models give you the option to switch out the feet depending on the environment you’re in. Rubber and plastic feet are great for inside use, while metal spikes are the common choice for outdoor photography. Save for very rainy or icy weather though, the rubber feet included with your tripod should suffice for your hiking purposes.
Now that you’re an expert regarding all the ins and outs of investing in a tripod, here are the top 5 best hiking tripods available currently.
The first best tripod for hiking on our list is this fantastic and light option by Gitzo. Featuring a ball head design, this tripod is a great choice for frequent outdoor travelers who want to capture amazing shots on the go.
The Gitzo GT3542 Mountaineer Tripod’s legs are fairly narrow when compared to other options available, but they are still sturdy enough to support a heavy camera and lens between 300 and 400 mm.
You can elevate the carbon fiber tripod’s height as much as 63.78 inches and lower it down to 52.76 inches. We really love that you can adjust the tripod to a wide range of levels to suit all your photography needs.
Plus, you can easily fold the tripod to fit in your gear where it will take up a mere 21.26 inches of space. We were also pretty impressed that the 4-section tripod can handle up to 46.3 pounds in payload capacity, with a G-lock leg design for stability and durability.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking tripod selection on our list is this adjustable ball head device by Sirui. Featuring a durable carbon fiber design, we were astounded to discover that you can fold this incredibly compact tripod down to a mere 15.7 inches for easy carrying.
It also sports a handy center column that you can adjust up and down to put your camera at the optimal height. The tripod comes with a shorter center column for catching snaps at lower angles.
This very lightweight tripod weighs just 2 pounds with 13.2-pound load capacity, so if you’re going to be traveling for long periods this won’t overbulk your gear. You can elevate the tripod up to 54.7 inches or lower it down to 4.9 inches with the shorter center column if you need to. We also really liked the leg locks that adjust to half a turn so you can set up or pack up the tripod with relative ease.
Check Current Price
Oben’s pan/tilt head best hiking tripod supports a load capacity of 13.2 pounds, which is definitely less than some other devices but a good choice if you have a more lightweight camera and lens.
We like the fact that you can extend it to a maximum height of 68.3 inches or lower it all the way down to 10.2 inches as you prefer. It weighs just over 5 pounds, with a handy 360-degree panning feature for fantastic outdoor snaps.
We also liked the quick release mechanism with a safety lock for easy setup and breakdown. The aluminum tripod sports a 4-section design with rubber tip feet that will stabilize your device well in rugged or slippery locations. Another huge plus for the Oben AC-1451 is that it offers 3 tubular levels, which means you can keep your lens level both vertically and horizontally.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best hiking tripod is this aluminum model by MeFOTO. We liked the 360-degree panning option for beautiful panorama shots. You can adjust the tripod to 2 angle positions, which makes it easy to take photos when working with almost any space or surface.
If you want to increase the stability of your tripod, the MeFOTO Classic Aluminum Tripod sports a recessed hook so you can secure extra weight on the center column.
The ball head design of this tripod is very reliable, plus the 5-section legs with rubber grips make it easy to set up and secure your device in no time. The really cool aspect of this tripod is that you can adjust it to a complete monopod of 64 inches or fold it down to 180 degrees at a 15.4-inch size.
Because you have 5 leg sections, you can secure your camera at heights ranging from 15.4 to 61.6 inches. The tripod weighs just 3.6 pounds but will support a payload capacity as high as 17.6 pounds, so it’s an ideal pick for DSLR or mirrorless cameras.
Check Current Price
The final best hiking tripod selection on our list is this compact tripod by Manfrotto. We love the durable aluminum device, with a quick-release plate to secure a variety of cameras and lenses. One thing we really liked was that the Manfrotto Compact Action Tripod includes a unique adaptor to fit with cameras featuring higher specs.
The tripod even sports a photo-to-movie feature that lets you switch from taking a photo to movie mode with ease.
The design features 5 leg sections that extend up to 61.02 inches and down to 17.32 inches in height. With the center column lowered, you’ll enjoy a maximum height of 52.36 inches. The Manfrotto Compact Action Tripod also sports a 360-degree panorama option with a quick release plate.
We did notice that the safety payload for this tripod is pretty low, with a maximum recommended weight of 3.31 pounds. However, the tripod only weighs 2.56 pounds total, so this is something to consider if you plan on being out on the open trail for long periods.
Check Current Price
So, which best hiking tripod made the cut as the ultimate winner from the top 5? After considering all the specs, pros, and cons of each device, we’d have to name the Gitzo GT3542 Mountaineer Tripod Ser.3 4S as the unequivocal winner on our list. We were duly impressed by its 46.3 payload capacity to support heavier cameras, which make it an ideal choice for quality 300 to 400 mm lenses.
We also loved that you can fold this tripod all the way down to 21.26 inches but raise it to a full height of 63.78 inches if so desired. For us, the versatility, capacity, maximum and minimum height options, and lightweight yet highly durable carbon fiber design of the Gitzo GT3542 Mountaineer Tripod make it the best hiking tripod for any outdoor explorer.
Staying hydrated, whether you’re hiking the steepest mountain or trekking on your favorite trail, is essential not only for your health but for your performance and overall resilience. If you’re currently hunting for the best water bottle for hiking, look no further than this comprehensive buying guide and review.
Let’s get down to business!
The top 5 water bottle for hiking we recommend for 2021:
Here’s what you need to know to select the best hiking water bottle.
Selecting the best water bottle for hiking starts with making sure you have the right size bottle that will provide you with sufficient hydration for your outdoor adventures. Water bottle sizes are measured in fluid ounces and liters, and typically contain a capacity between 16 to 32 ounces (which translates to about half a liter to a full liter).
Men are advised to drink approximately 3 liters of water daily, while women are supposed to drink around 2.2 liters. When you are on an exhausting hike, it’s essential to ensure you’re getting enough water to keep you powered up. You should be drinking between 4 to 6 ounces of water about every half hour.
If you tend to go on shorter hikes, you might not need as larger a water bottle capacity. On the other hand, if you are a frequent hiker who often engages in strenuous treks, you had best stick closer to 32 ounces.
Besides water bottle size, another important factor to consider if you are hunting for the best water bottle for hiking is the shape you desire. The right shape for your hiker needs will entirely depend on the type of activity or usage you have in mind.
For example, if you frequently go running on trails, you would want to make sure you picked a water bottle that fits easily in your hand and won’t weigh you down. For hiking enthusiasts and regular trekkers, you’ll likely want a water bottle that holds a higher capacity so you can stay hydrated for the duration of your hike.
The best hiking water bottle is usually a bit larger than your standard water bottle variety. If you like to store your water bottle in a side compartment of your gear when you are out on the trail, just make sure it is narrow enough to fit into the pocket area.
There are quite a few different types of water bottle materials to choose from when selecting the right one for your hiking needs. It partially comes down to a matter of preference, but there are certain materials that are going to be more durable and last for much longer than others.
Your first option is plastic. Plastic water bottles come in a wide range of designs, so they can be collapsible or the traditional rigid variety. Plastic hiking water bottles come in all shapes and sizes too, so whether you like to carry your water bottle or keep in your back you have plenty of options with this type of material.
Plastic water bottles do tend to be more affordable than other materials. With that said, they are not quite as durable as some other water bottle types like metal would be.
Metal water bottles manufactured from materials like stainless steel are highly durable. If you tend to hike in rough terrain, metal water bottles are a good choice because they can withstand drops and are light to carry.
Glass water bottles are an alternative to plastic water bottles. They are somewhat durable and make for hazard-free water drinking without having to worry about added chemicals in the material.
However, they are definitely the most fragile water bottle material you could choose. So, if you anticipate going on a tough hike where the bottle could drop or come into contact with a rugged surface, this might not be your best option.
Whether or not you want a nozzle on your water bottle for hiking is a matter of personal preference, but this feature could prove highly functional during long hours spent outside on the trail. Nozzles make it easy to stay hydrated without having to unscrew the lid every time you want a drink of water.
A nozzle also makes the water consumption process a bit less messy as you won’t have to worry about water splashing everywhere anytime you take a sip.
Choosing the best water bottle for hiking doesn’t have to be a pain. Check out the top 5 options you’ll want to consider incorporating into your gear on your next hiking trip.
The next best hiking water bottle on our list is this quality choice from Yeti. If you want a basic water bottle that will serve you well on the trail, this could be the pick for you. We like the stainless steel design of the YETI Rambler Vacuum Bottle, featuring special insulation to keep your cold drinks chilled in the heat and your warm beverages hot in the cold.
We really appreciate the wide opening at the top of the bottle, that makes it simple to keep clean and avoid bacteria forming. The YETI Rambler also sports a screw lid featuring a handle so you can take it with you on the go just about anywhere. If you prefer a different kind of lid, you can also buy other varieties separately to fit your YETI Rambler, including a straw lid for sipping.
We do wish the water capacity was a bit more, but the 18 ounces should be sufficient for shorter to moderate hiking times. We will note that the YETI Rambler is one of the heavier choices on your list, despite the fact that it doesn’t hold as many ounces of water at once. So, if you don’t mind that extra little bit of weight, it shouldn’t be a problem.
Check Current Price
The Klean Kanteen Insulated Classic best water bottle for hiking is a more affordable version of the Hydro Flask we previously reviewed. If you want a similar, but a more cost-effective version, you’ve found it.
The Klean hiking water bottle sports an impressive dual vacuum wall to insulate all your beverages. In fact, it can keep your hot beverages hot for as long as 24 hours in cold climates, and cold for as long as 90 hours in hot weather!
We like the user friend screw cap the Klean Kanteen Insulated Classic features, along with a handy loop so you can secure the bottle to the rest of your gear by using a carabiner. However, here are a couple of areas where we think this water bottle for hiking has room for improvement.
First, the water bottle doesn’t sport any type of anti-slip exterior, so you won’t get as quality a grip when you go to get a drink. Also, the bottle opening is fairly small, which could make it a bit tougher to keep clean.
Check Current Price
The Hydro Flask Wide Mouth water bottle is a fantastic choice for both beginner and expert hikers alike. The stainless-steel water bottle sports an impressive 32 ounces of water capacity, which is great for long hikes, but it is pretty lightweight so as not to bog you down. The only real downside of the Hydro Flask Wide Mouth water bottle is that it is not as affordable as some of the other selections on our list.
Even so, it features handy TempShield technology that gets rid of condensation and insulates your water from the outdoor elements. The water bottle while keep your water cold as long as 24 hours in balmy weather. If you’re preparing for a chilly hike, you can enjoy a warm beverage that will stay hot for up to 12 hours, even in the cold!
What’s more, the Hydro Flask is very easy to clean, sporting a screw lid and wide mouth. You can even choose from a variety of lids for the Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Water bottle (purchased separately). We really like this water bottle’s slip-free design that is resistant to wear and tear to serve you well for many hikes to come.
Check Current Price
The Avex FreeFlow AutoSeal has quality insulation, enough to keep your hot beverages warm for as long as 10 hours and your cold beverages chilled for up to an astounding 29 hours. So, if you like to go on long hiking trips, you’ll be able to enjoy cool refreshing water for many hours of activity.
We really like the AutoSeal design of this water bottle, as it sports a lid button that you can use to automatically open and close it. The great part about the AutoSeal design is that you can lock the button to ensure it doesn’t open on accident in your gear on a strenuous excursion. Plus, you don’t even have to manually open the lid to take a gulp of water.
Just click the button and drink from the spout. Less water splashing on you and more in the bottle to keep you hydrated. We would say that the AutoSeal button is a little complicated at first glance, making it a little less user-friendly than we would like. Of course, you can unscrew the cap if you like to take a sip of water too.
Check Current Price
The last best water bottle for hiking on our list is the CamelBak Chute Vacuum. With a medium range 20-ounce beverage capacity, you’ll be able to stay hydrated for hours. The insulated design will keep your water cold for up to 24 hours, and help ensure warm beverages stay hot for up to 6 hours in chilly conditions.
We were really happy to see that the CamelBak has an anti-slip finish for easy gripping. We also really liked that you can snap the cap to a handle for easy access and hydration. The handle is compatible with a climbing harness or backpack, so you can secure it to your gear with a carabiner on the road and leave your hands free. The opening is fairly large, so you won’t have any problem cleaning the seal’s tough to get spots.
Check Current Price
After carefully examining each of the top 5 best water bottle for hiking options on our list, we would have to name the Hydro Flask Wide Mouth water bottle as the ultimate winner. It really ticked off all the boxes that the best water bottle for hiking should have, including the highest beverage capacity compared to the other selections on our list.
We really liked the Hydro Flask’s stainless-steel design and TempShield technology to insulate your beverages. The anti-slip components of this water bottle were a huge plus for us, plus we also really liked the fact that it is easy to clean. On top of that, you can choose a variety of separate lids for the Hydro Flask, which makes this water bottle for hiking infinitely easy to customize to meet your hiking needs.
Hiking watches are an essential tool you’ll want to keep with you on the trail, particularly if you plan to go on a lengthy trek in the great outdoors.
Tired of trying to find the best hiking watch under $100 to suit your hiking needs and your budget? Stress no more, because this buying guide and detailed review are just what you’ve been looking for.
The top 5 hiking watch under $100 we recommend for 2021:
A hiking watch is specifically designed for outdoor use but does so much more than simply tell you the time. These watches also feature compasses to keep you on course, distance readings, current air pressure, and other important components you need to keep track of when going off the grid.
A hiking watch is an important component to include in your trekking gear, because factors like air pressure and time will vary widely based on the weather, altitude, location, and zone you are hiking in. The best hiking watch under 100 will keep you on the course and current with time so you can feel safe and secure whether you’re on a familiar path or out trekking in the wilderness.
Some hiking watch products also feature add-ons like a GPS, which is great to ensure accurate and speedy navigation. Hiking watches are also designed to hold up well against the wear and tear of weather elements, making them a far cry from your standard timepiece.
There are a number of primary factors you should always look for in a hiking watch before making your final decision. If you don’t plan to do extensive hikes or off-grid adventures, bonus features like a GPS might not matter quite so much to you. Even so, the following features will make your life a whole lot easier once you get out on the open trail.
Most of the time, you’re probably going to be hiking in hilly or mountainous areas and such. If you end up hiking in varying altitudes, you’ll want to keep track of your exact level with ease. The further away you hike from sea level, the lower your oxygen level will be.
While some hikers have little to no response to very high altitudes, some individuals experience very strong symptoms with the sudden change. So, an altimeter will help you ensure you’re not straying off course or going to an altitude that you know could pose difficulty.
Not all outdoor watches are created equal, so a barometer is not an automatic feature for all products. Even so, a number of watches sport a pressure barometer to help you track weather shifts.
For instance, if your hiking watch barometer revealed a sudden drop in air pressure, you would know that big storm was coming, and you should probably seek cover. On the other hand, if you notice the pressure on your barometer elevating, you know the sun is just around the corner.
The best hiking watcher under 100 will include a compass to help you locate where you are and where you need to be at any given point. A compass is a must-have for both novice and experienced hikers alike, so this is a feature you should always keep an eye out for when selecting the best hiking watch to meet your needs.
Not all hiking watches feature a GPS, but this feature will prove invaluable alongside your compass. Not only will a GPS help you find your way through off-grid locations, but you’ll make sure you stay on course without a hitch.
Quite a few hiking watch GPS devices sport other measurement options like speed and distance, so this is definitely a feature to look for if you plan to go on extended hikes.
Some of the best hiking watch under 100 models also feature a thermometer, so you can keep an eye on the current temperatures. The feature is most accurate when your hiking watch is off your wrist, so that is something to bear in mind. That said, knowing the temperature in any location you are hiking in is always beneficial.
It’s imperative that you select a hiking watch with a sturdy case to prevent damage or breakage in case the watch drops unexpectedly or hits against something. You never want your watch to fail you while on the trail, so always pick a device with a quality case is durable enough to withstand your hiking endeavors.
The best hiking watch under 100 should have a quality lens that is strong enough to handle long hiking trips and outdoor excursions. The best hiking lenses are manufactured from sturdy crystal or sapphire. These materials have a longer shelf life and can withstand scratches and wear quite well; however, they do typically come with a more costly price tag.
While not included in all device models, you might want to consider looking for a hiking watch with a heart rate tracker. The monitoring feature can literally make the difference between life and death in emergency scenarios.
Even if no emergencies arise while you are out on the trail, the helpful monitor will help you keep an eye on your overall pace to ensure you don’t push yourself too hard and get sufficient rest.
Finally, you should always look for a waterproof design when hunting for the best hiking watch under 100. You never know when you’re going to hit a river, lake, or simply a stormy rain cloud. If any of these scenarios occur, it’s wise to ensure that your device has the proper design to hold up against water and not sustain damage.
It’s also a good idea to purchase the best hiking watch under 100 that sports a minimum of 1 liter of water pressure. These specs will mean that your hiking watch is durable enough to withstand moisture and rain while being dependable and resistant to wear and tear.
These are the top 5 best hiking watches under 100. Check out our detailed review of each and keep scrolling to discover our final verdict for the ultimate champion of the bunch.
The first best hiking watch under-100 contender on our list is this powerhouse by Casio and G-Shock. Not only is it very affordable for hikers, but it has an incredibly strong battery that will last you for many hikes to come, with a quality design you can rely on. We love the fact that this hiking watch provides night-time visibility with a LED backlight and easy to read display, so you can stay safe and secure at any time.
We also love the built-in alarms this hiking watch has to offer, allowing you to set any alarms you need to wake up or as helpful reminders. The construction itself is also noteworthy, as this hiking watch sports a quality rubber and metal exterior. The design means it will reduce shock from any impacts and deflect moisture from water.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking watch under 100 is an exceptional device by Timex, with impressive water-resistant capabilities that can hold up against 200m of water without affecting the display. It also features a helpful compass to keep you on course. We liked the resin exterior and rubber strap of this hiking watch, featuring a handy buckle that is sturdy on the wrist.
The digital compass of the Timex Expedition hiking watch is in a class of its own, making this a much more dependable option than a traditional compass. If you like to hike after dark or early in the morning, you’re in luck, because this hiking watch also sports an indigo night-light to light your path and help ensure you’re staying on the right trail.
While we wish the rubber on the watch’s band was a bit more durable, you’ll still get many hiking trips out of this device.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking watch under 100 on our list is this affordable, multi-feature LAD Weather German Sensor Sport Watch. The sensor is insanely precise, with fantastic tracking features and alarms to boot. We really liked that this hiking watch also features a thermometer, digital compass, and chronograph, so it truly ticks most of the major boxes for the best devices on the market.
Besides these features, we were really impressed by the watch’s altimeter, barometer, and sea level pressure graph, enabling you to track your exact course at any given point. The digital compass even comes with calibration and magnetic declination, so you’ll have all the essential tracking equipment you need in one place.
What’s more, if you like to set alarms for yourself to keep on schedule, you’ll love the stopwatch, timer, daily alarm, calendar, and other helpful features this LAD watch has to offer. The power saving mode allows you to extend the life of your battery too, making it a must-have for long treks outdoors.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking watch under 100 is a technological wonder, making it a fantastic option for long hikes in the mountains and running on steep trails. It’s also a great choice for more moderate hikes, with highly durable construction that can serve you well for many outdoor excursions. The first feature that caught our eye was the top of the line GPS built into the watch device.
The GPS will keep you on course, but it also keeps track of elements like your pace and distance, which is an added plus! The battery is one of the best in its class, lasting for as long as 13 hours at a time after just one charge.
However, there are a few areas where this hiking watch falls short. For one thing, the watch does not feature shock absorption material and is not water resistant. So, if you’ll be hiking in rainy or adverse weather conditions, this might not be your best choice.
Check Current Price
The Garmin Forerunner 15 is the ultimate tracking device to optimize your hiking experience, with a fantastic GPS functionality and heart rate monitor. We really like that you can get up to 8 hours of battery with a single charge, plus the watch also tracks your pace, calories, and distance.
The watch sends you regular alerts to keep you on your toes, plus it is comfortable to wear so you won’t have to worry about a stiff or itchy strap. Best of all, the Garmin Forerunner 15 is both shock resistant and water resistant.
In fact, it sports 50 meters of water resistance so you won’t have to worry about your key components failing you if you hit a rainstorm. You can also wear it secured to your ankle or shoe, which is a handy bonus.
Check Current Price
Hands down, we have to award the top spot for the best hiking watch under 100 to the Garmin Forerunner 15. It not only features impressive tracking components but a spot-on GPS that will keep you on track from the beginning to the end of your next trek.
Some of the selections on our list were less durable or didn’t quite make the cut in terms of water resistance and shock absorption, but this hiking watch truly leads the pack for versatility, the longevity of use, and those key features you want in a quality device.
We love its powerful shock absorption and water-resistant capabilities and feel it provides an excellent amount of battery life with a single charge. The added bonus of being able to attach it to your shoe or ankle as you desire is just another reason why the Garmin Forerunner 15 is the best hiking watch under 100.
If you plan on hiking in freezing temperatures, it’s essential to keep your hands covered and protected from the elements. No one likes frozen fingers, and the cold could get downright dangerous for your skin depending on the environment you’ll be in.
To help you stay warm and dry while out on the trail, we’ve compiled a comprehensive guide to help you know exactly what to consider when purchasing the best hiking gloves for your outdoor needs, plus a review of the top 5 best hiking gloves. For all this and more, read on ahead!
The top 5 hiking gloves we recommend for 2021:
If you’re on the hunt for the best gloves for hiking, there are some primary factors you’ll need to consider when making your purchase.
One significant factor you should consider when selecting the best hiking gloves is whether the product’s material is waterproof or not. If you’re going to be hiking in cold, damp temperatures where there is the chance of weather occurrences like rain, snow, etc., it’s in your best interest to select a waterproof glove to protect your hands.
Otherwise, you’ll just wind up getting soaked and your gloves won’t be much help to you.
Wicking or breathability is something else you need to consider when buying the best gloves for hiking. Premium hiking gloves feature moisture wicking capabilities, which means that they help absorb and deflect excess moisture and sweat that gathers on the skin. Without moisture wicking, the gloves will simply hold on to the dampness and could leave you with quite a chill.
Speaking of which, another important factor for any hiker searching for quality gloves is warmth. You need to make sure the gloves you pick are warm enough to keep the blood flowing in your hands and your fingers mobile for any activities you plan to undertake. Different types of hiking gloves offer varying degrees of warmth.
For example, ski gloves are always quite a bit warmer than driving gloves. You can also layer hiking gloves for additional warmth.
Another critical factor to bear in mind is a pair of hiking gloves’ insulation capabilities. You’ll need to determine how much insulation you’ll require for the type of hiking you’re going to be doing. The gloves you pick should still hold on to a modicum of warmth, even if they get wet, which is another reason waterproofing material is such a helpful feature.
In a general sense, hiking gloves made from synthetic materials are going to do a better job of insulating your hands than a natural material such as wool might. So, if you’re going to be hiking in very cool temperatures and damp conditions, hiking gloves with quality synthetic fibers will likely be your best bet.
Of course, it’s important to make sure you’ll have enough wiggle room in your gloves to move around without feeling like your fingers are welded into place. Certain types of gloves offer more limited dexterity than others, so consider whether you’ll be using tools like a compass, a hiking staff, and so forth.
If you tend towards more mild hikes in cooler areas, this may not be as much of an issue. On the other hand, if you’re planning a grand outdoor expedition, your freedom of movement in a pair of hiking gloves could make all the difference.
You probably wouldn’t wear the same pair of gloves for a chilly fall trek as you would for a great adventure out in the Arctic. When choosing the best gloves for hiking for your needs, it's best to use a weather system to determine the kind of product you need to purchase.
Let’s take a closer look.
When we say moderate weather, we’re referring to those chilly days in fall in most regions. If the area you live and/or like to hike in experiences a warmer winter than is usual, moderate weather gloves could also suffice.
For these kinds of temperatures, you have a few different hiking glove options. Insulated gloves provide an all-in-one system, including a waterproof exterior with insulation inside. These types of gloves are a fantastic option if you want the insulation and comfort you need in one place, without having to worry about taking layers on or off.
Insulated gloves also offer a much better fit than you would have by layering gloves, providing your fingers with better mobility and increased range of movement. These gloves also tend to be on the more affordable side of the spectrum.
Wool gloves are another excellent choice for moderate weather hiking, as a tight enough knit repels moisture and will insulate your hands from chilly temperatures. Merino wool gloves are comfortable to wear and won’t cause any of the unpleasant itching that people normally associate with wool products.
If you’re going to be hiking in very cold weather and extreme temperatures, the first thing you need to know is that one pair of gloves won’t suffice. If you’re going to be trekking in an Arctic blast, it’s essential to protect your skin from the elements and frostbite to keep your circulation going.
So, for very cold temperatures, you will need to start with a liner glove as your base layer, followed by an insulating layer, and finally a waterproof layer. The good news is, you don’t have to wear the liners at the same time all the time.
For instance, if the weather warms up a bit, liner gloves will do. When it gets chillier, simply add on the insulating layer for extra warmth. You don’t necessarily need all three layers at once unless you’re consistently exposed to freezing elements.
Your liner glove should be water resistant to keep your hands warm and dry. Polar fleece is nice and warm but gets wet quicker. Merino wool is an excellent choice for the liner base layer. For your insulating layer, you’ll want to pick fleece or wool mittens or gloves.
The final layer, the waterproof overmitt is there to shield you from the wind, keep snow off, and deflect moisture from sleet and rain. These overmitts are pretty bulky, but the vast majority already feature an insulating liner, so you won’t have to make a separate purchase.
Here is our detailed review of the top 5 hiking gloves.
Our first best hiking gloves selection is this form-fitting pair by Mountain Made. The fabric is nice and light, giving you plenty of breathing room while still remaining insulated enough to keep your fingers nice and warm. We absolutely love the fact that the Mountain Made Outdoor Gloves feature built-in TouchScreen technology, so you can access all your essential information on your mobile device while out on the trail.
The material of these hiking gloves is designed to dry quickly, absorbing moisture and bacteria that lead to those unwelcome odors. We also really like that these best hiking gloves sport an anti-slip zipper so you can slide them off and on with ease. The material keeps heat in, while still giving you sufficient freedom of movement when you’re in the great outdoors.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking gloves selection on our list are these impressive gauntlet gloves by Gordini. Designed from 100% polyester, their synthetic design will keep your hands well insulated in a wide range of weather conditions. The polytex fabric of these gloves is also totally waterproof, which is a huge plus in our book.
These waterproof hiking gloves pack quite a punch in terms of comfort and reliability, offering premium insulation without being overly bulky. So, whether you’re hiking in cold, windy conditions or the snow, you can rest assured that these gloves will see you through.
We especially liked that the Gordini gloves include a reinforced leather palm to ensure you have plenty of gripping power if you’re climbing in rough terrain. The gloves even feature a drawstring at the wrist to help insulate you further from the cold and make it easier to slip the gloves on and off as you need to.
Check Current Price
The thing we really love about these best hiking gloves by The North Face is their built-in Etip design, which is specifically meant to block wind and harsh elements. So, if you’re going to be hiking in rough terrain and really cold temperatures, the North Face Etip Hardface Gloves could be just the pick for you. They are a great option for wilderness treks and on trail adventures alike, as they will keep your hands insulated without weighing you down.
We especially liked the five-dimensional style of these gloves to ensure they fit a wide range of hand sizes. Plus, these hiking gloves also sport stretch fleece material, which will keep you super warm, while being resistant to wear and damage.
Another feature we really liked is the articulation style of these gloves, that offers a comfortable shape to wearers. The touchscreen fingertips are another added bonus that we think you’ll find really useful when hiking for long periods.
Check Current Price
If you’re planning on hiking in moderate to slightly chilly temperatures, these SmartWool Liner Gloves are an excellent contender for your shortlist. Designed from 45% merino wool, 45% acrylic, and 9% nylon, you get the best of both worlds with a blend of wool and synthetic fibers for ultimate insulation. These also make a great liner glove if you’re going to be hiking in more extreme weather conditions.
The knit of these liner gloves is light and breathable, so you won’t have any issues moving around. The cuff finishing is designed from rib knit to remove any excess bulk, plus these gloves feature that all-important touchscreen technology so you can stay connected from just about anywhere.
We love the natural moisture-wicking design of these gloves, that absorbs and repels moisture and bacteria to reduce the risk of unpleasant odors gathering.
The fact that the SmartWool liner gloves are compact also makes them a great choice for globetrotting adventurers who don’t want to take up too much space in their gear but still require a thoroughly insulated option.
Check Current Price
Our final pick for the best hiking gloves are these insulating cold weather mittens by Black Diamond. Manufactured from 92% nylon and 8% spandex, the palm is designed from super warm goat skin with a 100% polyester built-in lining. For more extreme weather conditions, these could be the choice for you.
We like the fact that as insulating as these mittens are, they are still lightweight and offer sufficient breathing room. They are resistant to wear and tear, with a Pretext Shield for added resilience. We love that you can remove the liner of these gloves if the weather conditions warm up. The liner itself is insulated, featuring high-loft fleece.
These are 100% waterproof, which is essential for extreme cold and damp weather. We also really like the mittens’ four-way stretch to give your fingers plenty of freedom of movement.
Check Current Price
So, who made it to the top spot? After reviewing each product carefully, including the unique features, pros, and cons of every pair of hiking gloves, we picked the Mountain Made Outdoor Hiking Gloves as the final winner.
Their touchscreen component and impressive moisture wicking ability will keep you connected (and dry) when you’re on and off the trail, plus the fabric is light and breathable. These gloves are highly durable and well suited to a range of hiker levels and activities. The anti-slip zipper was also a bonus feature we really liked, and think could be very helpful so you can take your gloves on and off without unnecessary fuss.
While these gloves should probably not be worn on their own if you’re going into an Arctic blast, for moderate to cold conditions in the great expanse of nature, you’ll be hard pressed to find a better option.
If you’re heading out on a group camping trip anytime soon, you need to make sure you have a quality tent you can rely on to keep everyone comfortable and protected from the outdoor elements.
Not sure what to look for when choosing the best 4 person tent?
Keep reading for a detailed guide to selecting the best 4 person tent for your group camping adventures, plus the top 5 tent options available that you’ll want to consider for your final choice.
Are you ready? Let’s go!
The top 5 4-person tent we recommend for 2021:
Here’s exactly what you need to know to pick out the best 4 person tent for all the campers in your group.
It might seem like an obvious point that if you’re going to be traveling in a group of 4 people, you’ll want a 4 person tent. That said, not all tents with 4 person tent capacities are created equal, and if anyone in your group is taller than average, space could still be pretty tight. For example, the vast majority of tent manufacturers configure 4 person tents to fit individuals less than 6 feet in height.
If you have a group of 4 people, with each of them being less than 6 feet tall, you’d probably have enough space for everyone to fit in for sleep, but there wouldn’t necessarily be enough room to store all your gear. Likewise, if 1 or more of your group are over 6 feet tall and want to still have enough space for gear or belongings, a group of 2 or 3 might also prefer a 4 person tent.
When examining the best 4 person tent for your camping needs, consider the tent’s dimensions (i.e., interior volume, floor space) to see which choice is right for you. If you’re going to be bringing extra gear along, such as a camping cot, you’ll need to allow for the extra space that will take up.
The weight of the product is also a key factor to consider if you are in the market for the best 4 person tent. Different tent products come in a wide range of weights, and the final weight is largely dependant on the design materials and poles. Some of the best 4 person tents are made to be very lightweight and take up very little space in your gear.
Lightweight tents are a fantastic option if you’re going to be backpacking, particularly for long periods, but you want to make sure that you don’t compromise durability for weight. Many of the more lightweight tent options are less sturdy than the heavier varieties.
Now, if you’re going to be RV camping rather than backpacking with all your gear, the additional weight of a heavier, more durable tent won’t cause issues. The heavier tents weigh somewhere around 5 to 15 pounds.
Whichever type of camping you’re doing, you need to make sure that your tent will fit nicely with the rest of your gear and not add too much bulk to the mix. Decide how much space you’re willing to allocate for your tent and pick the best 4 person tent for your needs accordingly.
You’ll also want to consider the season the tent is designed for when browsing various products. Many people like camping during warm weather, but plenty of campers enjoy year-round excursions. If you’re going to be camping in a range of seasons, you’ll need a tent that can withstand both warm and cold temperatures.
Warm weather tents for use in 1-2 seasons are always going to be more lightweight with fewer poles and plenty of integrated mesh to ensure proper airflow. Tents designed for 3-season use are going to be much more dependable for year-round camping, with waterproof exteriors, thicker fabric, and more durable frames. Most 3-season tents also include a rainfly that you can install or remove as needed.
There are 4-season tents, but they are mainly for very rough outdoor weather conditions with plenty of wind and snow. If you’re going to be out mountaineering, this type of tent will probably be for you. Otherwise, most campers will do just fine with 1-2 or 3 season tents.
You want to make sure that the best 4 person tent you select is designed to protect you from any unexpected and inclement weather elements. A tent’s hydrostatic rating is measured in millimeters, indicating how waterproof the tent material is. The higher a tent’s hydrostatic rating, the more waterproof the fabric.
You also want to ensure that the best 4 man tent you purchase is durable enough to hold up against tough winds, particularly if you’re going to be setting up camp in an area with fewer trees that would otherwise act as a protective barrier.
Some tent products even feature material like polyester that offers campers protection from UV rays. Sealed seams are another valuable feature to keep an eye out for, as these ensure that rain won’t seep through your tent when showers hit.
Pay close attention to the material of the product when picking out the best 4 person tent for your camping adventures. Most tent poles are manufactured with aluminum or fiberglass. Fiberglass is the most popular option because it is dependable and also quite affordable.
With that said, fiberglass isn’t as durable as aluminum and is prone to show signs of wear and tear more quickly. Aluminum is much lighter than fiberglass and more durable but comes at a steeper price.
When it comes to the tent fabric, most products feature a polyester, nylon, or canvas design. Canvas is durable and dependable but is also weighs significantly more than the other 2 options. Nylon and polyester are popular tent material choices because they are lightweight and offer fantastic waterproofing capabilities. Ripstop nylon holds up well against wear and tears, while polyester often features UV resistant components.
The material you pick is going to be a major determinant of the ventilation the product offers. Waterproof tent fabrics don’t offer the best ventilation, so if you select a tent with waterproof material it will need features like windows and mesh to promote proper air circulation.
Check out our review of the top 5 best 4 person tents to see which one you like best. Keep scrolling for our final verdict!
Our first pick for the best 4 man tent is the Coleman Cabin Tent, designed from very durable 150-denier polyester that holds up well against wear, tear, and outdoor elements. We were really impressed by the thickness of the material, that is twice as thick as most traditional tent fabrics. The floor is designed to replicate a tub, with welded seams to keep water from coming through if showers hit.
We were pleased to see that this best 4 person tent sports a vented rainfly that covers the entire exterior of the product. We love how quick and easy this tent is to set up, with an instant popup design that takes just around a minute to complete. The poles come already assembled which makes your job on the campsite even easier. The tent sports a single door with 2 windows featuring mesh screens for ventilation.
Check Current Price
Our next choice for the best 4 person tent is the AmazonBasics Tent, an exceptional option for both traditional backpacking and camping adventures. We love the 3-season design that will serve you well throughout summer, spring, and, fall camping trips. The material is also excellent, designed from coated polyester with a 1000-denier polyethylene floor for heightened durability.
The dome configuration of the AmazonBasics Tent means it is very sturdy to hold up against rough winds and other weather conditions. The tent has an additional layer of protection from the full-length rainfly, plus stakes and guylines to ensure it stays secure. During warmer and clear weather camping trips, you can take off the rainfly for extra ventilation and enjoy the outside view.
The setup time isn’t as quick as some other products, but it is very easy and user-friendly. The floor space measure 9 x 7 feet with 59 total inches of inner tent volume.
Check Current Price
The Coleman Dome Tent for Camping is the best 4 person tent for its affordable price and quality 9 x 7 feet of floor space on the inside. The inner height extends to 4 feet and 11 inches, so you probably won’t be able to stand up, but you shouldn’t have any issues sitting up with ease. The tent’s body is manufactured from polyester that is twice as thick as the standard variety, with pole sleeves on the upper portion of the tent for quick installation.
It takes just about 10 minutes to set up from start to finish, with an easy breakdown as well, making this tent a fantastic choice for beginners and camping pros alike. We were really pleased with this tent’s integrated WeatherTec technology, sporting inverted seams and tub-like configurations. The tent includes a rainfly with integrated guylines and sports mesh features for added breathability.
We were very pleased by the storage space the Coleman Dome Tent has to offer, with mesh storage pockets and an e-port for an extension cord.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best 4 person tent is the ALPS Mountaineering Lynx Tent with a 75-denier polyester body. The floor area and rainfly are coated for a quality waterproof rating. The rainfly is rated at 1,500 millimeters and the floor at 2,000 millimeters. The fabric also protects campers against damaging UV rays.
We love the lightweight design of this best 4 person tent, that includes dual aluminum poles and clips for quick and easy setup. The tent also sports stakes and guylines, offering the tent incredible stability in rough winds.
The floor space of this tent is a bit smaller than some of our previous picks at 7.6 x 8.6 feet. The inner volume is 52 total inches. The good news is this tent weighs only 8 pounds and 10 ounces, so the easy portability of the product helps make up for the deficiency of space.
Check Current Price
Our final selection for the best 4 person tent is the Coleman Carlsbad Tent with Screen Room. Another exceptional product by Coleman, we were really impressed by the tent’s integrated Dark Room technology. The polyester fabric actually helps filter sunlight and ensure you get a better night’s sleep. Also, the fabric is designed to help regulate the temperature of the tent so it won’t overheat in very warm climates.
The tent also sports a second room in the front with a screen design and mesh walls for excellent circulation and a little extra space to relax in. The tent’s total floor space is 9 x 7 feet with a 9 x 4 foot screened in space. The inner volume of the tent is 4 feet and 11 inches, which is still not high enough to stand but offers plenty of space to sit up comfortably. The tent is even large enough to fit a queen-size bed!
The tent sports welded floors with inverted seams. The screened in area at the front of the tent isn’t waterproof, but the rest of the tent holds up well against inclement conditions. There are mesh pockets available to sport your belongings, and the tent comes in a carry bag for easy transportation.
Check Current Price
While all of the best 4 person tents in our review are strong contenders for any camper’s shortlist, our favorite was definitely the Coleman Cabin Tent with Instant Setup. We loved the 150-denier polyester with double the thickness of ordinary tents, sporting welded seams and a comfortable tub-like design. The vented rainfly is impressive, plus the quick and easy set up is a must-have for any camper, newbie or expert.
We liked the preassembled poles that come with the tent, along with the dual windows sporting mesh screens for proper air circulation. The floor space and inner volume are sufficient for 4 people to rest comfortably and sit up as needed. For durability, weatherproofing, circulation, comfort, and setup ease, it’s hard to beat the Coleman Cabin Tent with Instant Setup.
If you want to take your backpacking and outdoor experience to a whole new level, tarp camping is a fantastic option to consider. Not only are tarps far more lightweight than a traditional tent, but you’ll experience nature in all its glory to the fullest.
Plus, for warm weather hikes, tarps offer more breathability — which is a great thing in balmy environments or if you haven’t been able to find a shower in a few days.
Here’s what you need to know about picking the best backpacking tarps available currently, plus the top 5 tarps that are strong contenders for any backpacker’s gear.
The top 5 backpacking tarps we recommend for 2021:
Here are the key points you absolutely need to look for when selecting the best backpacking tarps.
The weight of the best backpacking tarps is a key element you’ll need to take into consideration when selecting the best one to meet your needs. The great thing about tarps is that they are naturally far lighter than a traditional tent, so you won’t have as heavy a load in your gear is you otherwise would.
They are also typically far less bulky, which is an added plus.
There are super lightweight tarps and regular weight tarps on the market, so ultimately you can decide which you prefer best. If you decide to go the tarp route with your backpacking trip, you’ll probably also be bringing a hammock or bivvy bag along.
Factor the weight of any other gear you’re bringing along to the campsite when deciding whether you need an ultra-lightweight tarp or not.
The size of the tarp you pick is definitely a factor to consider when making your purchase. You need to make sure the size of the tarp is sufficient to offer protection from rain if inclement weather hits.
If 2 people are going to be sleeping under the tarp, you’ll want a tarp that is at least 60 square feet or more to provide enough coverage. Plus, a little extra tarp coverage will ensure you have space to store your gear and even cook if the weather outside is too blustery.
Look for tarps that feature sufficient attachment points. Four attachment points are the absolute minimum, but tarps featuring more like 6 or 8 will really give you versatility with rigging options and be sturdier if high winds hit.
While not necessary when purchasing a tarp, you should also keep an eye out for prop points that will enlarge the square footage of your resting spot. In addition, prop points translate to greater tarp stability which is a must if you’re dealing with wind, rain, or other blustery weather elements.
With prop points, all you need is a sturdy, long branch or a trekking pole to hold your tarp taut and give you more headspace to work with.
There are some cool add-ons that will serve you well out on the trail too. Add-ons such as groundsheets and insect resistant inner liners are great ones to look for. These features will make your tarp feel much more like a tent.
Just be aware that these add-ons will add some extra weight to your pack. Not all tarps are compatible with attachable liners and such, so make sure your tarp works with these types of add-ons before buying any.
The 2 primary types of tarps are flat tarps and shaped tarps. Flat tarps typically feature a rectangular or square design and are the most versatile option of the two. Flat tarps are larger than shaped ones, so depending on the way you set them up, you’ll have much more protection against the elements.
Flat tarps are typically much heavier to carry so this will add to the overall weight of your gear. However, flat tarps are very affordable and have a simple design to boot, so if you are new to tarps and want something durable without making too heavy an investment these are a fantastic option.
Shaped tarps are sold in curved, diagonal, and hexagonal designs. They are definitely lighter than flat tarps because they have less material all around. Shaped tarps are a good choice for backpackers who like to transport as little and as light gear as possible. These kinds of tarps are very easy to set up, but they aren’t as versatile as flat ones so that is something to consider.
The best backpacking tarps are usually designed from either silnylon, silpoly, or cuben fiber material. Silpoly is one of the most lightweight options (it isn’t quite as durable though) and is also very affordable. Silnylon is more durable but also comes with a higher price tag. You can purchase silnylon in both lightweight and heavy fabrics.
Cuben fiber is the priciest and lightest type of backpacking tarp material. It is also completely waterproof, which is an important feature if you plan on hiking in variable climates. For durability and water-resistant features, you can easily go with silpoly and silnylon, which are going to be much more forgiving for your bank account.
Check out the top 5 best backpacking tarps! Decide which one’s your favorite and keep scrolling to read which one we declared the ultimate winner of the group.
The first of the best backpacking tarps on our list is the Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp. We love how lightweight this tarp is, plus it is easy to pack and carry on the road. The tarp is designed from durable 15-denier fabric sporting a polyurethane coating and integrated silicone nylon fibers. The Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp is a great selection to offer excellent protection against damaging elements like the wind and rain, despite the thinness of the material itself.
We liked the fact that the material sports reinforced 210-denier, nylon corners for extra sturdiness. The lightweight backpacking tarp features an impressive 8 attachment points plus cord adjusters, including 2 middle attachment points that you can secure to a trekking pole if you so desire.
The multiple attachment points will give you plenty of options to pitch your tarp, so for versatility and stability on the road, it’s hard to find a better option than the Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp.
You can select this tarp in 2 different dimensions; 260 x 260 and 305 x 305. For more space for your gear, the latter size is your best bet.
You can also purchase separate modular elements that are compatible with the Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp, including a groundsheet, bug net, and inner bug tent. These components are most compatible with the larger 305 x 305 dimensions. Both dimensions accommodate 2 people.
Check Current Price
The MSR Thru-Hiker 70 Wing Canopy Shelter made it to our list of the best backpacking tarps for its highly sturdy and long-lasting material designed from 20-denier fabric. The material also features polyurethane coating and ripstop nylon with silicone integrated into the design. Compared with our previous pick, this selection is a bit heavier, but it is also more durable.
We liked that the MSR Thru-Hiker 70 Wing Canopy Shelter Tarp sports 6 attachment points which you can use alongside trekking poles to keep your tarp taut and sturdy. We love that this tarp is very easy to set up and is a great choice for less experienced backpackers or anyone newer to tarp camping too.
The tarp features 290 x 260 dimensions and provides coverage for 2 to 3 people at once. The tarp space might be a bit tight for 3 people, but if you’re going to be backpacking in warmer, clear weather where you don’t have to worry about the elements as much, you’ll be just fine.
Check Current Price
The Rab Element Solo Shelter is a simple and lightweight option that frequent backpackers will love. For a no-fuss option that will serve you well in a variety of conditions, it’s hard to find a better pick than the Rab Element Solo Shelter.
We love that it weighs a mere 10 ounces, so you’ll barely notice a difference when transporting this tarp in your gear. The only significant downside to this choice from the best backpacking tarps is that it holds just 1 person.
Of course, if you’re going to be backpacking alone or just don’t need to share your tarp with anyone else, this won’t be an issue. The tarp is designed to fortify you from the wind, rain and other elements, with fabric featuring silicone coating.
The tarp only has 2 attachment points, but it does feature 4 stake loops and is compatible with trekking poles too. We liked that the fabric itself is pretty breathable, manufactured from durable yet light 40-denier nylon.
Check Current Price
Our next pick from the best backpacking tarps is super affordable but doesn’t skimp on quality. We were pleased with the nylon’s integrated silicone and 40-denier specifications. We would note that the Kelty Upslope Tarp is definitely heavier than some of the other picks on our list, so it could weigh down your pack a bit more. The tarp weighs around 1 pound and 5 ounces.
You can install the tarp with 4 stakes through the flexible stake loops, plus you can suspend it with 3 guylines and 2 trekking poles if you so choose. We liked that the tarp sports guyline storage pockets that make it easier to transport and set up the product.
The tarp holds up well against more adverse weather like rain and snow as well, so if you’re going to be backpacking in tough elements this is a quality choice.
Check Current Price
The final selection on our list from the best backpacking tarps is the Eagles Nest Outfitters ProFly Sil-Nylon Rain Tarp. For backpacking on a budget, this is a great choice to go with. We like that it is large and durable enough to replace a tent.
One thing to note is that you won’t be able to set up the rain tarp unless you’re camping in an area with trees, as this tarp can’t be set up with trekking poles like our previous options mentioned.
The design of this tarp is exceptional, manufactured from ripstop nylon with 15-denier thickness. It provides quality protection from the elements and features 6 attachment points to make securing your tarp in place a veritable breeze.
Check Current Price
We just loved the durable 15-denier fabric with polyurethane, integrated silicone coat that is still super lightweight and versatile.
The tarp provides excellent protection against harsh weather elements, with reinforced 210-denier nylon corners for additional stability, which is a huge plus for us. We were also really pleased with the 8 total attachment points for easy pitching and 2 tarp sizes that users can pick from.
Besides this, the tarp is very compatible with a nice selection of add-ons if you want to include those in your setup. For versatility, ease of use, weather resistance, quality material, and plenty of space to rest under, you can’t go wrong with the Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp.
After a long day backpacking on the trail, there’s nothing quite so relaxing as settling into your hammock to gaze at the trees, the sky, and the stars. The question is, which hammock is going to be lightweight enough to carry all your gear while being durable enough to hold up against frequent use, wear, and tear?
Today, we’re going to help you pick out the best portable hammock for your upcoming backpacking trip, including a detailed buying guide and our top 5 portable hammock picks for you to consider. For all of this, including our pick for the final winner out of the top 5, keep reading!
The top 5 portable hammock we recommend for 2021:
To choose the best portable hammock for your hiking needs, there are some key factors you’ll need to consider.
It’s critical to consider the size and dimensions of the best portable hammock you’re looking at before making your purchase. You can purchase either single or double hammocks. With regards to single hammocks, the majority of these products are 4 to 5 feet wide.
As you can imagine, single hammocks are definitely lighter than double hammocks, which will make a huge difference in the ultimate weight of the gear you’re lugging around.
On the other hand, single hammocks don’t allow as much space for relaxation or sleeping. Many single hammocks can support weights ranging from 300 to 400 pounds, while some of the super light versions support weight up to around 250 pounds.
In the case of double hammocks, you’ll definitely have more space to relax and sleep. Most products feature a width between 5 and 6 feet, but the double capacity means that 2 people can use the hammock at the same time if so desired.
Double hammocks can typically support weights between 400 to 500 pounds, with the super light varieties holding around 350 pounds of weight.
The material is another key factor to consider when selecting the best portable hammock to meet your backpacking needs. Not all products specify this feature, but denier fabric is a nice bonus to keep an eye out for. Thicker, more durable fabrics sport higher denier numbers and very light materials lower denier numbers.
A very sturdy product, for instance, might feature 70-denier material while a lighter model could sport 30-denier fabric. Lighter denier fabrics certainly won’t weigh your gear down as much, but they also won’t last as long or hold up against consistent wear and tear as well either.
A higher denier material is going to be heavier but will last far longer.
If you don’t go backpacking very often, a lighter denier model will probably last you longer. If you backpack more frequently and can withstand the heavier weight in your gear, you might want to consider a higher denier instead.
Accessories are another essential aspect you’ll want to take into account if you’re in the market for the best portable hammock. The vast majority of hammock accessories are compatible with any type of hammock, but it’s important to pay close attention to each product’s specs just in case.
The first kind of accessory you need to consider is the suspension system. The majority of hammocks come with carabiners with a quality strength rating, so no need to worry there. However, the tree straps required to suspend a portable hammock are typically sold separately.
When you do purchase straps for your hammock, you need to make sure they are a minimum of 0.75 inches in width, as narrower straps could damage the trees.
If you plan on spending the night in your hammock, you might feel a chill in colder climates when the air creeps in through the bottom of the product. A great insulating solution is to insert a sleeping pad in the hammock. For extra warmth, you might even want to consider purchasing an underquilt that droops outside the hammock.
If you’re going to be hiking in varying or damp weather conditions, you’ll definitely want a rain tarp to hang over your hammock to ensure you stay warm and dry. Larger tarps are definitely going to shield you more from the elements.
For warm weather with lots of bugs, consider purchasing a bug net to keep those pesky insects at bay. You should pick a bug net that offers 360-degree defense and extends beneath your hammock for an extra layer of protection. The net shouldn’t be see-through either since you don’t want any bugs slipping through.
Many backpackers prefer to use a portable hammock as a sleeping alternative to a regular tent. At campsites where there are plenty of trees, a hammock is a welcome and relaxing option to get the most out of your outdoor adventure.
A portable hammock is great in that you don’t need level ground to set it up, plus it won’t have as much of an effect on the land on which you set it up. Lightweight and folding portable hammocks are very easy to transport when compared to the majority of traditional tents too.
For summer backpacking excursions, you’ll stay much cooler using a portable hammock, whether you decide to use it for sleep or simply relaxing on your trip.
However, it’s important to know that you won’t be able to use your hammock anywhere above the treeline or where there aren’t stable trees to attack the device too. You also won’t stay quite as warm or protected from elements like rain in a hammock.
The best portable hammock is a fantastic option for relaxation and rest while on the road in moderate to warm temperatures. If you want to use your hammock in colder or more damp surroundings, you’ll definitely want to consider an underquilt and tarp. Just know you won’t necessarily be quite as warm and dry as you would be in a traditional tent in cooler conditions.
Ready to discover the top 5 best portable hammocks on the market today? Let’s go!
The feature that really drew us to this best portable hammock was its highly durable material, derived from 70D parachute nylon. The parachute nylon fabric means this product is highly resistant to wear and tear, but it is also waterproof and fights off damaging elements such as rot.
We love that the mesh design is highly breathable, so if you’re going to be backpacking and camping in very warm weather you don’t have to worry about feeling clammy when you’re trying to relax in your hammock.
The brand itself is excellent, offering plenty of user-friendly accessories backpackers will love so you can use this hammock in place of your traditional tent if you so desire.
We liked the fact that the Single Hammock by Trek Light Gear is fairly lightweight as well, so it won’t weigh your pack down when you’re out on the road. Another huge plus in our book is this portable hammock’s anti-slip and anti-flip design.
So, you won’t have to worry about slipping off the hammock if you fall into a deep sleep!
Check Current Price
The next best portable hammock selection on our list is the Patio Watcher Rope Hammock. While the hammock is great for patio areas, you can use it anywhere inside or outside as you prefer. We love the polyester yarn and PV design of this best portable hammock, with a comfortable yet durable bed to last you for many trips to come.
We were also happy to see that the hammock is resistant to tears and weather elements.
We liked the vinyl coating on this hammock, which means it will dry super-fast if it rains or if you need to clean it for any reason. Another reason we picked this particular hammock is that it is such a versatile product.
You can use this hammock at home in your backyard or by the pool, but you can also set it up at any outside location you prefer for great support, comfort, and durability. It is also one of the more affordable picks on our list, making it a great choice that won’t break the bank.
Check Current Price
The next best portable hammock on our list is another highly versatile product that is very portable, durable, and easy to use. It has a good weight capacity and includes a stuff sack to make it easier to transport the Grand Trunk Hammock from one place to the next.
If you’re going to be embarking on a wilderness backpacking adventure, this portable hammock could be the pick for you!
We love that this durable hammock weighs a mere 1.35 pounds, so you can bring it with you on the road, no problem. It is easy to fold up and transport in the 9.5 x 5.5 sack it comes with. For long treks where you need to lighten the load as much as possible, it’s definitely hard to beat the Grand Trunk Hammock.
We loved that the fabric of this best portable hammock is designed from 70D parachute nylon, so the product will last you for many trips to come. It can support up to 400 pounds which is impressive considering how light it is to carry.
Check Current Price
If comfort is your primary mission, the Hammocks Rada Handmade Yucatan Hammock is a worthy contender to consider. While being very light and comfortable, it still supports a high weight capacity. We love the stylish design of the hammock that is hand-woven and crafted by artisans using Mayan techniques.
The fabric itself is super soft, so when you lie on the hammock after a long day on the road don’t be surprised if you drop into a deep sleep right off the bat! While the material is hand-woven, it still offers fantastic longevity of use and can be used in an array of outdoor environments.
We liked that the hammock has a solid length of 13 feet, which means its width and length are sufficient to support not 1 but 2 adults.
The hammock itself can also support a weight capacity of up to 550 pounds, which is pretty high compared with some of the other products on our list. It is worth noting that despite the durability and weight capacity of this portable hammock, it is not very resistant to harsh weather elements. If you’re going to be backpacking in very damp or blustery weather conditions, you might do well with a weatherproof portable hammock instead.
Check Current Price
The final best portable hammock selection on our list is the Vivere Brazilian Style Sunbrella Double Hammock. We really liked that the hammock comes equipped with hooks and anchors so you can set the product up just about anywhere you please.
You can use it at home and on the road for double the versatility! We also liked that the hammock includes a stand, so if you prefer to set it up on the ground you can do that too.
The stand only takes a few minutes to set up and features a durable double steel design with a rubbed oil finish for extra durability. The material of the Vivere Brazilian Style Hammock is manufactured from a sunbrella fabric, which is not only resistant to damaging UV rays but holds up well against wear and tear too. The fabric wards off damaging elements such as mildew and mold too.
We love that the hammock is large enough to accommodate 2 people, making it a great choice for backpacking in groups. Plus, the hammock includes a handy storage pack which makes it easier to transport your Vivere Brazilian Style Sunbrella Double Hammock on the go.
Check Current Price
While we would definitely say that each of the best portable hammock products on our list caters to an array of backpacking needs, the ultimate winner in our humble opinion is none other than the Grand Trunk Hammock. The portable hammock really checked most of the key items on our feature wishlist, including everything from excellent weight support and quality 70D material to its 2 people capacity and wilderness-ready design.
We liked that it comes with a storage bag for easy carrying, plus its mere 1.35-pound design makes it one of the most portable options on our list.
For a lightweight, durable, versatile, and comfortable option to serve you well on many a backpacking adventure, the Grand Trunk Hammock remains in a class of its own and is an excellent choice for outdoor enthusiasts everywhere.
If you want to keep your hiking boots free from the wear and tear of elements like dirt, water, and snow, hiking gaiters are an easy solution. Choosing the best hiking gaiters for all your outdoor needs doesn’t have to be complicated, but it’s important to know what features to look for before you make your selection.
Keep reading for our hiking gaiters buying guide to make your purchase process a breeze, plus our review of the top 5 best hiking gaiters.
The top 5 hiking gaiters we recommend for 2021:
Before you select the best hiking gaiters for all your outdoor activities, you need to consider a few key factors. First, determine how you intend to use the hiking gaiters. Do you want to have them on hand for regular, moderate hiking or are you planning a big outdoor adventure?
You’ll also need to determine the size gaiter you want, based on the usage you intend. There are key features to decide on too, based on your needs, such as top closures or waterproof construction. Most hiking gaiters are light to wear and breath well, while still providing the protection you require against things like dirt and rocks.
Let’s take a look at the different types of gaiters available.
The hiking gaiter height you choose will greatly depend on the level of protection you require. For example, if you plan on hiking in the snow or off the beaten path, you’ll probably want to purchase a taller gaiter that offers extensive leg protection. On the other hand, if you like to stay on the trail for regular hikes and runs, a shorter gaiter will work perfectly.
The lowest hiking gaiters are over the ankle gaiters. These types of gaiters are meant for activities such as hiking in the warmer months or trail running. They serve mainly to keep debris and pebbles away from your hiking footwear.
Mid-calf hiking gaiters typically stand anywhere from 8 to 12 inches in height. They are better for moderate hiking conditions where you won’t be in rugged territory, but need to keep elements like water and debris away and out of your hiking boots.
Knee high gaiters usually stand between 15 and 18 inches tall, and are specifically designed for intense conditions and weather. Activities like hiking in the snow, through damp brush, or off trail are all examples where knee high gaiters would be your best option.
Here are the key features you need to know about and look for when selecting the best gaiters for hiking. Most hiking gaiters feature waterproof material that keeps water out and the warmth in when you’re dealing with damp or snowy weather conditions. If you anticipate hiking in more intense weather elements, this key feature is a must have.
Some gaiters also feature insect repellent material to ward off unwelcome trail companions such as ticks and mosquitoes. If you hike or backpack often in areas with lots of bugs, hiking gaiters with this repellant design could be just what you need.
Hiking gaiters sometimes feature abrasion resistant material to hold up against rocks, ice, and other rugged elements. These types of add-ons come in really handy if you tend to hike in trying weather conditions.
Soft-shell material and coated nylon are common features to look for in the best hiking gaiters. The soft-shell fabric allows for better freedom of movement, while providing sufficient stretch and an additional shield against weather elements. Most standard hiking gaiters are made using coated nylon, which is completely fine for shorter hikes or moving quickly through damp brush.
Hiking gaiters typically feature hook and loop openers and fasteners to tighten the gaiters, but basic ones could use toggles and drawcords as closures. Regular gaiters usually feature lace straps to secure the gaiters around the instep of your hiking boots, while more upscale versions have synthetic or leather straps for more longwear use.
Some hiking gaiters even sport lace hooks so you can secure your gaiters to your hiking boot laces.
Below are some helpful tips for using hiking gaiters. If you’re a newbie to hiking gaiters, you won’t want to miss these!
As you now know, the best hiking gaiters come in a range of sizes, based on usage and on the hiking boot you pair them with. When you first try on your hiking gaiters, begin by securing the hook and loop together at the front.
Next, take the lace hook and alter the instep strap is needed. It’s important to make sure that the hiking gaiters fit snug against your boots.
If you don’t quite like how your hiking gaiters fit when you first try them on, you can adjust as needed. Use the hook and loop entry at the front again to alter the fit if you need to. Most of the time, a half inch of hook and loop overlap is enough.
You always want to put on your hiking gaiters in such a way that the buckles situated on the instep straps face the outside of each foot. If you were to situate them inwardly, you could run into the buckles while walking or climbing.
Don’t worry about tightening the top straps of your hiking gaiters so much that they start to squeeze your ankles or legs. Just secure them enough so the gaiters don’t fall down once you start moving on the trail. If you overtighten those top straps, that could make for a pretty uncomfortable hike.
If your hiking gaiters feature lace hooks, do your best to hook them all the way as far as you can. If you’re wearing larger hiking boots, you probably won’t be able to secure the hooks right near your toes.
If you’re going to be hiking in a torrential rainstorm or other damp environment, consider layering your hiking gaiters beneath your rain pants. Layering will help repel rain effectively. If you were to do it the other way around, wearing your gaiters over your pants, the rain could get into your hiking boots.
Here are the top 5 best hiking gaiters to consider for your next outdoor adventure.
These impressive knee-high hiking gaiters are pretty stiff when you first put them on, but they are extremely durable, super waterproof, and are designed to fit over large boots, making them an excellent contender for rugged terrain hiking trips. You won’t have to worry about these sliding down your legs when you wear them, because the stiff material of the Outdoor Research Crocodile Gaiters helps to secure them in place.
These are a pretty bulky option, so we wouldn’t really recommend them for light hiking or trips in regular terrain. These are an ideal option for rugged topography and rough weather conditions though, like deep snow and slush. One pair weighs in at 10.2 ounces.
A huge strong point of these hiking gaiters is their water-resistant material. We love the 1000 denier foot panel and multi-layer Gore-Tex upper that enables these gaiters to ward off even the harshest weather elements. They also do a good job of keeping debris out of your boots. If you’re planning an extended trip out in the wild, these gaiters could be your faithful companion.
Check Current Price
The next best gaiters for hiking selection on our list is not only highly durable, but it features a water-resistant exterior and is highly breathable. We liked how lightweight the Rab Latok Alpine is, without sacrificing quality or functionality. These hiking gaiters are designed from eVent fabric to ward off moisture and keep you dry in a range of weather conditions.
The hiking gaiters also sport Robic nylon patches as a protective barrier from crampon spikes, plus a Velcro instep strap component, which means you won’t have to stress over buckles. These best hiking gaiters hit at the calf, making them an excellent option for varying levels of terrain. We liked the easy hook and loop closure at the front and drawcord at the top that make adjusting and securing these gaiters a total breeze.
While we wish that these gaiters were just a bit sturdier, they are a more affordable option, making them less trouble to replace whenever they do eventually wear out.
Check Current Price
These hiking gaiters by Outdoor Research are the low-ankle variety, featuring an excellent fit and a user-friendly design that makes them easy to slip on and off as you need to. Even though these hiking gaiters hit at the ankle, they fit so well that they do an exceptional job of preventing debris and other elements from going down the gaiters and into your shoes.
Whether you like to take trail runs or go on long backpacking adventures, the Outdoor Research Overdrive Wrap Gaiters will serve you well on the road. It is important to note, that these may not be well suited to some hiking boots. They are more designed for lower and medium cut footwear.
Check Current Price
If you’re looking for a basic option on our list of the best hiking gaiters, the Black Diamond Talus Gaiter could be the pick for you. Featuring water resistant material, these gaiters are still fairly lightweight and pretty breathable to boot. If paired with the proper hiking shoes, the Black Diamond Talus Gaiter will ward off unwelcome debris and keep your footwear free of things like dirt and pebbles.
We like the handy lace hook and instep strap these gaiters feature, along with ankle and foot straps to secure everything in place. These gaiters work best with mid to high cut shoes, since they are 7 inches in height.
We also really like the durability of these best hiking gaiters, sporting combined fabric that is thicker at the bottom and lighter and more breathable toward the top of the piece. Another huge plus for these is that the gaiters are easy to adjust. The lace look is huge and the gaiters are a one-size-fits-all product, so they are well suited to a range of foot sizes and hiking needs.
Check Current Price
The final best hiking gaiters selection on our list is another product by RAB that is an excellent pick for hiking through fields and on trails. They feature an excellent fit, so you’ll be able to wear them tight against your shoes and not have to worry about a bunch of debris creeping in.
They are also very light and breathable, but they are less water resistant than other gaiters. Their ankle length design makes them best suited to shoes that wouldn’t guard you against excess dampness anyway though.
The main body of the gaiter is durable and could last you for many a moderate hiking trip, but the instep strap has a tendency to wear out quickly. In terms of comfort, the RAB Scree Gaiter is a tough option to beat, with softshell fabric that keeps you nice and cool, even on warm weather hikes. These gaiters are also easy to put on and adjust.
Check Current Price
While each of the best hiking gaiters has something to offer for everyone, we picked the Rab Latok Alpine as the clear winner of the five. Not only is it very light and breathable, but its built in eVent, water repellent fabric was a huge selling point that some other selections were lacking.
The Alpine gaiters hit right at the calf, which makes them a good choice for terrain with varying levels of difficulty, plus they have a handy hook and loop closure that everyone from beginners to pros will appreciate. For affordability, ease of use, and weather protection, you can’t go wrong with the Rab Latok Alpine hiking gaiters.
Nothing stops a hiking trip in its tracks like aching, blistery feet. Whether you’re gearing up for a big hike and are hunting for insoles or feel like your current ones aren’t quite cutting it, you’ve come to the right place.
Today, we’re going to walk you through exactly what you need to look for when shopping for the best insoles for hiking. Next, we’ll break down our review of the top 5 insoles for hiking, before declaring the final winner.
Ready? Let’s get started!
The top 5 hiking underwear we recommend for 2021:
Before delving into the best insoles for hiking, it’s important to understand what’s available for the best fit for your feet.
The best insoles for hiking boots are known as support insoles or sport insoles. These are the best option for hiking and outdoor activities because they are manufactured with harder, more durable materials that offer you better support.
Plus, support insoles offer excellent stability too, so whether you’re tackling a tough trail or a lofty mountain you won’t have to waste time worrying about your feet.
The idea behind support insoles is that the stability offers greater comfort than just a simple insole with basic cushioning, which makes them different from the standard varieties you could find at a drugstore.
Whether you tend towards preexisting foot issues or not, the best hiking insoles will offer you more stability and comfort on the trail to help you reduce unwanted aches and soreness. In particular, if you have certain foot conditions, hiking insoles are a must.
For instance, structural misalignment or plantar fasciitis can cause great discomfort in and of themselves. Take sensitive feet on a long hike, and you’ll be wincing with discomfort before long. So, save yourself and your feet considerable trouble by choosing a quality pair of hiking insoles that will serve you will for many trails ahead.
Another key factor to be aware of when selecting the best insoles for hiking is a product’s insole volume. What is insole volume, you ask?
Insole volume is the amount of space it takes up inside your hiking footwear. Most of the time, there is a direct link between the volume of an insole and the foot arch shape it is supposed to fit.
For example, high volume footwear like hiking boots and running shoes are most suited to high volume insoles. If you have high foot arches as well, you’ll want a high-volume insole.
Some types of athletic footwear fit well with medium volume insoles, which are suited to an array of foot arches. Footwear like cycling shoes are considered low volume shoes, and are compatible with low volume insoles. If you have a super low foot arch, a low volume insole could be right for you.
Otherwise, if you tend to stick with hiking boots only when embarking on your outdoor adventures, you’ll probably want a high-volume insole for the support and comfort you’ll require.
Finding the right fit for the best insoles for hiking is essential. If you experience heel slippage with your hiking footwear, mid to high volume insoles are going to be your best bet. These types of insoles will lower the amount of volume you’re experiencing in the back of your shoe while offering better stability for your heel.
Reducing slippage means you’ll reduce blisters and sensitive spots.
If you have foot elongation in either one or both of your feet, insoles could make your life a whole lot easier. A high-volume insole in your hiking boots will help to distribute the weight evenly in your feet. You also won’t have to worry as much about sizing up with your hiking footwear either.
Finally, if you have collapsed or low arches, a supportive insole that offers you the stability you need and spreads pressure evenly throughout your foot will lower the strain on your arches.
Feet have the tendency to swell up with a long day on the trail, so you should always purchase your insole at least a size above your regular shoe size to allow for that extra space.
Here’s what you need to look for when purchasing the best insoles for hiking.
We’ve already touched upon this, but the number one thing you need look for if you are on the hunt for the best insoles for hiking is quality support. You need a hiking insole that will bear the brunt of the impact as you climb, walk, run, etc., without flattening your arches. It’s better to have lighter hiking footwear with a quality insole than a bulky hiking boot with zero support.
When you’ve been out on the trail for hours, it’s natural that your feet will start to feel clammy and sweaty. If you hit unexpected weather conditions while in the great outdoors, this could heighten the sweaty situation even further.
When moisture gathers for long periods in your hiking shoes, that is a prime spot for fungi and bacteria to develop. So, the best insoles for hiking feature a replaceable top-cover to keep your feet supported and healthy. Some hiking insoles even sport bacteria fighting replaceable covers.
Another feature to look for when shopping for the best insoles for hiking are heel cups. Heel cups are fantastic because they lower the total impact on your feet when you’re hiking. Additionally, heel cups offer a bit more cushion, so you’ll be more comfortable while you stay active.
Of course, any insole for hiking you choose needs to be highly durable and last you a while. Quality insoles will offer excellent longevity of use and be able to withstand many a rigorous hike.
Check out our detailed reviews of the 5 best insoles for hiking. Keep reading to the end to discover the final winner!
The first best insoles for hiking selection on our list is this fantastic pair by Superfeet. Manufactured from high-density foam, the Superfeet Blue Full Length Insoles provide optimal comfort and are made to truly last. We like the fact that these insoles aren’t too bulky and don’t require tons of shoe space.
Even better, these insoles feature an organic coating that controls odors and wards off dangerous fungi or bacteria. These insoles also sport a heel cup to offer stability and comfortable support to your feet on long trails. What’s more, these insoles features a stabilizer cap to enhance the overall structure of the insoles and provide you with additional support.
If you take lots of long walks and extended hiking excursions, these insoles by Superfeet could be just what you’re looking for. We love their orthotic configuration, which makes them an ideal choice for frequent outdoor activities.
Check Current Price
These best hiking insoles by Keen Utility are designed for low to medium arches, and work well with both hiking boots and rubber hiking shoes. You can use these insoles for frequent hikes because they offer plenty of cushioning stability without being so thick that they crowd your feet inside your shoes.
Not only limited to heavy hikes, these insoles are an excellent option for a range of outdoor activities. We love the fact that these insoles feature antimicrobial components to ward off odors and fungi, which will help keep the after effects of sweaty feet at bay. The Keen Utility insoles are also very light, so you can insert them in your hiking footwear without having to worry about breaking them in too much.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best insoles for hiking boots are these gel shoe inserts by Sof Sole. Manufactured from 100% foam, we love the orthotic design of these insoles that makes them an ideal choice for a range of outdoor activities.
A significant advantage of these insoles is the fact that they are compatible with the majority of foot types and arches. They are well suited to most athletic shoes, making them a strong contender for your outdoor adventures.
We like the supportive but lightweight cushioning of these insoles by Sof Sole, with pads in both the forefoot and heel area for enhanced comfort. The insoles also feature moisture wicking technology to help absorb sweat and keep your feet nice and dry. The moisture wicking capabilities mean you’ll have far less odors and reduce the risk of bacteria gathering.
These versatile insoles are a fantastic choice for everything from light to strenuous hikes. One element to note is that you might need to trim them around the toes to ensure they fit your shoe properly.
Check Current Price
Our next pick for the best insoles for hiking is another exceptional gel shoe insert by Sof Sole. Featuring Skydex air bubbles in the arch and heel, you’ll have far less strain and impact on your feet when you hit the trails. We especially like the gel area in the front of these insoles that gives you extra cushion, plus the fabric top cover with moisture wicking technology to fight sweat and odors.
Not only are these a fantastic choice for hiking adventures, but they are a quality option for running and other outdoor activities. The fact that these insoles sport polymer gel cushions and air chambers for maximum impact absorption is a huge plus, not to mention the additional stability plate in the heel and arch areas.
One aspect to note is that these insoles are pretty thick, so they could take up a lot of volume depending on the shoe you’re wearing. Also, these AIRR Performance Insoles don’t have much arch support, so this is fine if you have low arches, but could be uncomfortable for higher arches.
Check Current Price
The final best insoles for hiking selection on our list are these high-arch orthotic inserts by Superfeet. They are 2 inches high and 4 inches wide, and are compatible with high profile and high volume feet. Remember, volume is the amount of space the insole will require in your shoe, while profile is the shape beneath your feet with the insert in place.
We love that the Superfeet Green Insoles feature a stabilizer cap to support the base of your feet and the insert’s additional foam layer. It also sports a deep heel cup to absorb the impact when you’re on the go. The shape of these insoles not only provides exceptional longwear stability for your feet, but will lower the impact on other key areas like your knees and ankles.
The Superfeet Green Insoles offer closed-cell, high density foam for the optimal foot cushioning experience. For long hikes, you can’t beat these. What’s more, the insoles feature a special coating to reduce odors, so you won’t have to worry about super smelly feet after a long day outside.
Check Current Price
Each of the best insoles for hiking we’ve reviewed today have something special to offer. To us, there’s one that stands out above the pack—The Superfeet Blue Full-Length Insole. Not only does it feature high density foam for extra comfort, it won’t take up too much space in your shoe and is suited to most hiking boot and shoe types.
We really liked that it also featured the all-important heel cup for enhanced stability plus odor resistant technology to keep sweaty fungi at bay. All in all, the Superfeet Blue Full-Length Insole is a great choice to provide comfort, cushioning, and impact relief for any outdoor or hiking activity.
It’s so easy to get so caught up in purchasing the right hiking gear and outerwear that you forget something as seemingly minor as underwear. The fact of the matter is, the underwear you wear on the trail can actually make more of a difference on your hike than you may think.
Keep reading for everything you need to know about purchasing the best hiking underwear, and our final review of the top 5 hiking underwear options you’ll want to consider for your gear.
The top 5 hiking underwear we recommend for 2021:
The best hiking underwear will help you prevent chafing and keep you from getting too uncomfortable or sweaty. So, how can you make sure you’re selecting the right hiking underwear?
We’re so glad you asked. Here’s how to select the best hiking underwear for your next trip.
You should always pick hiking underwear that features moisture wicking technology and dries quickly. Cotton fabrics will leave you feeling gross and clammy, so you definitely want to stay away from these materials when purchasing the best underwear for hiking.
You should always purchase hiking underwear in more lightweight, breathable fabrics that dry fast such as merino wool or a synthetic option like polyester. Synthetic and wool fibers wick excess moisture on your skin so you won’t gather pools of sweat and unwelcome odors.
Of course, style is an important factor to consider when purchasing the best hiking underwear. You want to pick a style that you like and works with your personal preference. Men’s hiking underwear options come in an array of styles, including boxer briefs, boxers, and briefs.
Choose the style you are most comfortable with and know you’ll wear without feeling constricted or uncomfortable.
Fit is a critical element to bear in mind when hunting for the best hiking underwear to meet your needs. Hiking underwear should fit so that you are comfortable. It should not be too loose, but it also shouldn’t be so tight that it pulls or rubs against the skin.
The best hiking underwear options are made for comfort and durability. Look for underwear components such as flat seams and tagless waistbands that won’t scratch or irritate your skin after many hours spent outside. You also should look for the best hiking underwear that features odor resistant fabric, so you won’t have to worry about nasty smells gathering after a sweaty hike.
There are a number of fabric options at your disposal when purchasing the best underwear for hiking. Here’s what you need to know.
Most lightweight hiking underwear that dries quickly and breathes well is going to be designed from synthetic fabrics like nylon and polyester. Other synthetic materials include rayon, polypropylene, or a blend.
Certain brands feature spandex for that extra touch of stretch and comfort. Hiking underwear with spandex also helps ensure a good fit that won’t be too tight or uncomfortable.
There are several good reasons why you should consider purchasing hiking underwear made from synthetic fabric. For one thing, synthetic materials are fantastic at moisture wicking, helping to eliminate excess sweat and keep you cool and dry. Synthetic fabrics are also very durable and reduce the likelihood of odors gathering.
In fact, some brands include a special finish in their hiking underwear that reduces bacteria buildup (and therefore unpleasant odors). Of course, if you’re going to be hiking for days without a shower, you’ll have to deal with a certain level of odor, but this could help reduce the overall scent.
Merino wool is another excellent fabric choice to consider if you are in the market for the best hiking underwear. Merino wool is soft and light on the skin, without causing any unwanted itchiness or discomfort. Most merino wool hiking underwear features a blend of other materials like nylon or spandex for an optimal fit and freedom of movement.
Merino wool moisture wicks well, soaking up excess moisture from your skin and absorbing it into the material. Wool fibers tend to retain a modicum of that moisture, but not enough to make you feel chilled or clammy. Merino wool does take longer to dry than synthetic materials, so this is definitely something to bear in mind.
Hiking underwear made from merino wool also keeps you cool by emitting some of that moisture buildup, which is good news if you’re going to be hiking in steamy temperatures.
Frequent use can cause merino wool to wear down, but overall it is a fairly durable fabric that will serve you well on hikes. It also naturally wards off bacteria and odors, helping you avoid unpleasant smells even after wearing the same underwear for multiple days in a row while on a hike.
Here are the primary best hiking underwear styles you can pick from.
Briefs will offer you plenty of support while on the trail, but they do not provide quite as much coverage as a choice like boxer briefs do. If you are prone to chafing or discomfort in the area around your thighs after long periods walking and hiking, you might prefer hiking underwear that offers a bit more coverage.
Boxer briefs are a great compromise between the coverage of boxers and the comfort of briefs. They fit nicely and give plenty of support too, making them an excellent option for long trips.
Hiking underwear shouldn’t be so tight that it’s ill-fitting, but it also shouldn’t be so loose that it bunches. Boxer briefs are a fantastic way to eliminate this quandary, especially because you won’t enjoy the same moisture wicking results if your underwear fits too loosely against your skin.
Boxers fit quite loosely, which means they can definitely help reduce the amount of chafing you experience while on a hike. The only area where they could fall short is if your boxers start to bunch out on the trail. If you don’t like that extra bunching of fabric, you might be better off with a compromise like boxer briefs.
Now that you know what to look for when hunting for the best hiking underwear, it’s time to dive into our top 5 reviews. Let’s go!
The first best hiking underwear selection on our list is by Outdoor Research and is in a class of its own in terms of comfort, odor resistance, durability, and breathability. You can enjoy the best of both worlds with these boxer briefs, featuring merino wool and an amazing fit. They fit close enough to the body to catch moisture and keep you cool and dry without being uncomfortable or overly snug.
We really like the fact that these boxer briefs are made from merino wool. They ward off unpleasant odors for days at a time, making them the perfect choice for long hiking trips where you’ll face a range of weather elements.
The only real downside to this pair is the fact that they are a little on the pricier side, but you really can’t beat the quality, fit, or feel of these boxer briefs. They also feature a durable fly, so if that’s an add-on you like with your boxer briefs, you’re in luck.
Check Current Price
Our next best hiking underwear review pick is this exceptional choice by ExOfficio, made from a 94% nylon and 6% Lycra blend. If you want a simple but dependable pair of hiking underwear, this option could be for you. The ExOfficio Men’s Performance Underwear Give-N-Go Brief is not only cost effective, but very comfortable and breathable.
The underwear definitely does a good job of controlling odors, but we especially like the fact that it dries super quickly after each wash. You can depend on these boxer briefs to last you through a long day in the great outdoors without riding up or causing discomfort. They have enough give and stretch too.
These boxer briefs do control odors, but definitely not to the same extent as a merino wool option would. However, unless you plan to be outside for days on end without a shower in sight, this shouldn’t be an issue.
Check Current Price
The Icebreaker Anatomica Boxer is a good choice if you’re going to be doing light to moderate hiking and want a pair of hiking underwear that is soft, breathable, and fits well. Made from merino wool, the Icebreaker is highly durable and features added nylon for extra longevity of use. It is very light on the skin and stretchy enough to be really comfortable.
The Icebreaker hiking underwear also offers a quality level of support. One thing to note is that this hiking underwear features a lot of seams throughout the design, so this could cause annoyance and chaffing if you tend to wear multiple layers.
That said, the Icebreaker has a light and stretchy waistband and wards off excess odor really well. The fabric of this hiking underwear is on the thinner side, so it dries out pretty quickly when compared to other merino wool products.
Check Current Price
The next best hiking underwear pick on our list is this boxer brief by Smartwool, featuring merino wool material that is soft and light. The fit is good, and you won’t notice any scratchy seams which is another plus. The SmartWool Mens Merino 150 Boxer Brief doesn’t have quite as much stretch as other options available, but it is highly durable and will stand up well against long hikes.
We really like how breathable this hiking underwear is, helping to keep you cool and regulate sweat through good moisture wicking. The merino wool material of this underwear also does an excellent job of controlling unseemly odors.
One aspect that bears mentioning is the fact that these boxer briefs feature a fairly wide waistband. It’s a matter of personal preference, but that could be an annoyance for some. They also take a pretty long time to dry when washed.
Check Current Price
The last selection on our list is this highly supportive pair of hiking underwear by Saxx. They are a super comfortable pair of underwear, made from viscose fabric and processed wool pulp that offers a silky feel against the skin. The Saxx Vibe Boxer Brief also features a supportive pouch with mesh webs to keep you comfortable even on very long, strenuous hikes.
The viscose fabric doesn’t breathe quite like merino wool might. The Saxx Vibe Boxer Brief is also a bit lacking in the odor control department, as its smooth material gathers sweat and bacteria more easily. However, this hiking underwear is very durable and dries in just a few hours after being washed, making it a quality choice if you’re out on the trail for a few days.
Check Current Price
Our award for the best hiking underwear unequivocally goes to the Outdoor Research Men's Alpine Onset Boxer Briefs. Not only do they offer a quality fit that feels great, they have a comfortable waistband and are highly durable. We loved that these boxer briefs by Outdoor Research are made from exceptional merino wool blended with spandex and nylon.
The underwear not only breathes and supports, but reduces odors and wards off bacteria. Plus, you won’t have to worry about unpleasant chafing from too-large seams or bulky waistbands. The fit and feel of the Outdoor Research Men’s Alpine Onset Boxer Briefs is nothing short of exceptional. We’re betting this pair of best hiking underwear will be on your favorites list in no time for all your outdoor adventures.
Finding the best hiking shirts to keep you cool in hot locations and insulated in colder environments can make all the difference in your outdoor adventures.
The clothing you wear while on the trail can either bog you down or enhance your experience and performance, so it’s essential to select hiking shirts that are lightweight, of the correct fabrics, and will suit your needs for the climate you intend to hike in.
For our best hiking shirt picks, including a comprehensive buying guide and our thorough review of each, keep reading.
The top 5 hiking shirts we recommend for [currentyear]:
No one likes to feel sweaty and clammy from wearing the wrong material. A damp shirt clinging to your skin as you try to beat the trail is big no-no. Let’s take a closer look at different fabric options for hiking shirts that you will (and won’t!) want to incorporate into your outdoor trekking wardrobe.
While you might think of uncomfortable itching when someone mentions wearing a wool article of clothing for a hike, it might surprise you how durable and comfortable this material can be. A far cry from that itchy ugly Christmas sweater you pull out once a year, merino wool hiking shirts manufactured from ultra-fine fibers are an excellent choice for outdoor adventures.
Fine merino wool won’t leave you feeling itchy, and is both breathable and moisture-wicking. So, if you wear a merino wool hiking shirt out on the trail in colder months, you’ll find that it dries quickly, wards off unpleasant odors, and won’t leave you all sweaty or clammy.
Of course, merino wool hiking shirts tend to be costlier than shirts made from more synthetic fabrics. Wool clothing is also probably not the best choice if you have highly sensitive skin.
As luxurious as it sounds, silk is an excellent material to consider if you are in the market for the best hiking shirts. However, we would only recommend hiking shirts with silk fibers if you are going to be hiking in moderate to cool climates, because silk does not have as strong a moisture wicking ability as fabrics like nylon do.
Treated silk hiking shirts are a good alternative, because they are designed to increase the product’s wicking properties. Silk is light and soft on the skin, so you won’t feel too bulky if you’re layering your hiking shirt with other cool weather pieces. Silk is a less durable material than wool or polyester though, and tends to gather odor more quickly, so super active hikers might prefer a different fabric choice.
Cotton is a big no-no for the best hiking shirts. Why is this? Well, while you would think that cotton is light and breathable, it doesn’t wick moisture and sweat very well. So, you’ll notice odors gathering and experience that unpleasant clammy feeling if you go out on a long hike wearing a cotton shirt.
What’s more, cotton takes quite a while to dry and won’t keep you insulated if you’re hiking in cooler climates.
Your best fabric options when picking out the best hiking shirts for your hiking adventures are nylon and polyester materials. Not only do nylon/polyester dry very quickly, but these synthetic materials are highly durable.
If you want to make the most out of the best shirts for hiking and ensure you’re prepared for any trail or climate, learning how to layer hiking shirts is key. Instead of wearing one bulky layer that will weigh you down once you are on the trail, a well-thought out system of layering will keep you nice and warm in cool weather without leaving you feeling gross and clammy.
Plus, if the weather warms up or cools down suddenly, you can just add or remove a layer as you need to. The best way to prepare for any weather changes no matter what environment you might be hiking in is to opt for a multi-tier layering system.
Your base layer shirt is going to be the one you wear right up against your skin. The base layer should be moisture wicking to avoid that clammy feeling or unwanted odors. It should also be light on the skin and dry fast.
Again, you never want to use cotton as your base layer as it will attach itself to your skin and leave you feeling gross and sweaty. It also won’t insulate you in cooler temperatures. Materials like silk, polyester, polypropylene, and fine merino wool are all fantastic choices for your base layer.
If you’re going to be hiking in an environment with varying weather conditions, a quality upper layer is a long-sleeved shirt or collared shirt. The upper layer should also be light and breath well. Long sleeves will protect you from getting sunburnt in toasty weather, and keep you nice and warm in colder climates.
Of course, if you’re going to be hiking in very cold temperatures, you’ll probably want to add a weather repellant jacket on top of your hiking shirt layers.
Keep reading for our review of each the best shirts for hiking, plus our selection for the top winner out of all 5 choices.
Our first best hiking shirts pick is this crew t-shirt by Arc’teryx. Available in 8 colors, this hiking shirt is made of 100% polyester for ultimate moisture wicking. It’s very lightweight and fits loose enough to work well on its own in warm weather or as a layering piece in colder climates.
For activities from rock climbing to trail running, the synthetic material of this piece makes it fast drying and highly breathable, which is just what you need during your outdoor adventure. We really like the fact that the fabric is designed to reduce odors with a built-in mechanical stretch so you don’t have to worry have restricted movement.
The Arc’teryx Motus Crew is an excellent option that won’t leave you feeling itchy or clammy, plus it retains its shape even after prolonged use.
Check Current Price
The next choice on our list of the best hiking shirts is this lightweight selection by Mountain Hardware. It’s not only cost effective, but designed from 100% polyester for breathability and long-wear use. We love the fact that this tee features a WickQ moisture wicking design, which means the fabric not only deflects excess moisture, so you won’t get gross and clammy, but it is odor resistant too.
The lightweight polyester fabric is very durable and feels great on the skin, making it very comfortable. If you’re going to be hiking in warm weather, this short sleeve tee could be the perfect option to keep you nice and cool.
The fabric features antimicrobial technology, so you won’t have to worry about bacteria or unpleasant body odor after a long day’s hike. Bear in mind, this shirt probably isn’t ideal for hikes in cooler climates, and you definitely won’t get much arm coverage if you’re worried about a sunburn on a hot day.
Check Current Price
The next selection from the best hiking shirts by Columbia is a perfect choice if you’re going to be hiking in cooler temperatures and/or want to protect your arms from a potential sunburn. The Silver Ridge Long-Sleeve Shirt features special Omni-Wick technology to reduce moisture and regulate the skin’s temperature, so you don’t get too hot or clammy.
We absolutely love how this hiking shirt by Columbia sports Omni-Shade capabilities that offer UPF 50+ protection from the burning rays of the sun. So, whether you’re looking to layer up for a cold weather hike or protect your skin from a bad sunburn, this hiking shirt could be for you.
Besides these features, the Columbia Men’s Silver Ridge Long-Sleeve Shirt also includes sleeve tab holders, integrated venting, pockets with hooks and loops, and even mesh bags in the pockets. So, you’ll stay cool and be able to carry a few essential extras along with you. We also really like the fact this hiking shirt is stylish and tailored, so you can easily transition it to other settings.
Check Current Price
Our best hiking shirts review wouldn’t be complete without this exceptional long-sleeve shirt by ExOfficio. If you’re tired of getting eaten alive by pesky bugs while on the trail, this shirt could be your new best friend. The 100% nylon fabric actually features bug repellant technology called Insect Shield, which wards off insects such as ticks, flies, mosquitos, and other unwelcome guests on the trail.
We love the fact the shirt also features mesh venting panels, both in the back and under the arms, plus tab sleeves that you can roll up and dual chest pockets. Not only is the fabric lightweight and breathable, the ability to roll the sleeves up or down as you desire with the tabs makes this shirt a great option for any season.
You can layer this hiking shirt with a short-sleeved shirt beneath and a jacket on top or wear it on its own during warmer months. The ExOfficio Men’s BugsAway Long-Sleeve Shirt also sports UPF 50+ sun guard components, to protect you from damaging UV rays and lower your risk of getting sunburnt on a bright day.
Check Current Price
Our final best shirts for hiking selection is by O'Neill, and is an excellent option if you want a short sleeve tee with moisture wicking technology. The hiking shirt dries very quickly, even if you are sweating heavily on a hot day outside. We also like that it offers UPF 30+ sun protection to guard your skin from harmful UV rays and sunburn.
The fabric is designed from polyester/spandex, making it light to wear and pretty breathable too. The slim fit and minimal seam placement offer comfort and optimal rash protection.
So, if you’re going to be on a long expedition or hike, this could be a great choice for you. It’s also very affordable, which is a big plus all around.
Check Current Price
All of the best hiking shirts on our list cater to different outdoor needs and preferences. After careful deliberation and considerable research, we’d have to name [amazon link="B006ZS4I90" title="the Columbia Men’s Silver Ridge Long-Sleeve Shirt"] as the clear winner on our list.
We really liked the fact that this hiking shirt is long sleeved with tab sleeve holders and integrated venting, making it a great choice for just about any climate you’ll be hiking in.
Beyond that, its Omni-Wick and Omni-Shade technology tick all the boxes off our list for lightweight, breathable fabric that not only wicks moisture but protects your skin from UV rays with an impressive UPF 50+ strength.
We also really like the look of the shirt itself and appreciate that it includes extra pockets to give you more storage power on the trail. In short, the Columbia Men’s Silver Ridge Long-Sleeve shirt is a must-have for beginner and expert hikers alike, who want to stay cool, covered, and comfortable in the great outdoors.
If you’re preparing for an upcoming trek in the great outdoors, it’s essential to find the best compass for hiking that will keep you exactly where you need to be at all times. If your mobile device’s battery runs out or you simply like to navigate the old-fashioned way—this guide is for you.
For everything you need to know about choosing a compass to the top 5 products on the market currently to our finally review of the best compass for hiking, keep scrolling!
The top 5 compass for hiking we recommend for 2021:
Before you select the best compass to develop your orienteering skills, it’s critical to understand the different types of compasses available. Check these out!
Also called protractor compasses, base plate compasses are thought to be the ideal choice for plotting. The majority of base plate compasses have a plastic or glass base, with a rotating dial and magnetic needle.
Base plate compasses are a fantastic choice if you like to use maps out on the trail, since you can align the meridian lines on the compass against the map to ensure you’re going in the right direction.
The other primary option available to you when selecting the best hiking compass is a digital compass. You won’t be able to use a digital compass with a map as you would with a base plate compass. Digital compasses are also battery operated, so it’s a good idea to have a backup set on hand in case you’re going to be out on the open road for long periods.
If you are brand new to using a compass, it is usually advisable to start with a base plate compass before trying out a digital one.
Before you purchase a compass, it’s a good idea to have a thorough understanding of how one works and its primary components.
The magnetic needle is the red point typically situated at the end of the compass pivoting needle which faces towards the magnetic pole. Most compass magnetic needles rest in a fluid that regulates their movement. You don’t have to worry about the fluid freezing, but it does gather bubbles at times (which still shouldn’t affect the needle).
The rotating bezel is the ring on the outer section of the needle capsule with 0 to 360-degree markings. The smaller your degree intervals are, the better time you will have navigating with accuracy.
The baseplate of a compass is the flat, see-through base with markings for navigation. A compass baseplate also features a ruler so you can measure map intervals.
For easy navigating, compasses also sport arrows and lines around the needle and on the baseplate.
There are a number of key features you’ll want to look for when selecting the best compass for hiking.
The first feature you want to keep an eye out for when selecting the best compass for hiking is a sighting mirror. While not included with all products, this feature is a common add-on to compasses, letting you keep both your bearing and target in viewable range at the same time.
A sighting mirror makes it much easier to get to your final destination without unnecessarily straying off course.
It is important to note, however, that a sighting mirror will be of zero use to you in situations where you have limited to no visibility. If you can see the primary area you’re trying to reach though, a sighting mirror could be your new best friend.
Plus, you could use your sighting mirror to send a help signal out in case you end up in an unexpected emergency. Most compasses equipped with a sighting mirror use it instead of the traditional see-through base.
Compass bearing precision is another key factor to be aware of when choosing the best compass for hiking, if not the most important element of all. You need to make sure that the compass you purchase offers precise and specific readings.
If you want to ensure your compass will give readings that are on point, you’ll need to choose a compass with a larger face and tiny increments to track degrees.
While not included in all models, some compasses feature a clinometer, allowing you to identify the angle of the particular area of elevation or incline you’re on. A clinometer could be especially helpful if you frequently hike in high elevations.
If you intend to take your hiking adventures beyond the Western Hemisphere, you need to make sure you purchase a compass featuring a global needle. A global needle ensures that your compass will work as normal no matter where in the world you are.
Unfortunately, traditional compasses will not work outside the Western Hemisphere, because of magnetic dips. A magnetic dip occurs when the needle drags while facing magnetic north. You can also use a global needle for regular hiking ventures, because they can still run well even at approximately 20-degree inclines.
If you live in a very cold region or hike frequently in chilly temperatures, you’ll want to select the best compass for hiking that can withstand a sufficient temperature capacity or range. If not, you could end up with incorrect readings in tough weather conditions.
If you don’t feel like squinting to get a full reading on your compass, you might want to choose a product featuring a magnifying lens. Some compass types have a lens right in the baseplate, so you’ll have a much easier time reading the map.
If you tend to hike early in the morning or after dark, a compass with a light-emitting indicator could be an excellent choice for you. Not only will you have an easier time seeing the map and readings, but you’ll have a little extra light to illuminate your path.
Now, it’s time to delve into the top 5 compass options and our detailed reviews of each. Let’s dive right in!
The first best compass for hiking on our list is this exceptional product by Suunto. Suunto is renowned for their compass products and other navigation tools manufactured in Finland. If you’re an avid traveler and want to take your compass on the go, this global compass could be just what you’re looking for.
We love the fact that the needle is adjusted to ensure reliability no matter what corner of the globe you’re in.
With features like a wrist locking lanyard, rulers, and a handy sighting mirror, you’ll be able to stay confident of your whereabouts no matter what kind of environment you find yourself in. The rotating bezel comes in small, 2-degree increments for ease of use and accuracy. What’s more, it includes a luminescent function so you can see your navigation tool any time of day or night.
Its adjustable declination component is exceptional, allowing you to stay on track even in regions with magnetic variance. Plus, the Suunto MC-2G’s sighting hole makes for razor sharp precision whether you’re on a familiar path or deep in the forest.
Check Current Price
The next selection on our list is the highly accurate and user-friendly Silva Ranger 515 Compass. We like that it features an easy to read bezel that you can use to guide you whether it’s light or dark, as it sports an illuminating component to light up the map when you need it.
The Silva Ranger 515 also includes a handy mirror, making it much easier to pinpoint your exact location at any given point.
If you do a lot of hiking off the beaten path, this compass could be an excellent selection for you. One area where we feel it falls short is the fact you’ll need a tool for declination adjustment, but the good news is that the tool is part of the lanyard.
Having a tooled declination adjustment also means that after you alter your declination, you won’t have to factor it into your navigation another time because the compass instantly modifies to it. Besides these handy features, the Silva Ranger also sports a variety of navigational scales, a magnifying glass, and an inclinometer, making it an excellent choice for everyone from beginner hikers to expert pros.
Check Current Price
The Brunton TruArc 3 made it to our best compass for hiking list for its simple but quality base plate design. If you want a compass that takes you back to the basics but that you can still rely on for a high level of precision, this could be a strong contender on your short list. We really like that it features a global needle, so you can depend on it for accuracy whether you are in the Western Hemisphere or not.
We also like that the Brunton TruArc 3’s outer bezel reads in 2-degree increments, making it easier to pinpoint your exact location down to the smallest detail. It even sports dual inch and centimeter scales for easy measuring.
It also features built-in adjustable declination, which is a huge factor in choosing the best compass for hiking. If you are new to using compasses, the Brunton TruArc is an excellent selection because you can read and alter the declination as desired without using any outside tools.
Check Current Price
The next best compass for hiking on our list is another winner by Suunto. Again, if you’re looking for a product that has the basic functionalities you need on the road while still offering a high level of accuracy, the A-10 model is a great pick.
It is light to carry and highly compact. It definitely doesn’t have as many bells and whistles as our previous choices, but if you’re looking for a simple but quality navigation tool, you can’t go wrong.
The Suunto A-10 has a clear and easy to read base plate, attractive bezel, and features built-in declination adjustment. Bear in mind, this compass is really designed for small scale navigation if you just need a basic tool to use alongside your map. If you’re going to be on the road for long periods and want navigation precision down to the last minutiae, this might not be for you.
Check Current Price
The last selection on our list is this High Visibility Compass by Silva. It’s very similar to the Ranger 515 compass in terms of features, but is lacking a sighting hole or mirror. So, if you don’t care so much about those add-ons and would rather have a more lightweight, compact option, this could be a good one for you.
The lack of a mirror or sighting hole means your navigation will be slightly less accurate, but if you don’t plan to go entirely off-grid, that shouldn’t be so much of an issue. Otherwise, the Silva Explorer Pro High Visibility Compass checks off all our boxes in terms of features, with an exceptional 2-degree bezel for precision and a navigation ring that is easy to read.
You will have to manually adjust the declination of the Silva Explorer with the compasses’ special screwdriver, which could prove a bit tedious over time. That said, if you mainly hike on-trail and don’t plan on taking any extreme off-the-trail adventures, this is a quality tool to add to your backpacking arsenal.
Check Current Price
So, which compass snagged the number one spot? After reviewing all of the products above, taking into account a range of user needs and features, we’d have to say that the Suunto MC-2G Global Compass takes the award for first place.
The Suunto MC-2G sports all those key features we previously mentioned that some of the other compasses lacked, from its global compass functionality to its sighting mirror to its 2-degree bezel.
It features exceptional adjustable declination to keep you on track at all times, plus an illuminating component so you can see where you’re going no matter what time of day it is. The Suunto MC-2G is a fantastic option for beginners and experts alike, whether you plan to stay on-trail or take your adventures off the beaten path.
Tired of scouring the internet, trying to find the best sling backpack to meet your outdoor needs? Sling backpacks are a functional choice that makes it far easier to carry everything from your laptop on the go to essential gear when you’re traveling.
Keep reading for our comprehensive buying guide and review of the top 5 products on the market today.
The top 5 sling backpack we recommend for 2021: